485BPOS 1 d485bpos.htm TRANSAMERICA INVESTORS, INC. Transamerica Investors, Inc.

*As filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2005.


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM N-1A

 


 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Registration No. 33-90888

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 28

 

and/or

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

 

1940 Act File No. 811-9010

 

Amendment No. 30

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

 


 

Transamerica Investors, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 


 

1150 South Olive, Los Angeles, California 90015

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (213) 742-2111

 

John K. Carter, Esq. 570 Carillon Parkway St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 


 

Approximate date of proposed public offering:

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

 

  ¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485.

 

  ¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485.

 

  ¨ On (Date), pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485.

 

  ¨ On (Date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485.

 

  ¨ Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.

 

  x On May 1, 2005 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

  ¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 



LOGO


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

TRANSAMERICA PREMIER FUNDS – INVESTOR CLASS SHARES

 

 

Prospectus: May 1, 2005

 

Equity Funds

 

Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund (formerly Transamerica Core Equity Fund)

 

Combined Equity & Fixed Income Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 

Fixed Income Funds

 

Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Transamerica Premier Funds in Detail

   

Premier Focus Fund

  1

Premier Equity Fund

  4

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

  7

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

  10

Premier Balanced Fund

  13

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

  17

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

  20

Shareholder Information

  26

The Investment Advisers Advisory Fees

  26

Opening an Account

  26

Buying Shares

   

Selling Shares

  27

Exchanging Shares

  28

Redemption Fees

   

Features and Policies

   

Pricing of Shares

   

Distributions and Taxes

   

Summary of Bond Ratings

  34

Financial Highlights

  35

Appendix A

   

Additional Information and Assistance

  Back Cover

 

Listed in this prospectus are the investment objectives and principal investment strategies for the Transamerica Premier Funds—Investor Class shares (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”). The Funds are managed by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM” or “Investment Adviser”).

 

As with any investment, there can be no guarantee that any Fund will achieve its investment objectives. An investment in the Funds is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency; consequently, loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Please read this prospectus carefully before you invest or send money. It has been written to provide information and assist you in making an informed decision. If you would like additional information, please request a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (see back cover).

 

In addition, we suggest you contact your financial professional or a Transamerica Premier Customer Services Representative, who will assist you.

 

1


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund invests primarily in domestic equity securities that, in the Investment Adviser’s opinion, are trading at a material discount to intrinsic value. Intrinsic value is determined primarily through discounted cash flow analysis, though acquisition and comparable company valuation analyses may be used to a lesser extent. The Fund generally invests in a non-diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities of any size. As a non-diversified fund, the Fund may hold 20 or fewer positions. In the Investment Adviser’s opinion, a portfolio holding 20 or fewer positions may provide the potential for superior, long-term capital appreciation because assets are focused in securities deemed by the Adviser to have the most favorable risk-reward characteristics. A non-diversified portfolio generally carries a higher risk than a portfolio with a greater number of positions (see “Principal Risks” below).

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Adviser’s opinion.

 

The Investment Adviser’s equity management team selects U.S. companies showing:

 

  Strong potential for shareholder value creation

 

  High barriers to competition

 

  Solid free cash flow generating ability

 

  Excellent capital allocation discipline

 

  Experienced management aligned with shareholder interests

 

The Investment Adviser seeks out dominant business franchises, where the long-term value-creating potential has not fully been recognized by the market.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

In the event the Investment Adviser is unable to identify any investments that meet the Fund’s criteria, the Fund will maintain a balance in cash and cash equivalents that may range up to 40% of total assets.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods.

 

This Fund is non-diversified. As a non-diversified investment company, the Fund can invest a larger percentage of assets in a smaller number of individual companies than a diversified investment company. As a result, any single adverse event affecting a company within the portfolio could negatively impact the value of the Fund’s performance more than it would for a diversified investment company.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs;

 

1


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

Since the Fund may hold as much as 40% in cash or cash equivalents from time to time, it may not perform as favorably as a fund which is invested more fully.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who have the perspective, patience, and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in a focused pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compare to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (“S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  43.17% for quarter ended 12/31/98

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (27.55%) for quarter ended 12/31/00

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Focus Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   15.43%    (6.45% )   12.85%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   15.43%    (7.79% )   11.69%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   10.03%    (5.47% )   11.34%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   5.85%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the July 1, 1997 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes.

 

  The “S&P 500® Index” consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.60%2

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.26%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.11%

Expense Reduction3

   0.00%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.11%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchases has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Advisory Fee is subject to a performance adjustment that may either increase or decrease the base fee of 0.60%. For more information regarding the performance adjustment, please see “Investment Adviser — Advisory Fees.”

 

3   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Investor Class Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 1.40%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

2


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

*Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus).

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Focus Fund

   $113    $353    $612    $1,352

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.60% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Rollé is also Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund and Transamerica Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

Edward S. Han

Co-Manager

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

Kirk J. Kim

Co-Manager

Kirk J. Kim is Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. He joined Transamerica in 1997. Prior to joining the Transamerica organization, Mr. Kim worked as a securities analyst for Franklin Templeton Group. Mr. Kim holds a B.S. in finance from the University of Southern California.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

3


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its assets in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities of growth companies of any size. The Investment Adviser looks for companies it considers to be premier companies that are undervalued in the stock market.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It focuses on identifying fundamental change in its early stages and investing in premier companies. It believes in long-term investing and does not attempt to time the market. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a rigorous research process and stands on its own merits as a premier company in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

The Investment Adviser buys securities of companies it believes have the defining features of premier growth companies that are undervalued in the stock market. Premier companies have many or all of these features:

 

  Shareholder-oriented management

 

  Dominance in market share

 

  Cost production advantages

 

  Self-financed growth

 

  Attractive reinvestment opportunities

 

  Leading brands

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods. The Investment Adviser typically invests the Fund’s holdings in fewer than 50 well-researched companies. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold more securities.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources; and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

Growth securities can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually reinvest a high proportion of their earnings in their own businesses, they may lack the dividends often associated with the value stocks that could cushion their decline in a falling market. Also, since investors buy growth stocks because of their expected superior earnings growth, earnings disappointments often result in sharp price declines. Certain types of growth stocks, particularly technology stocks, can be extremely volatile and subject to greater swings than the broader market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities

 

4


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who are willing and financially able to take on stock market volatility and investment risk in pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compare to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard and Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (S&P 500® Index), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  29.80% for quarter ended 12/31/99

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (18.69%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Equity Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   15.15%    (4.19% )   11.30%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   15.15%    (5.15% )   10.59%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   9.85%    (3.65% )   9.99%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   9.96%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the October 2, 1995 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The ”S&P 500® Index” consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.19%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.94%

Expense Reduction

   0.00%2
    

Net Operating Expenses

   0.94%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.15% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.85% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.85% of average daily net assets. For additional information regarding the expense cap in place for the Fund, please see “Investment Adviser — Advisory Fees.”

 

* Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against an account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

5


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Equity Fund

   $96    $300    $520    $1,155

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Manager

 

The manager for the Fund is listed below, followed by a brief biography.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about the manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and the manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

6


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Fund will be invested in companies with market capitalizations of no more than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

Companies with small- to medium-capitalization levels are less actively followed by securities analysts. For this reason, they may be undervalued, providing strong opportunities for a rise in value. To achieve this goal, the equity management team selects stocks issued by small to medium U.S. companies which show:

 

  Strong potential for steady growth

 

  High barriers to competition

 

  Experienced management incentivized along shareholder interests

 

It is the opinion of the Investment Adviser that companies with smaller and medium-sized capitalization levels are less actively followed by security analysts; and, therefore, they may be undervalued, providing strong opportunities for a rise in value.

 

The Investment Adviser seeks out the industry leaders of tomorrow and invests in them today. It looks for companies with exceptional management and bright prospects for their products and markets.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

While the Fund invests principally in equity securities, the Investment Adviser may also, to a lesser extent, invest in debt securities or other securities and investment strategies in pursuit of its investment objective.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or bad general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed income funds over short periods. The Investment Adviser typically invests the Fund’s holdings in fewer than 50 well-researched companies. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold more securities.

 

This Fund invests mainly in the equity securities of small to medium companies. These securities can provide strong opportunities for a rise in value. However, investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Small companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market.

 

Growth stocks can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually reinvest a high proportion of their earnings in their own businesses, they may lack the dividends often associated with the value stocks that could cushion their decline in a falling market. Also, since investors buy growth stocks because of their expected superior earnings growth, earnings disappointments often result in sharp price declines. Certain types of growth stocks, particularly technology stocks, can be extremely volatile and subject to greater price swings than the broader market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

7


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Fixed Income Securities

 

The value of these fixed-income securities may change daily based on changes in interest rates, and other market conditions and factors. Risks include:

 

  fluctuations in market value

 

  changes in interest rates: the value of a fixed income security generally decreases as interest rates rise

 

  length of time to maturity: the longer the duration, the more vulnerable the value of a bond is to fluctuations in interest rates

 

  issuers defaulting on their obligations to pay interest or return principal

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who have the perspective, patience, and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in a focused pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year-to-year, and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Russell 2500 Growth Index, a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 each year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  53.56% for quarter ended 12/31/99

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (36.17%) for quarter ended 03/31/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   16.13%    (6.08% )   16.73%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   16.13%    (7.30% )   15.27%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   10.48%    (5.21% )   14.71%

Russell 2500 Growth Index†

   14.59%    (2.31% )   5.83%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the July 1, 1997 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The Russell 2500 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2500 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth value.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%

 

8


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.60%2

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.26%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.11%

Expense Reduction3

   0.00%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.11%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchases for shares purchased after January 1, 2005 has been eliminated.

 

2   The Advisory Fee is subject to a performance adjustment that may either increase or decrease the base fee of 0.60%. For more information regarding the performance adjustment, please see “Investment Adviser — Advisory Fees.”

 

3   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Investor Class Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 1.40%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

*Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   $113    $353    $612    $1,352

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.60% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Edward S. Han

Co-Manager

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond fund and Co-Manager of the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

Kirk J. Kim

Co-Manager

Kirk J. Kim is Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1997. Prior to joining Transamerica, Mr. Kim worked as a securities analyst for Franklin Templeton Group. Mr. Kim holds a B.S. in finance from the University of Southern California.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each manager and each managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure Of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

9


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize capital appreciation.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund uses an intrinsic valuation discipline in selecting securities, based on strong earnings and cash flows to foster future growth, with the goal of producing a long-term, above-average rate of return. At least 80% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities. The Fund typically limits its holdings in fewer than 60 well-researched companies.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. As part of the Investment Adviser’s strategy, the portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a rigorous research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

In projecting cash flows and determining earnings potential, it uses multiple factors such as:

 

  the quality of the management team;

 

  the company’s ability to earn returns on capital in excess of the cost of capital;

 

  competitive barriers to entry; and

 

  the financial condition of the company.

 

The Investment Adviser takes a long-term approach to investing and views each investment in a company as owning a piece of the business.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

To achieve the Fund’s goal, the Investment Adviser may invest in securities issued by companies of all sizes. Generally, however, the Investment Adviser will invest in the securities of companies whose market capitalization (total market value of publicly traded securities) is greater than $500 million.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is that you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or adverse general economic or market conditions. As an equity fund, this Fund’s performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold more securities.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher

 

10


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who are willing and financially able to take on significant market volatility and investment risk in pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year-to-year, and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the “S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  16.18% for quarter ended 03/31/00

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (18.46%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   13.81%    3.11%     4.30%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   13.79%    2.91%     4.13%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   9.00%    2.59%     3.65%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   2.94%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the April 1, 1998 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The S&P 500® Index consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.47%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.22%

Expense Reduction2

   0.07%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.15%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2  

The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.15% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.85% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the

 

11


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.42% of average daily net assets. For additional information regarding the expense cap in place for the Fund, please see “Investment Adviser — Advisory Fees.”

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus).

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

    Investment Period
    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

  $117   $365   $633   $1,398

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Manager

 

The manager for the Fund is listed below, followed by a brief biography.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Rollé is the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about the manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and the manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

12


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to achieve long-term capital growth and current income with a secondary objective of capital preservation, by balancing investments among stocks, bonds, and cash or cash equivalents.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Investment Adviser seeks to achieve the Fund’s objective by investing principally 60% to 70% of the Fund’s total assets in common stocks with the remaining 30% to 40% of the Fund’s assets primarily invested in high-quality bonds with maturities of less than 30 years. The Investment Adviser may also invest in cash or cash equivalents such as money market funds and other short-term investment instruments. This required the managers of each position of the Fund to be flexible in managing the Fund’s assets. At times, the Investment Adviser may shift portions held in bonds and stocks according to business and investment conditions. However, at all times the fund will hold at least 35% of its assets in non-convertible fixed-income securities.

 

To achieve its goal, the Investment Adviser invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks, bonds, money market instruments and other short-term debt securities issued by companies of all sizes. The Investment Adviser’s equity and fixed-income management teams work together to build a portfolio of performance-oriented stocks combined with bonds that the Investment Adviser considers to be of good credit quality purchased at favorable prices.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual issuers. The portfolio is constructed one security at a time. Each issuer passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

Equity Investments — The Investment Adviser uses an intrinsic value discipline in selecting securities, based on strong earnings and cash flows to foster future growth, with the goal of producing a long-term, above-average rate of return. In projecting cash flows and determining earning potential, it uses multiple factors such as:

 

  the quality of the management team

 

  the company’s ability to earn returns on capital in excess of the cost of capital

 

  competitive barriers to entry

 

  the financial condition of the company

 

The Investment Adviser takes a long-term approach to investing and views each investment in a company as owning a piece of the business.

 

Fixed-Income Investments — The fixed income portfolio manager seeks out bonds with credit strength of the quality that could warrant higher ratings, which, in turn, could lead to higher valuations. To identify these bonds, the bond research team performs in-depth income and credit analysis on companies issuing bonds under consideration for the Fund. It also compiles bond price information from many different bond markets and evaluates how these bonds can be expected to perform with respect to recent economic developments. The fixed income portfolio manager analyzes this market information daily, negotiating each trade and buying bonds at the best available prices.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of the equity securities portion of the Fund can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. The value of the fixed-income securities portion of the Fund can fall if interest rates go up, or if the issuer fails to make the principal or interest payments when due.

 

The Fund’s investment in fixed-income securities may cause the value of the Fund to fall if interest rates go up or if the issuer fails to pay the principal or interest payments when due. To the extent the Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities, it may be subject to the risk that homeowners will prepay (refinance) their mortgages when interest rates decline. This forces the Fund to reinvest these assets at a potentially lower rate of return. To the extent this Fund invests in lower-rated bonds, it is subject to a greater risk of loss of principal due to an issuer’s non-payment of principal or interest, and its performance is subject to more variance due to market conditions, than higher-rated bond funds.

 

The value of fixed income securities may change daily based on changes in interest rates, and other market conditions and factors. Risks include:

 

  fluctuations in market value

 

13


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

  changes in interest rates: the value of a fixed income security generally decreases as interest rates rise

 

  length of time to maturity: the longer the duration, the more vulnerable the value of a bond is to fluctuations in interest rates

 

  issuers defaulting on their obligations to pay interest or return principal

 

Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Small companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who seek long-term total returns that balance capital growth and current income.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (the “S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance and the Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index. The table, which shows average annual total returns for each class of shares of the Fund, includes deduction of applicable sales charges. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  21.75% for quarter ended 06/30/97

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (9.94%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

14


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Balanced Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   12.92%    5.63%     13.08%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   12.71%    4.67%     12.04%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   8.59%    4.36%     11.15%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   9.96%

Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index††

   4.19%    8.00%     6.94%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the October 2, 1995 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The “S&P 500® Index” consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

††   The Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index is a broad-based unmanaged index of all government and corporate bonds that are investment grade with at least one year to maturity. These indexes do not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities represented by each index.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.29%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.04%

Expense Reduction2

   0.00%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.04%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.10% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.75% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.75% of average daily net assets. For additional information regarding the expense cap in place for the Fund, please see “Investment Adviser — Advisory Fees.”

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Balanced Fund

   $106    $331    $574    $1,271

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

15


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Lead Portfolio Manager (Equity)

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of TIM. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and the Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, Transamerica Premier Equity Fund and the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

Heidi Y. Hu, CFA

Lead Portfolio Manager (Fixed Income)

Heidi Y. Hu is Senior Vice President and Head of Fixed Income Investments at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Ms. Hu is the Lead Fixed Income Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund. She also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the balanced and fixed income disciplines. Prior to joining the Transamerica organization in 1998, Ms. Hu was Portfolio Manager for Arco Investment Management Company. She holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago and received her B.A. in economics from Lewis & Clark College.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

16


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to achieve a high total return (income plus capital appreciation) by investing primarily in debt instruments and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality securities.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its assets in a diversified selection of lower-rated bonds, commonly known as “junk bonds.” These are bonds rated below Baa by Moody’s or below BBB by Standard & Poor’s (see Summary of Bond Ratings). The Investment Adviser seeks bonds that are likely to be upgraded, return high current income, rise in value, and are unlikely to default on payments.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. The Investment Adviser studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual issuers. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

To achieve its goal, the Investment Adviser’s fixed-income management team:

 

  Seeks to achieve price appreciation and minimize price volatility by identifying bonds that are likely to be upgraded by qualified rating organizations

 

  Employs research and credit analysis to minimize purchasing bonds that may default by determining the likelihood of timely payment of interest and principal

 

  Invests Fund assets in other securities consistent with the objective of high current income and capital appreciation.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of the Fund can fall if interest rates go up, or if the issuer fails to pay the principal or interest payments when due. Because this Fund invests in bonds, there is less risk of loss over short periods of time than for other Premier Funds that invest in equities. However, since this Fund invests in lower-rated bonds, it is subject to a greater risk of loss of principal due to an issuer’s non-payment of principal or interest; and its performance is subject to more variance due to market conditions, than higher-rated bond funds. You should carefully assess the risks associated with an investment in this Fund.

 

Convertible securities may include corporate notes or preferred stock, but ordinarily are a long-term debt obligation of the issuer convertible at a stated exchange rate into common stock of the issuer. As with all debt securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase, and conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security tends to reflect the value of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and thus may not depreciate to the same extent as the underlying stock.

 

The value of the Fund’s investments will fluctuate in response to movements in interest rates. If rates rise, the values of debt securities generally fall. Investors should note that interest rates are at, or near, historic lows. The longer the average maturity of the Fund’s bond portfolio, the greater the fluctuation.

 

Although lower or non-rated bonds are capable of generating higher yields, investors should be aware that they are also subject to greater price volatility and higher rates of default than investment grade bonds (those rated above Baa by Moody’s or BBB by Standard & Poor’s®). Price volatility and higher rates of default are both capable of diminishing the performance of the Fund and the value of your shares.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks

 

17


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who are willing to take substantial risks in pursuit of potentially higher rewards. The Risks associated with investments in speculative securities make this Fund suitable only for long-term investment.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compare to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index and Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Cash Pay Index, widely recognized unmanaged indices of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  6.49% for quarter ended 06/30/03

 

Worst calendar quarter:  (5.54%) for quarter ended 12/31/00

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years    Since
Inception**

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

              

Return Before Taxes

   10.38%    5.51%    5.15%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   7.78%    2.25%    1.82%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   6.64%    2.61%    2.26%

Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index†

   9.91%    6.81%    5.50%

Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Cash Pay Index††

   10.76%    7.31%    5.70%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   On July 1, 1998, the Transamerica High Yield Bond Fund (separate account) exchanged all of its assets for shares in the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund (“Fund”). The inception date of the Fund is considered to be September 1, 1990, the separate account’s inception date. The performance prior to June 30, 1998 is the separate account’s performance recalculated to reflect the actual fees and expenses of the Fund.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes.

 

  Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index is an unmanaged index comprised of the value-weighted measure of approximately 1,500 BB and B rated bonds.

 

††   Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Cash Pay Index is an unmanaged portfolio constructed to mirror the public high-yield debt market.

 

    These indices do not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.53%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.65%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.43%

Expense Reduction2

   0.53%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   0.90%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchases for shares purchased after January 1, 2005 has been eliminated.

 

18


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

2   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Investor Class Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 0.90%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus).

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

    Investment Period
    1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

  $92   $400   $731   $1,667

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.53% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Peter O. Lopez

Lead Portfolio Manager

Peter O. Lopez is Vice President and Director of Research, Fixed Income at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Lopez is the Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund, and he manages sub-advised funds and institutional accounts in the fixed-income discipline Prior to joining the Transamerica organization, he was Managing Director at Centre Pacific, LLC. Mr. Lopez also previously served as Fixed-Income Analyst for Transamerica Investment Services from 1997-2000. He holds an M.B.A. in finance and accounting from The University of Michigan and received a B.A. in economics from Arizona State University.

 

Edward S. Han

Portfolio Manager

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund and Co-Manager of the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund and the Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

19


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize current income from money market securities consistent with liquidity and preservation of principal.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

This is a money market fund. It invests primarily in a diversified selection of high-quality U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments with remaining maturities of 13 months or less. The Investment Adviser looks for securities with minimal credit risk. The Fund maintains an average maturity of 90 days or less.

 

To achieve its goal, the Fund invests primarily in:

 

  Short-term corporate obligations, including commercial paper, notes and bonds

 

  Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. and foreign governments and their agencies or instrumentalities

 

  Obligations of U.S. and foreign banks, or their foreign branches, and U.S. savings banks

 

  Repurchase agreements involving any of the securities mentioned above

 

The Fund seeks to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share by:

 

  Investing in securities which present minimal credit risk

 

  Maintaining the average maturity of obligations held in the Fund’s portfolio at 90 days or less

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time, and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is that the performance will not keep up with inflation and its real value will go down. Also, the Fund’s performance can go down if a security issuer fails to pay the principal or interest payments when due, but this risk is lower than our bond funds due. To the extent this Fund invests in foreign securities, it is subject to changing political and economic climates and potentially less liquidity.

 

The interest rates on short-term obligations held in the Fund’s portfolio will vary, rising or falling with short-term interest rates generally. The Fund’s yield will tend to lag behind general changes in interest rates. The ability of the Fund’s yield to reflect current market rates will depend on how quickly the obligations in its portfolio mature and how much money is available for investment at current market rates. The Fund is also subject to the risk that the issuer of a security in which the Fund invests may fail to pay the principal or interest payments when due, but this risk is generally minimal. due to the shorter term of money market obligations.

 

To the extent this Fund invests in foreign securities, it is subject to changing political and economic climates and potentially less liquidity.

 

An investment in this Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although we seek to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, you could lose money by investing in this Fund.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

This Fund is intended for investors who seek a low risk, relatively low cost way to achieve current income through high-quality money market securities.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compare to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, The iMoneyNet Money /Fund Report, a widely recognized composite of all taxable money market funds. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

20


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter:  1.63% for quarter ended 09/30/00

 

Worst calendar quarter:  0.20% for quarter ended 03/31/04

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception (as of 12/31/04)*
     1 Year    5 Years    Since
Inception**

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

              

Return Before Taxes

   1.16%    2.81%    3.97%

iMoneyNet Fund Report†

   0.65%    2.30%    3.48%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Returns are based on the October 2, 1995 inception date for the Investor Class.

 

  iMoneyNet Fund ReportTM —  All Taxable, First Tier is a composite of taxable money market funds that meet the SEC’s definition of first tier securities contained in Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. It does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

    Note. The seven-day current and effective yields were 1.98% and 2.00% for the Investor Class, respectively, as of December 31, 2004. You can get the seven-day current yield of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund by calling 1-800-89-ASK-US.

 

    Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less
(as a % of amount redeemed)

   None
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

Advisory Fees

   0.33%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.00%

Other Expenses

   0.30%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.63%

Expense Reduction2

   0.38%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   0.25%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchases for shares purchased after January 1, 2005 has been eliminated.

 

2   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Class A Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 0.25%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $1,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus).

 

21


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

   $26    $163    $314    $750

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.33% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Edward S. Han

Lead Portfolio Manager

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund, Co-Manager of the Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998 and has eight years of investment experience. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

Patty Arrieta-Morales

Co-Manager

Patty Arrieta-Morales is Money Market Trader for Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. She also has portfolio management responsibilities on the Transamerica money market products. Ms. Arrieta-Morales joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. She holds a B.A. in accounting from California State University at Los Angeles.

 

Greg D. Haendel

Co-Manager

Greg Haendel is Fixed Income Research Analyst at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. He also has portfolio management responsibilities on the Transamerica money market products. Mr. Haendel joined the Transamerica organization in 2003. Prior to 2003, he worked as a high yield intern for Metropolitan West Asset Management; as a fixed income intern for Lehman Brothers in London; as a mortgage-backed portfolio manager for Co-Bank in Colorado; and as a Global Debt Analyst for Merrill Lynch in New York. Mr. Haendel holds an M.B.A. in finance and accounting from The Anderson School at UCLA and received a B.A. in economics from Amherst College.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

22


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Shareholder Information

 

The Investment Adviser

 

The Investment Adviser of the Funds is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015 (“TIM”). TIM managed $22 billion in mutual funds, separate accounts and pension assets as of December 31, 2004. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TISI”). TISI is a subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is a subsidiary of AEGON N. V., an international insurance group.

 

The Investment Adviser’s duties include, but are not limited to:

 

  Managing the investments of each Fund;

 

  Ensuring that investments are consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, strategies, and policies and comply with government regulations; and

 

  Developing and implementing an investment program for the Funds.

 

Advisory Fees

 

Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds

 

Each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds pays the Investment Adviser an advisory fee based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund. It is accrued daily and paid monthly. The fees may be higher than the average advisory fee paid to the investment advisers of other similar Funds. The advisory fees, payable under the investment advisory agreement, are shown below. The Investment Adviser may waive some or all of its fees from time to time at its discretion.

 

Fund    As a % of Average
Daily Net Assets

Premier Focus Fund

   0.60%

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   0.60%

 

The Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds will pay the Advisory Fees at the annual rates shown above until April 30, 2008. Starting May 1, 2008, each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds will pay TIM an Advisory Fee with a performance-based component, so that if a Fund’s performance is greater than that of its benchmark, the S&P 500 Index for the Premier Focus Fund and the Russell 2500 Growth Index for the Premier Growth Opportunities Fund, TIM will earn more, and if it is less than that of the Index, TIM will earn less. The first component of TIM’ performance-based Advisory Fee will be a “base fee,” paid monthly, equal to 1/12th of 0.60% of daily net assets averaged over the most recent month (0.60% of average daily net assets on an annualized basis). The second component will be a performance adjustment that either increases or decreases the base fee, depending on how a Fund performed relative to its benchmark over a trailing 36-month period (the performance period). The performance adjustment will be calculated on the Fund’s net assets averaged over the performance period. The total Advisory Fee will be accrued daily and paid monthly.

 

For each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds, the base fee will be adjusted on a monthly basis, depending on the Fund’s performance. When the Fund’s investment performance matches the investment record of the benchmark over the performance period, TIM will be entitled to receive only the base fee. Each month, if the investment performance of a Fund exceeds the investment record of the benchmark by 0.10 percentage point (0.10%) over the performance period, the performance adjustment will increase the monthly management fee paid to TIM by 1/12th of 0.01% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period. A similar increase will occur for each additional tenth of a percentage point by which the investment performance exceeds the investment record, reaching a maximum positive monthly adjustment of 1/12th of 0.40% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period if the Fund outperforms the investment record of its benchmark by 4 percentage points or more over the performance period. This maximum fee would correspond to a monthly Advisory Fee of 1/12th of 1.00% of average daily net assets if the Fund’s average daily net assets remain constant over the performance period. Similarly, if the investment performance of a Fund trails the investment record of the benchmark by 0.10 percentage point (0.10%) over the performance period, the performance adjustment will decrease the monthly Advisory Fee paid to TIM by 1/12th of 0.01% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period. A similar decrease will occur for each additional tenth of percentage point by which the investment performance trails the investment record, reaching a maximum negative monthly adjustment of 1/12th of 0.40% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period if the Fund underperforms the investment record of its benchmark by 4 percentage points or more over the performance period. This minimum fee would correspond to a monthly Advisory Fee of 1/12th of 0.20% of average daily net assets if the Fund’s average daily net assets remain constant over the performance period.

 

The table below includes examples showing the total Advisory Fees, expressed as a percentage of each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds’ annual average daily net assets, that would be paid by a Fund at different levels of Fund investment performance against the investment record of their respective benchmark. The table assumes that the average daily net assets of the Funds remain constant over the performance period. The actual management fees paid by the Funds could be higher or lower depending on whether the

 

23


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

net assets of the Funds increase or decrease. The Advisory Fee will be prorated for any month for which the arrangement is not in effect for the entire month.

 

% Point

Difference

between

Performance of

the Fund and

Investment

Record of Its

Index*

     Adjustment
to Base Fee
(on an
annualized
basis)
    

Annual Fee
Rate as
Adjusted

(annualized)

  4

     +0.40%      1.00%

  3

     +0.30%      0.90%

+2

     +0.20%      0.80%

+1

     +0.10%      0.70%

  0

     0          0.60%

–1

     –0.10%      0.50%

–2

     –0.20%      0.40%

–3

     –0.30%      0.30%

–4

     –0.40%      0.20%

 

* Measured over the performance period, which is a rolling 36-month period ending with the most recent calendar month. The base fee is calculated on the basis of the Fund’s net assets, averaged over the most recent month. The adjustment to the base fee (also called “performance adjustment”) is calculated on the Fund’s net assets averaged over the rolling performance period. By virtue of using a “rolling” performance period of 36 months, the actual fees paid by the Fund to TIM may differ from the maximum or minimum annual fee rates shown in this table, particularly if the average daily net assets of the Fund do not remain constant during the rolling 36-month period. Additional information about how the performance of the Fund and the index will be calculated is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

Since the adjustment to the base fee will be based on the comparative performance of each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds against their respective benchmark, the controlling factor is not whether the performance of the Fund is up or down, but whether it exceeds or lags the record of the benchmark. Accordingly, it is possible that a Fund will pay the maximum Advisory Fee even though the Fund had overall negative investment performance during the performance period if the Fund’s performance significantly exceeds the performance of the benchmark. In addition, the relative performance of the Fund against the benchmark is measured only for the relevant performance period, and does not take into account performance over longer or shorter periods of time.

 

Premier Equity, Diversified Equity and Balanced Funds

 

The Investment Adviser is entitled to be paid by each of the Premier Equity, Diversified Equity, and Balanced Funds an annual Advisory Fee, which is accrued daily and paid monthly, that may vary between 0.50% of each such Fund’s average daily net assets (the “Minimum Fee” in the table below) and the maximum Advisory Fees payable by these Funds (the “Maximum Fee” in the table below), subject to a contractual limitation (“Expense Cap” in the table below) applicable to each such Fund’s annual total operating expenses. If payment of the Maximum Fee would result in a Fund’s annualized operating expenses in any month to exceed the applicable Expense Cap, the advisory fee payable to the Investment Adviser will reduce from the Maximum Fee (but not below the Minimum Fee) in an amount sufficient to limit annualized Fund operating expenses to the Expense Cap. If payment of the Minimum Fee would result in Fund operating expenses exceeding the Expense Cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount sufficient to limit annualized Fund operating expenses to the Expense Cap. If in any month a Fund’s annualized operating expenses (assuming payment of the Maximum Fee) are lower than the Expense Cap, the Investment Adviser may recoup any previous reduction of adviser fees from the Maximum Fee during the then-current fiscal year and any amounts previously remitted to the Fund to maintain the Expense Cap during the then-current fiscal year, subject to maintenance of the Expense Cap and payment of an annual Adviser Fee that does not exceed the Maximum Fee. Following the end of each fiscal year, the Investment Adviser will not be able to recoup Advisory Fee reductions or payments to a Fund during the prior fiscal year, and any necessary adjustments will be made in order to maintain the Expense Cap for that fiscal year.

 

24


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

The following table summarizes the Expense Cap and range of Adviser Fees by the Equity and Balanced Funds:

 

FUND

  

INVESTMENT ADVISER
COMPENSATION

(as a percentage of a Fund’s
average daily net assets)

  

EXPENSE CAP

(as a
percentage of

Total Fund
Operating
Expenses

  

Minimum
Fee

  

Maximum Fee

  

Premier

Equity

Fund

   0.50%    0.85% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund; 0.82% of the next $1 billion; and 0.80% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.15%*

Premier

Diversified

Equity Fund

   0.50%    0.75% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund: 0.72% of the next $1 billion; and 0.70% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.15%*

Premier

Balanced

Fund

   0.50%    0.75% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund; 0.72% of the next $1 billion; and 0.70% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.10%*

 

* To the extent that payment of the Minimum Fee, when added to a Fund’s other annualized operating expenses, would exceed the Expense Cap in any month, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates shall remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the Expense Cap.

 

Premier High Yield Bond and Cash Reserves Funds

 

For its services to the Premier High Yield Bond and Cash Reserve Funds, the Investment Adviser is entitled to receive Advisory Fees of 0.53% and 0.33%, respectively, based on an annual percentage of the Funds’ average daily net assets.

 

Advisory Fees Paid in 2004

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, each fund paid the following Advisory Fee as a percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets, after reimbursement and/or fee waivers (if applicable).

 

Fund    Percentage

Premier Focus Fund

   0.83%

Premier Equity Fund

   0.85%

Premier Index Fund*

   0.00%

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   0.83%

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   0.42%

Premier Balanced Fund

   0.75%

Premier Bond Fund*

   0.49%

Premier High Yield Fund

   0.52%

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

   0.00%

 

* The Transamerica Premier Bond Fund and the Transamerica Premier Index Fund were liquidated April 29, 2005.

 

Each Fund pays all the costs of its operations that are not assumed by the Adviser, including:

 

  Custodian

 

  Legal

 

  Auditing

 

  Administration

 

  Registration fees and expenses

 

  Fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser

 

The Adviser allocates the expenses that are not Fund-specific among the Funds based on the net assets of each Fund.

 

Out of its own assets, and not out of the Funds’ assets, the Adviser (or its affiliates) may pay for distribution and for shareholder services with respect to the funds provided by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries.

 

A discussion regarding the basis of the Funds’ Board of Directors approval of the Funds’ advisory arrangements will be available in the Funds’ semi-annual report for the fiscal half-year ending June 30, 2005.

 

25


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Shareholder Information

 

Transamerica Premier Funds make opening an account, investing in shares and account management as easy and efficient as possible. For your convenience, we also provide a complete range of services to meet your investment and financial transaction needs.

 

Opening an Account

 

Fill out the New Account Application which is included with this prospectus and available on our website.

 

IRAs and other retirement plan accounts require different applications, which you can request by calling 1-800-89-ASK US (1-800-892-7587) or visiting www.transamericafunds.com.

 

Transamerica Premier Funds or its agents may reject a request for purchase of shares at any time, in whole or in part.

 

Note: To help the U.S. government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account. On your application, be sure to include your name, date of birth (if applicable), residential address and Social Security Number or taxpayer identification number. If you do not provide this information, your account will not be established. If Transamerica Premier Funds cannot verify your identity within 30 days from the date your account is established, your account may be closed based on the next calculated net asset value per share (“NAV”).

 

Minimum Investment*

 

Type of Account    Minimum
Initial
Investment
(per fund
account)
   Minimum
Subsequent
Investment
(per fund
account)*

Regular Accounts

   $1,000    $50

IRAs

   $250    None

Uniform Gift to Minors (“UGMA”) or Transfer to Minors (“UTMA”)

   $250    $50

Automatic Investment Plans

   $50    $50

 

* The Fund reserves the right to change the amount of these minimums from time to time or to waive them in whole or in part.

 

By Mail

 

  Send your completed application and check (made payable to Transamerica Funds Services, Inc.) to P.O. Box 219945, Kansas City, MO 64121-9945. For overnight delivery: 330 W. 9th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

Through an Authorized Dealer

 

The dealer is responsible for opening your account and providing Transamerica Premier Funds with your taxpayer identification number.

 

Buying Shares

 

The Fund or its agents may reject a request for purchase of shares at any time, in whole or in part, including any purchase under the exchange privilege. To the extent authorized by law, the Fund and each of the funds reserve the right to discontinue offering shares at any time or to cease operating entirely.

 

By Check

 

  Make your check payable and send to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427.

 

  For overnight delivery: 330 West Ninth Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

 

  If you are opening a new account, send your completed application along with your check.

 

  If you are purchasing shares in an existing account(s), please, reference your Transamerica Premier Fund and account numbers.

 

  All checks must be made payable to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

 

  The Fund does not accept money orders, traveler’s checks, credit card convenience checks or cash. Cashier checks and third-party checks may be accepted, subject to approval by the Fund.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Automatic Investment Plan

 

With an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), a level dollar amount is invested monthly and payment is deducted electronically from your bank account. Due to your bank’s requirements, please allow up to 30 days for your AIP to begin. Investments may be made between the 3rd and 28th of each month only, and will occur on the 15th if no selection is made. Call Customer Service for information on how to establish an AIP or visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com to obtain an AIP request form.

 

By Telephone

 

The electronic funds transfer privilege must be established in advance, when you open your account, or by adding this feature to your existing account. Select “Electronic Bank Link” on the application or write to the Fund. Due to your bank’s requirements, please allow up to 30 days to establish this option. Call Customer Service to invest by phone, either through our automated system

 

26


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

(1-800-89-ASK-US) 1-800-892-7587, or by speaking directly with a representative. Shares will be purchased via electronic funds when the money is received by the Fund, usually 2-4 business days after the request.

 

  Once a purchase has been telephoned, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to terminate your electronic draft privileges if the drafts are returned unpaid by your bank.

 

Through Authorized Dealers

 

  If your dealer has already established your account for you, no additional documentation is needed. Call your dealer to place your order. Transamerica Premier Funds must receive your payment within three business days after your order is accepted.

 

By the Internet

 

  You may request a transfer of funds from your bank account to your Transamerica Premier Funds account. Visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com. Payment will be transferred from your bank account electronically. Shares will be purchased via electronic funds when the money is received by the Fund, usually 2-4 business days after the request.

 

By Payroll Deduction

 

  You may have money transferred regularly from your payroll to your Transamerica Premier Funds account. Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to establish this deduction.

 

Selling Shares

 

Selling shares is also referred to as “redeeming” shares. You can redeem your shares at any time. Your shares will be redeemed at the NAV next determined after we receive your request in good order.

 

To request your redemption and receive payment by:

 

Direct Deposit — Automatic Clearinghouse (“ACH”)

 

You may request an “ACH redemption” in writing, by phone or by internet access to your account. Maximum amount over the phone per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Payment should usually be received by your bank account 3-5 banking days after your request. Transamerica Premier Funds does not charge for this payment option. Certain IRAs and qualified retirement plans may not be eligible for ACH redemptions. Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to verify that this future is in place on your account if you are unsure.

 

Direct Deposit — Wire

 

  You may request an “Expedited Wire Redemption” in writing or by phone (with a minimum of $1,000 per fund account). Maximum amount over the phone per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Payment should be received by your bank account the next banking day after your request. Transamerica Premier Funds charges $10 for this service. Your bank may charge a fee as well. Transamerica Premier Funds may waive this fee for group plans. Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to verify this feature is in place on your account if you are unsure.

 

Check to Address of Record

 

  Written Request: Send a letter requesting a withdrawal to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. Specify the fund, account number, and dollar amount or number of shares you wish to redeem. Mail to: Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427. Attention: Redemptions. Be sure to include all shareholders’ signatures and any additional documents, as well as a signature guarantee(s) if required.

 

  Telephone or Internet Request: Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) and make your request using the automated system, by person-to-person, or by accessing your account on the internet. Maximum amount per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Note: certain redemptions must be in writing.

 

  Once a redemption has been telephoned or mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

Check to Another Party/Address

 

  This request must be in writing, regardless of amount, with all account owners’ signatures guaranteed. Mail to: Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427. Attention: Redemptions.

 

Systematic Withdrawal Plan (by direct deposit ACH or check)

 

  You can establish a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“SWP”) either at the time you open your account or at a later date. Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for information on how to establish a SWP or visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com to obtain a SWP form.

 

Through an Authorized Dealer

 

  You may redeem your shares through an authorized dealer. (They may impose a service charge.) Contact your Registered Representative or call Transamerica Premier Funds Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for assistance.

 

27


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Your Request to Sell Your Shares and Receive Payment May Be Subject To:

 

  The privileges or features established on your account such as a Systematic Withdrawal Plan or telephone transactions.

 

  The type of account you have, and if there is more than one shareholder.

 

  The dollar amount you are requesting; redemptions over $50,000 must be in writing; and those redemptions greater than $100,000 require a written request with a signature guarantee by all shareholders.

 

  A written request or signature guarantee may be required if there have been recent changes made to your account (such as an address change) or other such circumstances. For your protection, if an address change was made in the last 10 days, Transamerica Premier Funds requires a redemption request in writing, signed and signature guaranteed by all shareholders.

 

  Purchases will be held at Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. for 15 calendar days for funds to clear before they are eligible for redemption. Certain exceptions may apply.

 

  When redeeming all shares from an account with an active Automatic Investment Plan, your AIP will automatically be stopped. Please contact Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) if you wish to re-activate your AIP.

 

  Each fund reserves the right to refuse a telephone redemption request if it is believed it is advisable to do so. The telephone redemption option may be suspended or terminated at any time without advance notice.

 

  Shares will normally be redeemed for cash, although each fund retains the right to redeem its shares in kind, under unusual circumstances, in order to protect the interests of shareholders by the delivery of securities selected from its shareholders at its discretion. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for more details.

 

  If you request that a withdrawal check be delivered overnight, a $20 overnight fee will be assessed; for Saturday delivery, a $30 overnight fee will be assessed; for 2-day express delivery, a $15 fee will be assessed.

 

Please see additional information relating to signature guarantees later in this prospectus.

 

Exchanging Shares

 

  You may request an exchange in writing, by phone, or by accessing your account through the internet.

 

  You can exchange shares in one fund for shares in the same class of another fund.

 

  The minimum exchange to a new fund account is $1,000. If you want to exchange between existing fund accounts, the required minimum will be $50.

 

  Prior to making exchanges into a fund that you do not own, please read the prospectus carefully.

 

  Once an exchange has been telephoned or mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to modify or terminate the exchange privilege at any time upon 60 days written notice.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to deny any request involving transactions between classes of shares. Please review your individual circumstances with your financial professional.

 

Redemption Fees

 

Redemption Fee Assessment

 

In an effort to protect the interests of shareholders, the Transamerica Premier Funds has instituted a short-term redemption fee on the Fund Series referenced below. We believe that such a fee may discourage short-term traders (or “market timers”) of these Funds and is, therefore, in the best interests of the Funds.

 

Shares of the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Equity Fund, Transamerica Focus Fund, and Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund (collectively the “Funds”) purchased on or after October 1, 2003, that are sold or exchanged within 90 days of the purchase will be assessed a redemption fee of 2% of the value of the shares sold or exchanged. Exemptions to the redemption fee include: 1) shares of these Funds purchased on or before September 30, 2003; 2) shares purchased through reinvested distributions (dividends and/or capital gains); 3) shares purchased within 401(k) and other employer-sponsored retirement plans. The Funds reserve the right to waive the redemption fee in special situations where we believe such a waiver is warranted.

 

For the purpose of determining whether the redemption fee applies, the shares held the longest will be redeemed first. Any applicable fee will be deducted from the redemption proceeds that result from the order to exchange or sell. The Funds will retain the redemption fees to help offset broker commissions, market impact and other costs associated with fluctuations in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

Redemptions through Financial Intermediaries

 

You are an investor subject to this 2% short-term trading redemption fee whether you are a direct shareholder of a Fund or you are investing indirectly in a Fund through a financial intermediary such as a broker-dealer, a bank, an insurance company separate account, an investment adviser, an administrator or trustee of a tax-deferred

 

28


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

savings plan such as a 401(k) retirement plan and a 529 college savings plan that maintains a master account (an “Omnibus Account”) with the fund for trading on behalf of its customers. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the ability to collect each Fund’s redemption fee on the Fund’s behalf from their customers’ accounts. As a result, the ability of each Fund to monitor trades that are placed by Omnibus Accounts or other nominee accounts and assess redemption fees is severely limited in those instances in which a broker, administrator or other intermediary maintain the record of each Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Even in the case of these intermediaries who are collecting the redemption fee, due to policy, operational and/or systems’ requirements and limitations, these intermediaries may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and/or calculating the fee that may differ in some respects from that of a Fund. Each Fund will continue to encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to assess the redemption fee from their customers who invest in the Fund. If you are investing in fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary (or, in the case of a qualified retirement plan, your plan sponsor) for more information on any differences in how the redemption fee is applied to your investments in a fund.

 

Features and Policies

 

Market Timing/Frequent Purchases and Redemptions

 

Some investors try to profit from various short-term or frequent trading strategies known as market timing. Examples of market timing include switching money into Funds when their share prices are expected to rise and taking money out when their share prices are expected to fall, and switching from one fund to another and then back again after a short period of time. As money is shifted in and out, a fund incurs expenses for buying and selling securities. Excessive purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares disrupt portfolio management, hurt fund performance and drive fund expenses higher. These costs are borne by all shareholders, including long-term investors who do not generate the costs.

 

The Funds’ Board of Directors have approved policies that are designed to discourage market timing or excessive trading. If you intend to engage in such practices, we request that you do not purchase shares of any of the Funds. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any request to purchase shares, including purchases in connection with an exchange transaction, which it reasonably determines to be in connection with market timing or excessive trading. The Funds generally will consider four or more exchanges between Funds, or frequent purchases and redemptions having a similar effect during any rolling three-month period to be evidence of market timing or excessive trading by a shareholder or by accounts under common control (for example, related shareholders, or a financial adviser with discretionary trading authority over multiple accounts). However, the Funds reserve the right to determine less active trading to be “excessive” or related to market timing.

 

While the Funds discourage market timing and excessive short-term trading, the Funds cannot always recognize or detect such trading particularly if it is facilitated by financial intermediaries or done through omnibus account arrangements. In addition, implementation of the Funds’ restrictions against market timing and excessive trading may require the cooperation of financial intermediaries, which cannot necessarily be assured.

 

See the “Exchanging Shares Between Funds” section of this prospectus for further details on exchange policies.

 

The Funds do not permit market timing. Do not invest with us if you are a market timer.

 

Checkwriting Service (available for shareholders of Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund only)

 

If you would like to use the check writing service, mark the appropriate box on the application or authorization form. Your Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund account must have a minimum balance of $1,000 to establish checkwriting privileges. The Fund will send you checks when it receives these properly completed documents. Checks must be written for at least $250, and investments made by check or ACH must have been in your account for at least 15 calendar days before you can write checks against them. A service fee of $10 applies for those checks written under $250. When the check is presented for payment, the Fund will redeem a sufficient number of full and fractional shares in your account at that day’s net asset value to cover the amount of the check. Checks presented against your account in an amount that exceeds your available balance will be returned for “insufficient funds,” and your account will incur a $20 service fee. Due to dividends accruing on your account, it is not possible to determine your account’s value in advance so you should not write a check for the entire value of your account or try to close your account by writing a check. A stop payment on a check may be requested for a $20 service fee. If you request that a checkbook be delivered overnight, you will incur a $20 service fee, a $30 service fee for Saturday delivery, or a $15 service fee for 2-day express delivery. The payment of funds is authorized by the signature(s) appearing on the Transamerica Premier Funds application or authorization form. Each signatory guarantees the genuineness of the other signature(s).

 

The use of checks is subject to the rules of the Transamerica Premier Funds designated bank for its check writing service. Transamerica

 

29


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Premier Funds has chosen UMB Bank, N.A. as its designated bank for this service. UMB Bank, N.A., or its bank affiliate (“the Bank”), is appointed agent by the person(s) signing the Transamerica Premier Funds application or authorization form (the Investor(s)) and, as agent, is authorized and directed upon presentment of checks to the Bank to transmit such checks to Transamerica Premier Funds as requests to redeem shares registered in the name of the Investor(s) in the amounts of such checks.

 

This checkwriting service is subject to the applicable terms and restrictions, including charges, set forth in this prospectus. The Investor(s) agrees that he/she is subject to the rules, regulations, and laws governing check collection including the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in the State of Missouri, pertaining to this checkwriting service, as amended from time to time. The Bank and/or Transamerica Premier Funds has the right not to honor checks presented to it and the right to change, modify or terminate this checkwriting service at any time.

 

The checkwriting service of Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund is not available for IRAs or qualified retirement plans.

 

Customer Service

 

Occasionally, Transamerica Premier Funds experiences high call volume due to unusual market activity or other events that may make it difficult for you to reach a Customer Service Representative by telephone. If you are unable to reach Transamerica Premier Funds by telephone, please consider visiting our website at www.transamericafunds.com. You may also send instructions by mail, by fax, or by using the automated line.

 

Uncashed Checks Issued on Your Account

 

If any check Transamerica Premier Funds issues is returned by the Post Office as undeliverable, or remains outstanding (uncashed) for six months, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to reinvest check proceeds back into your account at the net asset value next calculated after reinvestment. If applicable, Transamerica Premier Funds will also change your account distribution option from cash to reinvest. Interest does not accrue on amounts represented by uncashed checks.

 

Minimum Dividend Check Amounts

 

To control costs associated with issuing and administering dividend checks, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right not to issue checks under a specified amount. For accounts with the cash by check dividend distribution option, if the dividend payment total is less than $10, the distribution will be reinvested into the account and no check will be issued.

 

Dividend Payment Schedules:

 

Fund    When It Pays

Premier Focus Fund

   Annually

Premier Equity Fund

   Annually

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   Annually

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   Annually

Premier Balanced Fund

   Annually

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   Monthly

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

   Monthly

 

Minimum Account Balance

 

Due to the proportionately higher cost of maintaining customer accounts with balances below the stated minimums for each class of shares, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to close such accounts. However, Transamerica Premier Funds will provide a 60-day notification to you prior to assessing a minimum account fee, or closing any account. The following describes the fees assessed to accounts with low balances:

 

No fees will be charged on:

 

  accounts opened within the preceding 24 months

 

  accounts with an active monthly Automatic Investment Plan ($50 minimum per fund account)

 

  accounts owned by an individual which, when combined by Social Security Number, have a balance of $1,000 or more

 

  accounts owned by individuals in the same household by address) that have a combined balance of $1,000 or more

 

  UTMA/UGMA accounts

 

  Fiduciary accounts

 

Account Balance

(per fund account)

  

Fee Assessment

(per fund account)

If your balance is below $1,000 per fund account

   $25 fee assessed every year, until balance reaches $1,000

 

Involuntary Redemptions

 

Each Fund reserves the right to close your account if the account value falls below the Fund’s minimum account balance, or you are deemed to engage in activities that are illegal (such as late trading) or otherwise believed to be detrimental to the Fund (such as market timing or frequent, small redemptions) to the fullest extent permitted by law. Involuntary redemptions are subject to applicable redemption fees unless Transamerica Premier Funds provides a waiver.

 

 

30


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Telephone Transactions

 

Transamerica Premier Funds and its transfer agent, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”) are not liable for complying with telephone instructions that are deemed by them to be genuine. Transamerica Premier Funds and TFS will employ reasonable procedures to help ensure telephone instructions are genuine. In situations where Transamerica Premier Funds or TFS reasonably believe they were acting on genuine telephone instructions, you bear the risk of loss. These procedures may include requiring personal identification, providing written confirmation of transactions, and tape recording conversations. Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to modify the telephone redemption privilege at any time.

 

Retirement (Fiduciary) Account Maintenance Fees

 

Retirement plan accounts are subject to an annual custodial fee of $15 per fund account, with a maximum fee of $30 per Social Security Number. For example, an IRA in two fund accounts would normally be subject to a $30 annual custodial fee. The fee is waived if the total of the retirement plan account(s)’ value per Social Security Number is more than $50,000.

 

Professional Fees

 

Your financial professional may charge a fee for his or her services. This fee will be in addition to any fees charged by Transamerica Premier Funds. Your financial professional will answer any questions that you may have regarding such fees.

 

Signature Guarantee

 

A signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine so that you are protected from unauthorized account transactions. Notarization is not an acceptable substitute. Acceptable guarantors only include participants in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP2000). Participants in STAMP2000 may include financial institutions such as banks, savings and loan associations, trust companies, credit unions, broker-dealers, and member firms of a national securities exchange.

 

  A signature guarantee is required if any of the following is applicable:

 

  You request a redemption above $100,000.

 

  You would like a check made payable to anyone other than the shareholder(s) of record.

 

  You would like a check mailed to an address which has been changed within 10 days of the redemption request.

 

  You would like a check mailed to an address other than the address of record.

 

  You would like your redemption proceeds wired to a bank account other than a bank account of record.

 

  You are adding or removing a shareholder from an account.

 

The funds reserve the right to require a signature guarantee under other circumstances or to reject or delay a redemption on certain legal grounds.

 

A signature guarantee may be refused if any of the following is applicable:

 

  It does not appear valid or in good form.

 

  The transaction amount exceeds the surety bond limit of the signature guarantee.

 

  The guarantee stamp has been reported as stolen, missing or counterfeit.

 

Employer Sponsored Accounts

 

If you participate in an employer sponsored plan and wish to make an allocation change to your current fund selection, you or your financial professional must notify Transamerica Premier Funds by phone or in writing. Please also remember to inform your employer of the change(s) to your fund allocation. Documentation received from your employer will be used to properly allocate your contributions. This documentation will supersede all other prior instructions received from you or your financial professional. (Note: If you perform a partial or complete exchange to a new fund selection, your current fund allocation will remain unchanged for future contributions unless specified otherwise.)

 

E-mail Communication

 

As e-mail communications may not be secure, and because we are unable to take reasonable precautions to verify your shareholder and transaction information, we cannot respond to account-specific requests received via email. For your protection, we ask that all transaction requests be submitted only via telephone, mail or through the secure link on our website.

 

Statements and Reports

 

Transamerica Premier Funds will send you a confirmation statement after every transaction that affects your account balance or registration. Please review the confirmation statement carefully and promptly notify Transamerica Premier Funds in writing within 90 days of any error or you will be deemed to have ratified the transaction as reported to you. If you are enrolled in the Automatic Investment Plan and invest on a monthly basis, you will receive a quarterly confirmation. Information about the tax status of income dividends and capital gains distributions will be mailed to shareholders early each year.

 

31


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Please retain your statements. If you require prior year statements, Transamerica Premier Funds may charge $10 per statement year up to a maximum of $50 per Social Security Number.

 

Financial reports for the funds, which include a list of the holdings, will be mailed twice a year to all shareholders.

 

Share Certificates

 

Transamerica Premier Funds does not issue share certificates.

 

PRICING OF SHARES

 

How Share Price Is Determined

 

The price at which shares are purchased or redeemed is the net asset value (“NAV”) that is next calculated following receipt and acceptance of a purchase order in good order or receipt of a redemption order in good order by the fund or an authorized intermediary.

 

When Share Price Is Determined

 

The NAV of all funds is determined on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. The NAV is not determined on days when the NYSE is closed (generally New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas). Foreign securities may trade in their primary markets on weekends or other days when a fund does not price its shares (therefore, the NAV of a fund holding foreign securities may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares of the funds).

 

Purchase orders received in good order and accepted and redemption orders received in good order before the close of business on the NYSE usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, receive the share price determined at the close of the NYSE that day (less applicable sales charges and/or redemption fees). Purchase and redemption requests received after the NYSE is closed receive the share price at the close of the NYSE the next day the NYSE is open. Purchase and redemption requests by telephone are deemed received when the telephone call is received.

 

How NAV is Determined

 

The NAV per share of each Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities, and dividing by the number of shares of the Fund that are then outstanding.

 

In general, securities and other investments are valued at market value when market quotations are readily available. Fund securities listed or traded on domestic securities exchanges or the NASDAQ/ NMS, including dollar-dominated foreign securities or ADRs, are valued at the closing price on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded. With respect to securities traded on the NASDAQ/NMS, such closing price may be the last reported sale price or the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there have been no sales for that day on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, then the value should be determined with reference to the last sale price, or the NOCP, if applicable, on any other exchange or system. If there have been no sales for that day on any exchange or system, a security is valued at the closing bid quotes on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, or at the NOCP, if applicable. Foreign securities traded on U.S. exchanges are generally priced using last sale price regardless of trading activity. Securities traded over-the-counter are valued at the mean of the last bid and asked prices. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost. Foreign securities generally are valued based on quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, and are converted from the local currency into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates. Market quotations for securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services.

 

When market quotations are not readily available (which may include closing prices deemed to be unreliable because of the occurrence of a subsequent event), securities and other assets are valued at fair value. In that case, a valuation committee appointed by the Funds’ Board of Directors may, in good faith, establish a fair value for the security in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The types of securities for which such fair value pricing may be required include, but are not limited to: foreign securities, where a significant event occurs after the close of the foreign market on which such security principally trades, but before the close of the NYSE, that is likely to have changed the value of such security; the closing value is deemed unreliable; securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; securities whose trading has been halted or suspended; fixed-income securities that have gone into default and for which there is no current market value quotation; and securities that are restricted as to transfer or resale.

 

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than securities that have readily available market quotations. The valuation committee makes such determinations in good faith in accordance with the Funds’ valuation procedures. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that the Funds could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Funds determine its NAV.

 

32


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Distribution of Shares

 

Distribution Plans

 

Shares are available on a no-load basis directly to individuals, companies, retirement programs and other investors from AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”), the Distributor, 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52499.

 

Each Fund makes payments to AFSG according to a plan adopted to meet the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The 12b-1 fees paid by each fund’s shares are used to pay distribution and service fees for the sale and distribution of the funds’ shares and to pay for non-distribution activities and services provided to shareholders. These services include compensation to financial intermediaries that sell fund shares and/or service shareholder accounts. The annual 12b-1 fee is 0.25% of the average daily net assets of each fund except the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund. These fees accrue daily and are based on an annual percentage of the daily average net assets.

 

Because these fees are paid out of each Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. In case a Fund is closed to new investors or investments, distribution fees may still be paid under the 12b-1 Plan to compensate for past distribution efforts and ongoing services rendered to shareholders.

 

From time to time, and for one or more Funds, the Distributor may waive all or any portion of these fees at its discretion. The fee for the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund is currently being waived. The Distributor may terminate this waiver at any time.

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

Transamerica Premier Funds has an Underwriting Agreement with AFSG Securities Corporation. AFSG is an affiliate of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC and Transamerica Premier Funds. Under this agreement, AFSG underwrites and distributes all classes of fund shares and bears the expenses of offering these shares to the public. The funds pay AFSG, or its agent, fees for its services. Of the distribution and service fees it receives for Investor Class shares, AFSG, or its agent, reallows or pays to brokers or dealers who sold them 0.25% of the average daily net assets of those shares.

 

Distributions and Taxes

 

Taxes on Distributions in General

 

Each fund will distribute all or substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains to its shareholders each year. Although a fund will not have to pay income tax on amounts it distributes to shareholders, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive. Shareholders who are not subject to tax on their income, such as qualified retirement accounts and other tax-exempt investors, generally will not be required to pay any tax on distributions. (See below for special rules applicable to particular funds.) If a fund declares a dividend in October, November, or December but pays it in January, you will be taxed on the dividend as if you received it in the previous year.

 

You normally will be taxed on distributions you receive from a fund, regardless of whether they are paid to you in cash or are reinvested in additional fund shares. A particular distribution generally will be taxable as either ordinary income or as long-term capital gain.

 

Distributions that are derived from net long- term capital gains will typically be taxed as long-term capital gain. Other distributions will usually be taxable as ordinary income. Except as described below, the tax consequences of a distribution do not depend upon how long you held your fund shares.

 

Current tax law generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term gains and from certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The following are guidelines for how certain distributions by the funds are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends, interest income, other types of ordinary income and short- term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer. As a result, distributions from funds that invest primarily in debt securities, such as money market funds and bond funds, will not generally qualify for the 15% rate.

 

Each fund will send you a tax report annually summarizing the amount of and the tax aspects of your distributions.

 

Taxes on the Sale or Exchange of Shares

 

If you sell shares of a fund or exchange them for shares of another fund, you generally will have a capital gain or loss, which will be long-term capital gain if you held the shares for more than one year and otherwise short-term capital gain.

 

33


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Such gain or loss is computed by subtracting your tax basis in the shares from the redemption proceeds (in the case of a sale) or the value of the shares received (in the case of an exchange). Because your tax basis depends on the original purchase price and on the price at which any dividends may have been reinvested, you should be sure to keep account statements so that you or your tax preparer will be able to determine whether a sale will result in a taxable gain. If your tax basis in the shares exceeds your redemption proceeds (or the value of the shares received in the case of an exchange), you will recognize a taxable loss on the sale of shares of the fund. Any loss recognized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions that were received with respect to the shares.

 

Note that money market funds typically maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. Assuming that is the case during the period when you own shares of Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, then you will typically not recognize gain or loss upon the sale, redemption, or exchange of shares of this fund.

 

If you receive an exempt-interest dividend on shares that you held for six months or less, any loss on the sale, redemption, or exchange of the shares will be disallowed to the extent of such exempt-interest dividend amount.

 

Withholding Taxes

 

As with all mutual funds, a fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the fourth lowest tax rate applicable to unmarried individuals (currently 28%) of all taxable distributions payable to you if you fail to provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, but is a method in which the IRS ensures that it will collect taxes otherwise due. Any amounts withheld may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

Non-Resident Alien Withholding

 

If you are a non-U.S. investor, you must provide a U.S. mailing address to establish an account. If your mailing address changes to a non-U.S. address, no future purchases will be accepted and any dividend or capital gain distribution will be mailed to you. Shareholders that are not U.S. investors under the federal tax laws may be subject to U.S. withholding and are generally subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements.

 

Additionally, a valid W-8BEN form is required if you are not a U.S. citizen or resident alien. Documentary evidence may also be required to accompany the W-8BEN form.

 

Other Tax Information

 

This tax discussion is for general information only. In addition to federal income taxes, you may be subject to state, local or foreign taxes on payments received from Transamerica Premier Funds. More information is provided in the SAI. You should also consult your own tax advisor for information regarding all tax consequences applicable to your investments in Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

Summary of Bond Ratings

 

Following is a summary of the grade indicators used by two of the most prominent, independent rating agencies (Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Corporation) to rate the quality of bonds. The first four categories are generally considered investment quality bonds. Those below that level are of lower quality, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

 

Investment Grade    Moody’s    Standard
& Poor’s

Highest quality

   Aaa    AAA

High quality

   Aa    AA

Upper medium

   A    A

Medium, speculative features

   Baa    BBB
Lower Quality          

Moderately speculative

   Ba    BB

Speculative

   B    B

Very speculative

   Caa    CCC

Very high risk

   Ca    CC

Highest risk, may not be paying interest

   C    C

In arrears or default

   C    D

 

 

34


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand a Fund’s performance for the past five years. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). This information through the period ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Transamerica Premier Funds’ 2004 Annual Report which is available by request by calling 1-800-892-7587.

 

    Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 11.17     $ 8.87     $ 11.10     $ 12.12     $ 11.37  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    0.033       (0.01 )3     (0.01 )3     (0.11 )a     (0.10 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    1.51       2.31       (2.22 )     (0.87 )     1.32  
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    1.54       2.30       (2.23 )     (0.98 )     1.22  
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

Net realized gains on investments

   
 
(0.01
)
 
                (0.04 )     (0.47 )

Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

    (0.01 )                 (0.04 )     (0.47 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 12.70     $ 11.17     $ 8.87     $ 11.10     $ 12.12  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    13.81%       25.93%       (20.09% )     (8.10% )     10.72%  
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.20%       1.20%       1.20%       1.20%       1.20%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.47%       1.80%       2.02%       1.77%       1.82%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    0.28%       (0.07% )     (0.15% )     (0.91% )     (0.82% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    30%       24%       72%       61%       52%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 71,487     $ 18,660     $ 8,822     $ 10,980     $ 12,311  
   


 


 


 


 


 

 

1   Net investment income (loss) is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income (loss) per share would have been $(0.00), $(0.07), $(0.10), $(0.18), and $(0.18) for the De versified Equity Fund for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 respectively.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

a   Per share net investment income (loss) has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

35


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Continued)

 

    Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
   

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2003

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2002

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2001

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2000

 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 16.90     $ 12.93     $ 17.11     $ 20.77     $ 31.96  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.02 )3     (0.07 )3     (0.13 )3     (0.20 )     (0.34 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.58       4.04       (4.05 )     (3.46 )     (3.42 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.56       3.97       (4.18 )     (3.66 )     (3.76 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                            (7.43 )

Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                            (7.43 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 19.46     $ 16.90     $ 12.93     $ 17.11     $ 20.77  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    15.15%       30.70%       (24.43% )     (17.62% )     (13.81% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.29%       1.43%       1.42%       1.34%       1.26%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.29%       1.43%       1.42%       1.34%       1.26%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.13% )     (0.46% )     (0.91% )     (0.98% )     (1.07% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    34%       38%       34%       42%       40%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 179,454     $ 146,833     $ 96,788     $ 153,607     $ 241,814  
   


 


 


 


 


1   Net investment income (loss) is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income (loss) per share would have been $(0.00), $(0.07), $(0.10), $(0.18), and $(0.18) for the Diversified Equity Fund for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 respectively.
2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.
a   Per share net investment income (loss) has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

    Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
   

Year Ended

December 31,

2004

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2003

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2002

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2001

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2000

 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 13.87     $ 9.94     $ 13.84     $ 19.24     $ 33.55  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.07 )     (0.07 )3     (0.12 )3     (0.14 )3     (0.39 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.21       4.00       (3.78 )     (4.46 )     (4.35 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.14       3.93       (3.90 )     (4.60 )     (4.74 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.80 )     (9.57 )

Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                      (0.80 )     (9.57 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 16.01     $ 13.87     $ 9.94     $ 13.84     $ 19.24  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    15.43%       39.54%       (28.18% )     (23.92% )     (18.60% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.36%       1.40%       1.40%       1.40%       1.32%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.36%       1.54%       1.56%       1.45%       1.32%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.48% )     (0.65% )     (1.08% )     (0.88% )     (1.14% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    64%       59%       43%       70%       65%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 92,565     $ 87,075     $ 73,525     $ 107,384     $ 171,901  
   


 


 


 


 


1   Net investment loss is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment loss per share would have been $(0.09), (0.14), $(0.15), and $(0.39) for the Focus Fund and $(0.11), $(0.16-), $(0.17), and $(0.44) for the Growth Opportunities Fund for the periods ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Per share net investment loss has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.
2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each year.
a   Per share net investment loss has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

36


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

    Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 16.99     $ 12.69     $ 15.57     $ 20.82     $ 38.95  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.08 )     (0.10 )3     (0.16 )3     (0.17 )3     (0.44 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.82       4.40       (2.72 )     (4.42 )     (7.70 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.74       4.30       (2.88 )     (4.59 )     (8.14 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.66 )     (9.99 )
   


 


 


 


 


Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                      (0.66 )     (9.99 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 19.73     $ 16.99     $ 12.69     $ 15.57     $ 20.82  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    16.13%       33.88%       (18.50% )     (22.07% )     (26.00% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.36%       1.40%       1.40%       1.40%       1.26%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.36%       1.47%       1.42%       1.41%       1.26%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.44% )     (0.70% )     (1.12% )     (1.07% )     (1.11% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    37%       29%       37%       55%       78%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 118,442     $ 93,747     $ 81,481     $ 130,559     $ 224,934  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment loss is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment loss per share would have been $(0.09), (0.14), $(0.15), and $(0.39) for the Focus Fund and $(0.11), $(0.16-), $(0.17), and $(0.44) for the Growth Opportunities Fund for the periods ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Per share net investment loss has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each year.

 

a   Per share net investment loss has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

    Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 20.22     $ 16.60     $ 18.70     $ 20.09     $ 20.50  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment income (loss)1

    (0.22 )3     0.233       0.323       0.343       0.423  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.83       3.62       (2.05 )     (1.38 )     1.59  
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.61       3.85       (1.73 )     (1.04 )     2.01  
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

    (0.23 )     (0.23 )     (0.37 )     (0.31 )     (0.28 )

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.04 )     (2.14 )
   


 


 


 


 


Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

    (0.23 )     (0.23 )     (0.37 )     (0.35 )     (2.42 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 22.60     $ 20.22     $ 16.60     $ 18.70     $ 20.09  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    12.92%       23.20%       (9.24% )     (5.22% )     9.89%  
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.29%       1.29%       1.25%       1.21%       1.24%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.29%       1.29%       1.25%       1.21%       1.24%  

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (1.04% )     1.28%       1.79%       1.76%       1.89%  

Portfolio turnover rate

    47%       39%       57%       77%       96%  

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

  $ 245,138     $ 183,331     $ 126,564     $ 138,588     $ 107,140  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment loss is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income per share would have been $0.24, $0.48, $0.56, and $0.62 for the Bond Fund for the years ended December 1=2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

a   Per share net investment income has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

37


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

    Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 7.76     $ 7.05     $ 7.96     $ 8.35     $ 9.29  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment income1

    0.52       0.54 3     0.68 3     0.71 3     0.77  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    0.25       0.74       (0.89 )     (0.35 )     (0.93 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    0.77       1.28       (0.21 )     0.36       (0.16 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

    (0.53 )     (0.57 )     (0.70 )     (0.75 )     (0.78 )

Net realized gains on investments

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

    (0.53 )     (0.57 )     (0.70 )     (0.75 )     (0.78 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 8.00     $ 7.76     $ 7.05     $ 7.96     $ 8.35  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    10.38%       18.76%       (2.60% )     4.49%       (2.01 )%
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    0.90%       0.90%       0.90%       0.90%       0.90%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.43%       1.64%       2.65%       3.54%       3.54%  

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    6.75%       7.26%       9.42%       8.45%       8.67%  

Portfolio turnover rate

    152%       171%       126%       119%       57%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 8,227     $ 7,973     $ 7,604     $ 2,161     $ 1,607  
   


 


 


 


 


 

    Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund

 
    Investor Class

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment income1

    0.01       0.01       0.02       0.04       0.06  
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    0.01       0.01       0.02       0.04       0.06  
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.02 )     (0.04 )     (0.06 )

Net realized gains on investments

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Redemption fees

                             
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.02 )     (0.04 )     (0.06 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00     $ 1.00  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    1.16%       0.92%       1.62%       4.12%       6.34%  
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%       0.25%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    0.63%       0.88%       0.60%       0.74%       0.57%  

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.13%       0.92%       1.59%       4.04%       6.16%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 37,038     $ 43,847     $ 48,290     $ 68,898     $ 136,278  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment income is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income (loss) per share would have been $0.48, $(0.49), $(0.56), $0.48, and $0.55 for the High Yield Bond Fund and $0.01, $0.00, $0.01, $0.04, and $0.065 for the Cash Reserve Fund for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Per share net investment income has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

 

38


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Appendix A

 

Explanation of Strategies and Risks

 

HOW TO USE THIS SECTION

 

Descriptions of the principal strategies and risks are provided in each individual Fund section of this prospectus. Referrals are made to this Appendix for a more complete description of the risks associated with investing in the Funds. For best understanding, first read the description of the Fund in which you are interested. Then refer to this section to read about the risks particular to that Fund. For additional discussions of strategies and risks, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) which is available upon request. See the back cover of this prospectus for information on how to order the SAI.

 

DIVERSIFICATION

 

The Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) classifies investment companies as either diversified or non-diversified. Diversification is the practice of spreading a Fund’s assets over a number of issuers to reduce risk. A non-diversified Fund has the ability to take larger positions in fewer issuers. Because the appreciation or depreciation of a single security may have a greater impact on the net asset value of a non-diversified Fund, its share price can be expected to fluctuate more than a diversified Fund.

 

Diversified Funds are subject to the following diversification requirements:

 

As a fundamental policy, with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund may not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities) as defined in the 1940 Act and, with respect to some Funds, in other types of cash items.

 

As a fundamental policy with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund will not purchase a security of any issuer if such would cause the portfolio’s holdings of that issuer to amount to more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

 

WHAT IS A NON-DIVERSIFIED FUND?

 

A “non-diversified” Fund has the ability to take larger positions in a smaller number of issuers. To the extent a Fund invests a greater portion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers, it may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified Fund and may be subject to greater loss with respect to its portfolio securities. However, to meet federal tax requirements, at the close of each quarter the Fund may not have more than 25% of its total assets invested in any one issuer, and, with respect to 50% of its total assets, not more than 5% of its total assets invested in any one issuer with the exception of U.S. government securities and its agencies.

 

Because a Fund may invest a relatively large percentage of its assets in a single issuer, a Fund’s performance may be particularly sensitive to change in the value of securities of these issuers.

 

WHAT IS “BOTTOM-UP” ANALYSIS?

 

When the Investment Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, it looks primarily at individual companies against the context of broad market factors. It seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large.

 

INVESTING IN COMMON STOCKS

 

Many factors cause common stocks to go up and down in price. A major factor is the financial performance of the company that issues the stock. Other factors include the overall economy, conditions in a particular industry, and monetary factors like interest rates. When your Fund holds stocks, there is a risk that some or all of them may be down in price when you choose to sell Fund shares, causing you to lose money. This is called market risk.

 

INVESTING IN BONDS

 

Like common stocks, bonds fluctuate in value, though the factors causing this are different, including:

 

Changes in interest rates. Bond prices tend to move the opposite of interest rates. Why? Because when interest rates on new bond issues go up, rates on existing bonds stay the same and they become less desirable. When rates go down, the reverse happens. This is also true for most preferred stocks and some convertibles.

 

Length of time to maturity. When a bond matures, the issuer must pay the owner its face value. If the maturity date is a long way off, many things can affect its value, so a bond is more volatile the farther it is from maturity. As that date approaches, fluctuations usually become smaller and the price gets closer to face value.

 

Defaults. All bond issuers make at least two promises: (1) to pay interest during the bond’s term and (2) to return principal when it matures. If an issuer fails to keep one or both of these promises, the bond will probably drop in price dramatically, and may even become worthless.

 

Declines in ratings. At the time of issue, most bonds are rated by professional rating services, such as Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (S&P). The stronger the financial backing behind the bond, the higher the rating. If this backing is weakened or lost, the rating service may downgrade the bond’s rating. This is virtually certain to cause the bond to drop in price.

 

39


Transamerica Premier Funds Prospectus – Investor Shares

 

Low rating. High-yield/high-risk securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have greater credit risk, are more sensitive to interest rate movements, are considered more speculative, have a greater vulnerability to economic changes, subject to greater price volatility and are less liquid.

 

Lack of rating. Some bonds are considered speculative, or for other reasons are not rated. Such bonds must pay a higher interest rate in order to attract investors. They’re considered riskier because of the higher possibility of default or loss of liquidity.

 

Loss of liquidity. If a bond is downgraded, or for other reasons drops in price, the market demand for it may “dry up.” In that case, the bond may be hard to sell or “liquidate” (convert to cash). Please see Appendix A of the SAI for a description of corporate bond ratings.

 

VOLATILITY

 

The more an investment goes up and down in price, the more volatile it is said to be. Volatility increases the market risk because even though your Fund may go up more than the market in good times, it may also go down more than the market in bad times. If you decide to sell when a volatile Fund is down, you could lose more. Price changes may be temporary and for extended periods.

 

GROWTH INVESTING

 

Securities with different characteristics tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may underperform other Funds that employ a different style. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Growth-oriented Funds typically will underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

INVESTING IN SMALL- AND MID-CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES

 

Investment in small- and mid-capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss. Small- and mid-cap companies and the market for their equity securities are more likely to be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations. These companies are also likely to have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth than larger companies.

 

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES

 

For temporary defensive purposes, a Fund may, at times, choose to hold some portion of its net assets in cash, or to invest that cash in a variety of debt securities. This may be done as a defensive measure at times when desirable risk/reward characteristics are not available in stocks or to earn income from otherwise uninvested cash. When a Fund increases its cash or debt investment position, its income may increase while its ability to participate in stock market advances or declines decreases. Furthermore, when a Fund assumes a temporary defensive position it may not be able to achieve its investment objective.

 

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK

 

Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. The Fund may outperform or underperform other Funds that employ a different investment style. The Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented Funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

 

40


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

AND ASSISTANCE

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

 

These reports describe the Funds’ performance and list their portfolio holdings and financial condition. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and the portfolio managers’ strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the covered period.

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

 

This document gives additional information about the Funds. The SAI was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and incorporated by reference as part of the prospectus. You can obtain a copy of the SAI by requesting it from us.

 

To Obtain Information from Transamerica Premier Funds

 

  Call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587).

 

    Option 1: to request annual/semi-annual report, SAI, and other literature and to ask questions about the Funds.
    Option 2: PremierQuote, automated information and transactions available 24 hours, 7 days a week.

 

    Option 3: customer service representative.

 

  Write to Transamerica Premier Funds, P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427.

 

  E-mail us at PremierFunds@Transamerica.com.

 

  Visit our web site at transamericafunds.com.

 

To Obtain Information from the SEC

 

  Visit the SEC, Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. to review or copy the prospectus and SAI

 

  Call 1-202-942-8090 for more information about the Public Reference Room

 

  Visit the SEC’s Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov

 

  Write to Securities and Exchange Commission, Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-6009 or send an electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov for copies of these documents (requires you to pay a duplicating fee)

 

SEC file number: 811-09010

 

LOGO

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

1-800-89-ASKUS (1-800-892-7587)

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor


LOGO


PROSPECTUS: MAY 1, 2005

 

Transamerica Premier Funds – Class A Shares

 

EQUITY FUNDS

 

Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund (formerly Transamerica Premier Core Equity Fund)

 

COMBINED EQUITY & FIXED INCOME FUND

 

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 

 

Not

FDIC

Insured

   May lose value
   No bank guarantee

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

        Page

The Funds at a Glance

   

Fees and Expenses

   

Transamerica Premier Funds in Detail

   

Premier Focus Fund

  2

Premier Equity Fund

  6

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

  9

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

  13

Premier Balanced Fund

  16

Investment Adviser

  20

Advisory Fee

  20

Shareholder Information

  20

Buying Shares

  23

Selling Shares

  24

Exchanging Shares

  25

Redemption Fees

  25

Features and Policies

  26

Distribution of Shares

  29

Underwriting Agreement

  29

Distributions and Taxes

  30

Summary of Bond Ratings

  31

Financial Highlights

  33

Appendix A – Explanation of Strategies and Risks

  36

Additional Information and Assistance

  Back Cover

 

Listed in this prospectus are the investment objectives and principal investment strategies for the Transamerica Premier Funds – Investor Class shares (each a “Fund,” and collectively the “Funds”). The Funds are managed by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM” or “Investment Adviser”).

 

As with any investment, there can be no guarantee that a Fund will achieve its investment objectives. An investment in the Funds is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency; consequently, loss of money is a risk of investing in any Fund.

 

 

{ 1


TRANSAMERICA PREMIER FOCUS FUND

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund invests primarily in domestic equity securities that, in the Investment Adviser’s opinion, are trading at a material discount to intrinsic value. Intrinsic value is determined primarily through discounted cash flow analysis, though acquisition and comparable company valuation analyses may be used to a lesser extent. The Fund generally invests in a non-diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities of any size. As a non-diversified fund, the Fund may hold 20 or fewer positions. In the Investment Adviser’s opinion, a portfolio holding 20 or fewer positions may provide the potential for superior, long-term capital appreciation because assets are focused in securities deemed by the Adviser to have the most favorable risk-reward characteristics. A non-diversified portfolio generally carries a higher risk than a portfolio with a greater number of positions (see “Principal Risks” below).

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Adviser’s opinion.

 

The Investment Adviser’s equity management team selects U.S. companies showing:

 

  Strong potential for shareholder value creation

 

  High barriers to competition

 

  Solid free cash flow generating ability

 

  Excellent capital allocation discipline

 

  Experienced management aligned with shareholder interests

 

The Investment Adviser seeks out dominant business franchises, where the long-term value-creating potential has not fully been recognized by the market.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

In the event the Investment Adviser is unable to identify any investments that meet the Fund’s criteria, the Fund will maintain a balance in cash and cash equivalents that may range up to 40% of total assets.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods.

 

This Fund is non-diversified. As a non-diversified investment company, the Fund can invest a larger percentage of assets in a smaller number of individual companies than a diversified investment company. As a result, any single adverse event affecting a company within the portfolio could negatively impact the value of the Fund’s performance more than it would for a diversified investment company.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a

 

 

}


derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involve risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

Since the Fund may hold as much as 40% in cash or cash equivalents from time to time, it may not perform as favorably as a fund which is invested more fully.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who have the perspective, patience, and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in a focused pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (“S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. For the periods indicated, performance information in the bar chart and performance table is based on performance of the Class A shares that reflects the expense structure formerly applicable to Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the termination of front-end sales charges effective January 1, 2005. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

  Best calendar quarter:

43.19% for quarter ended 12/31/98

 

  Worst calendar quarter:

(27.56%) for quarter ended 12/31/00

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Focus Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   15.16%    (6.55% )   5.33%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   15.16%    (7.89% )   4.08%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   9.85%    (5.55% )   4.52%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   5.85%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Class A – June 30, 1998.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes.

 

  The S&P 500® Index consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

     Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

 

{ 3


Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

Advisory Fees

   0.60%2

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.62%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.47%

Expense Reduction3

   0.07%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.40%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated on shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Advisory Fee is subject to a performance adjustment that may either increase or decrease the base fee of 0.60%. For more information regarding the performance adjustment, please see “Investment Adviser – Advisory Fees.”

 

3   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Class A Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 1.40%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Funds expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against an account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $5,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus).

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Focus Fund

   $ 143    $ 443    $ 766    $ 1,680

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.60% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

 

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Rollé is also Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund and Transamerica Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

Edward S. Han

Co-Manager

 

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, Portfolio Manager of Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund and Co-Manager of Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fundamerica Premier High . He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

 

}


Kirk J. Kim

Co-Manager

 

Kirk J. Kim is Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. He joined Transamerica in 1997. Prior to joining Transamerica, Mr. Kim worked as a securities analyst for Franklin Templeton Group. Mr. Kim holds a B.S. in finance from the University of Southern California.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

 

{ 5


TRANSAMERICA PREMIER EQUITY FUND

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its assets in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities of growth companies of any size. The Investment Adviser looks for companies it considers to be premier companies that are undervalued in the stock market.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It focuses on identifying fundamental change in its early stages and investing in premier companies. It believes in long-term investing and does not attempt to time the market. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a rigorous research process and stands on its own merits as a premier company in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

The Investment Adviser buys securities of companies it believes have the defining features of premier growth companies that are undervalued in the stock market. Premier companies have many or all of these features:

 

  Shareholder-oriented management

 

  Dominance in market share

 

  Cost production advantages

 

  Self-financed growth

 

  Attractive reinvestment opportunities

 

  Leading brands

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods. The Investment Adviser typically invests the Fund’s holdings in fewer than 50 well-researched companies. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold many more securities.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources; and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

Growth securities can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually reinvest a high proportion of their earnings in their own businesses, they may lack the dividends often associated with the value stocks that could cushion their decline in a falling market. Also, since investors buy growth stocks because of their expected superior earnings growth, earnings disappointments often result in sharp price declines. Certain types of growth stocks, particularly technology stocks, can be extremely volatile and subject to greater price swings than the broader market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts

 

 

}


(GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for long-term investors who have the perspective, patience, and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in pursuit of long-term gain.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s Composite Stock Price Index (“S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. For the periods indicated, performance information in the bar chart and performance table is based on performance of the Class A shares that reflects the expense structure formerly applicable to Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the termination of front-end sales charges effective January 1, 2005. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

  Best calendar quarter:

29.69% for quarter ended 12/31/99

 

  Worst calendar quarter:

(18.80%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Equity Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   14.77%    (4.44% )   2.15%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   14.77%    (5.40% )   1.25%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   9.60%    (3.85% )   1.71%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   9.96%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Class A – June 30, 1998.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The S&P 500® Index consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

     Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

 

{ 7


Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.40%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.15%

Expense Reduction2

   0.00%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.15%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated on shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Fund Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.15% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.85% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.85% of average daily net assets. For additional details, see “Investment Adviser – Advisory Fees.”

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Funds expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against an account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $5,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not.

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Equity Fund

   $ 117    $ 365    $ 633    $ 1,398

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Manager

 

The manager for the Fund is listed below, followed by a brief biography.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

 

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of TIM. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and the Portfolio Manager for the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund and the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about the manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and the manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

 

}


TRANSAMERICA PREMIER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the Fund will be invested in companies with market capitalizations of no more than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

Companies with small- to medium-capitalization levels are less actively followed by securities analysts. For this reason, they may be undervalued, providing strong opportunities for a rise in value. To achieve this goal, the equity management team selects stocks issued by small to medium U.S. companies which show:

 

  Strong potential for steady growth

 

  High barriers to competition

 

  Experienced management incentivized along shareholder interests

 

It is the opinion of the Investment Adviser that companies with smaller- and medium-sized capitalization levels are less actively followed by security analysts; and, therefore, they may be undervalued, providing strong opportunities for a rise in value.

 

The Investment Adviser seeks out the industry leaders of tomorrow and invests in them today. It looks for companies with exceptional management and bright prospects for their products and markets.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

While the Fund invests principally in equity securities, the Investment Adviser may also, to a lesser extent, invest in debt securities or other securities and investment strategies in pursuit of its investment objective.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or bad general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed income funds over short periods. The Investment Adviser typically invests the Fund’s holdings in fewer than 50 well-researched companies. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold many more securities.

 

This Fund invests mainly in the equity securities of small to medium companies. These securities can provide strong opportunities for a rise in value. However, investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Small companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources; and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market.

 

Growth stocks can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually reinvest a high proportion of their earnings in their own businesses, they may lack the dividends often associated with the value stocks that could cushion their decline in a falling market. Also, since investors buy growth stocks because of their expected superior earnings growth, earnings disappointments often result in sharp price declines. Certain types of growth stocks, particularly technology stocks, can be extremely volatile and subject to greater price swings than the broader market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the

 

 

{ 9


underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the investment manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

The value of these securities may change daily based on changes in interest rates, and other market conditions and factors. Risks include:

 

  fluctuations in market value

 

  changes in interest rates: the value of a fixed income security generally decreases as interest rates rise

 

  length of time to maturity: the longer the duration, the more vulnerable the value of a bond is to fluctuations in interest rates

 

  issuers defaulting on their obligations to pay interest or return principal

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who have the perspective, patience, and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in a focused pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Russell 2500 Growth Index, a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. For the periods indicated, performance information in the bar chart and performance table is based on performance of the Class A shares that reflects the expense structure formerly applicable to Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the termination of front-end sales charges effective January 1, 2005. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

  Best calendar quarter:

53.44% for quarter ended 12/31/99

  Worst calendar quarter:

(36.22%) for quarter ended 03/31/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   15.89%    (6.17% )   9.46%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   15.89%    (7.40% )   7.95%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   10.33%    (5.28% )   7.99%

Russell 2500 Growth Index

   14.59%    (2.31% )   5.83%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Class A – June 30, 1998.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The Russell 2500 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2500 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth value.

 

     Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

 

10 }


Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

Advisory Fees

   0.60%2

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.48%
    
      

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.33%

Expense Reduction3

   0.00%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.33%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated on shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Advisory Fee is subject to a performance adjustment that may either increase or decrease the base fee of 0.60%. For more information regarding the performance adjustment, please see “Investment Adviser – Advisory Fees.”

 

3   TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Class A Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 1.40%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Funds expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year an account is open for over 2 years that is below a minimum balance of $5,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   $ 135    $ 421    $ 729    $ 1,601

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.60% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Edward S. Han

Vice President & Portfolio Manager

 

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund and Co-Manager of the Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

Kirk J. Kim

Co-Manager

 

Kirk J. Kim is Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1997. Prior to joining Transamerica, Mr. Kim worked as a securities analyst for Franklin Templeton Group. Mr. Kim holds a B.S. in finance from the University of Southern California.

 

 

{ 11


The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by each manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

 

12 }


TRANSAMERICA PREMIER DIVERSIFIED EQUITY FUND

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to maximize capital appreciation.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Fund uses an intrinsic valuation discipline in selecting securities, based on strong earnings and cash flows to foster future growth, with the goal of producing a long-term, above-average rate of return. At least 80% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities. The Fund typically limits its holdings in fewer than 60 well-researched companies.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual companies. As part of the Investment Adviser’s strategy, the portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a rigorous research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

In projecting cash flows and determining earnings potential, it uses multiple factors such as:

 

  the quality of the management team

 

  the company’s ability to earn returns on capital in excess of the cost of capital

 

  competitive barriers to entry

 

  the financial condition of the company

 

The Investment Adviser takes a long-term approach to investing and views each investment in a company as owning a piece of the business.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

To achieve the Fund’s goal, it may invest in securities issued by companies of all sizes. Generally, however, the Investment Adviser will invest in the securities of companies whose market capitalization (total market value of publicly traded securities) is greater than $500 million.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the Fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the Fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the Fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is that you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to a deterioration in the issuing company’s financial condition or adverse general economic or market conditions. As an equity fund, this Fund’s performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods. To the extent this Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold many more securities.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Gund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency

 

 

{ 13


trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who are willing and financially able to take on significant market volatility and investment risk in pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (“S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance. For the periods indicated, performance information in the bar chart and performance table is based on performance of the Class A shares that reflects the expense structure formerly applicable to Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the termination of front-end sales charges effective January 1, 2005. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

  Best calendar quarter:

16.21% for quarter ended 03/31/00

 

  Worst calendar quarter:

(18.51%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   13.67%    3.03%     4.84%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   13.67%    2.83%     4.67%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   8.88%    2.52%     4.12%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   2.94%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Class A – June 30, 1998.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The S&P 500® Index consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

     Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

 

14 }


Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   2.00%

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.80%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.55%

Expense Reduction2

   0.40%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.15%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated on shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.15% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.85% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.42% of average daily net assets. For additional information regarding the expense cap in place for the Fund, please see “Investment Adviser – Advisory Fees.”

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Funds expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against an account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $5,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   $ 117    $ 365    $ 633    $ 1,398

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Manager

 

The manager for the Fund is listed below, followed by a brief biography.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

 

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of TIM. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and the Portfolio Manager for the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund and the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and the manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

 

{ 15


TRANSAMERICA PREMIER BALANCED FUND

 

Objective

 

The Fund seeks to achieve long-term capital growth and current income with a secondary objective of capital preservation, by balancing investments among stocks, bonds, and cash or cash equivalents.

 

Principal Strategies and Policies

 

The Investment Adviser seeks to achieve the Fund’s objective by investing principally 60% to 70% of the Fund’s total assets in common stocks with the remaining 30% to 40% of the Fund’s assets primarily invested in high-quality bonds with maturities of less than 30 years. The Investment Adviser may also invest in cash or cash equivalents such as money market funds and other short-term investment instruments. This requires the managers of each portion of the Fund to be flexible in managing the Fund’s assets. At times, the Investment Adviser may shift portions held in bonds and stocks according to business and investment conditions. However, at all times the fund will hold at least 25% of its assets in non-convertible fixed income securities.

 

To achieve its goal, the Fund invests in a diversified portfolio of common stocks, bonds, money market instruments and other short-term debt securities issued by companies of all sizes. The Investment Adviser’s equity and fixed-income management teams work together to build a portfolio of performance-oriented stocks combined with bonds that the Investment Adviser considered to be of good credit quality purchased at favorable prices.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual issuers. The portfolio is constructed one security at a time. Each issuer passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

Equity Investments – The Investment Adviser uses an intrinsic value discipline in selecting securities, based on strong earnings and cash flows to foster future growth, with the goal of producing a long-term, above-average rate of return. In projecting cash flows and determining earning potential, it uses multiple factors such as:

 

  the quality of the management team

 

  the company’s ability to earn returns on capital in excess of the cost of capital

 

  competitive barriers to entry

 

  the financial condition of the company

 

The Investment Adviser takes a long-term approach to investing and views each investment in a company as owning a piece of the business.

 

Fixed-Income Investments – The fixed-income portfolio manager seeks out bonds with credit strength of the quality that could warrant higher ratings, which, in turn, could lead to higher valuations. To identify these bonds, the bond research team performs in-depth income and credit analysis on companies issuing bonds under consideration for the Fund. It also compiles bond price information from many different bond markets and evaluates how these bonds can be expected to perform with respect to recent economic developments. The fixed-income portfolio manager analyzes this market information daily, negotiating each trade and buying bonds at the best available prices.

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

Principal Risks

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of the equity securities portion of the Fund can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. The value of the fixed-income securities portion of the Fund can fall if interest rates go up, or if the issuer fails to make the principal or interest payments when due.

 

The Fund’s investment in fixed-income securities may cause the value of the Fund to fall if interest rates go up or if the issuer fails to pay the principal or interest payments when due. To the extent the Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities, it may be subject to the risk that homeowners will prepay (refinance) their mortgages when interest rates decline. This forces the Fund to reinvest these assets at a potentially lower rate of return. To the extent this Fund invests in lower-rated bonds, it is subject to a greater risk of loss of principal due to an issuer’s non-payment of principal or interest, and its performance is subject to more variance due to market conditions, than higher-rated bond funds.

 

 

16 }


The value of fixed-income securities may change daily based on changes in interest rates, and other market conditions and factors. Risks include:

 

  fluctuations in market value

 

  changes in interest rates: the value of a fixed income security generally decreases as interest rates rise

 

  length of time to maturity: the longer the duration, the more vulnerable the value of a bond is to fluctuations in interest rates

 

  issuers defaulting on their obligations to pay interest or return principal

 

Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Small companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources; and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the Fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the portfolio manager, the Fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the Fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involve risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

Investor Profile

 

The Fund is intended for investors who seek long-term total returns that balance capital growth and current income.

 

Past Performance

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (“S&P 500® Index”), a widely recognized unmanaged index of market performance and Lehman Brothers U.S. Government Credit Bond Index. For the periods indicated, performance information in the bar chart and performance table is based on performance of the Class A shares that reflects the expense structure formerly applicable to Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the termination of front-end sales charges effective January 1, 2005. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

  Best calendar quarter:

14.54% for quarter ended 12/31/99

 

  Worst calendar quarter:

(10.03%) for quarter ended 09/30/01

 

 

{ 17


Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

     1 Year    5 Years     Since
Inception**

Premier Balanced Fund

               

Return Before Taxes

   12.54%    5.28%     8.00%

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   12.39%    4.41%     6.86%

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   8.29%    4.12%     6.40%

S&P 500 Index®

   10.87%    (2.30% )   9.96%

Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index††

   4.19%    8.00%     6.94%

 

*   Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.

 

**   Class A – June 30, 1998.

 

***   The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.

 

  The S&P 500® Index consists of 500 widely held, publicly traded common stocks. The S&P 500® Index does not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities it represents.

 

††   The Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index is a broad-based unmanaged index of all government and corporate bonds that are investment grade with at least one year to maturity. These indexes do not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities represented by each index.

 

     Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1

Redemption Fee on shares held 90 calendar days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

Advisory Fees

   0.50%

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.25%

Other Expenses

   0.49%
    

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   1.24%

Expense Reduction2

   0.14%
    

Net Operating Expenses

   1.10%

 

1   The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.

 

2   The Fund has implemented an expense cap arrangement under which the Fund’s Total Operating Expenses will not exceed 1.10% of average daily net assets on an annual basis. To the extent that the Total Fund Operating Expenses would exceed the expense cap for the Fund in any month if the maximum Advisory Fee 0.75% was paid, the Advisory Fee automatically reduces to ensure compliance with the applicable expense cap, subject to a minimum Advisory Fee of 0.50% of average daily net assets of the Fund. If the automatic reduction of the Advisory Fee is not sufficient to maintain an expense cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the expense cap. Based on the level of expenses of the Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Advisory Fee payable by the Fund equals 0.75% of average daily net assets. For additional information regarding the expense cap in place for the Fund, please see “Investment Adviser – Advisory Fees.”

 

*   Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Distribution and Services (12b-1) Fees and new Advisory Fees that became effective on January 1, 2005 (12b-1 fees) and May 1, 2005 (Advisory Fees).

 

A $25 fee is assessed every year against an account that has been open for over 2 years whose balance is less than $5,000.

 

In addition, a $10 fee is charged to investors who redeem their shares through the “Expedited Wire Redemption” feature offered to them (see the section titled “Buying and Selling Shares” in the Shareholder Information part of this prospectus.

 

 

18 }


Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

These examples assume that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     Investment Period
     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

Premier Balanced Fund

   $ 112    $ 350    $ 606    $ 1,340

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

Additional Information

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.50% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

 

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of TIM. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and the Portfolio Manager for the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund and the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund. Mr. Rollé also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

Heidi Y. Hu, CFA

Lead Portfolio Manager (Fixed Income)

 

Heidi Y. Hu is Senior Vice President and Head of Fixed Income Investments at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Ms. Hu is the Lead Fixed Income Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund. She also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the balanced and fixed income disciplines. Prior to joining Transamerica in 1998, Ms. Hu was Portfolio Manager for Arco Investment Management Company. She holds an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago and received her B.A. in economics from Lewis & Clark College.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

 

{ 19


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

The Investment Adviser

 

The investment adviser of the Funds is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015 (“TIM”). TIM managed $22 billion in mutual funds, separate accounts and pension assets as of December 31, 2004. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TISI”). TISI is a subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is a subsidiary of AEGON N.V., an international insurance group.

 

The Investment Adviser’s duties include, but are not limited to:

 

  Managing the investments of each Fund;

 

  Ensuring that investments are consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, strategies, and policies and comply with government regulations; and

 

  Developing and implementing an investment program for the Funds.

 

Advisory Fees

 

Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds

 

Each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds pays the Investment Adviser based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund at the rates shown below. It is accrued daily and paid monthly. The fees may be higher than the average advisory fee paid to the investment advisers of other similar Funds. The Investment Adviser also may waive some or all of its fees from time to time at its discretion.

 

Fund

   As a % of Average
Daily Net Assets

Premier Focus Fund

   0.60%

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   0.60%

 

The Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds will pay the Advisory fees at the annual rates shown above until April 30, 2008. Starting May 1, 2008, each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds will pay TIM an Advisory Fee with a performance-based component, so that if a Fund’s performance is greater than that of its benchmark, the S&P 500® Index for the Premier Focus Fund and the Russell 2500 Growth Index for the Premier Growth Opportunities Fund, TIM will earn more, and if it is less than that of the Index, TIM will earn less. The first component of TIM’s performance-based Advisory Fee will be a “base fee,” paid monthly, equal to 1/12th of 0.60% of daily net assets averaged over the most recent month (0.60% of average daily net assets on an annualized basis). The second component will be a performance adjustment that either increases or decreases the base fee, depending on how a Fund performed relative to its benchmark over a trailing 36-month period (the performance period). The performance adjustment will be calculated on the

 

Fund’s net assets averaged over the performance period. The total Advisory Fee will be accrued daily and paid monthly.

 

For each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds, the base fee will be adjusted on a monthly basis, depending on the Fund’s performance. When the Fund’s investment performance matches the investment record of the benchmark over the performance period, TIM will be entitled to receive only the base fee. Each month, if the investment performance of a Fund exceeds the investment record of the benchmark by 0.10 percentage point (0.10%) over the performance period, the performance adjustment will increase the monthly Advisory Fee paid to TIM by 1/12th of 0.01% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period. A similar increase will occur for each additional tenth of a percentage point by which the investment performance exceeds the investment record, reaching a maximum positive monthly adjustment of 1/12th of 0.40% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period if the Fund outperforms the investment record of its benchmark by 4 percentage points or more over the performance period. This maximum fee would correspond to a monthly Advisory Fee of 1/12th of 1.00% of average daily net assets if the Fund’s average daily net assets remain constant over the performance period. Similarly, if the investment performance of a Fund trails the investment record of the benchmark by 0.10 percentage point (0.10%) over the performance period, the performance adjustment will decrease the monthly Advisory Fee paid to TIM by 1/12th of 0.01% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period. A similar decrease will occur for each additional tenth of percentage point by which the investment performance trails the investment record, reaching a maximum negative monthly adjustment of 1/12th of 0.40% of daily net assets averaged over the performance period if the Fund underperforms the investment record of its benchmark by 4 percentage points or more over the performance period. This minimum fee would correspond to a monthly Advisory Fee of 1/12th of 0.20% of average daily net assets if the Fund’s average daily net assets remain constant over the performance period.

 

The table below includes examples showing the total Advisory Fees, expressed as a percentage of each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds’ annual average daily net assets, that would be paid by a Fund at

 

 

20 }


different levels of Fund investment performance against the investment record of their respective benchmark. The table assumes that the average daily net assets of the Funds remain constant over the performance period. The actual management fees paid by the Funds could be higher or lower depending on whether the net assets of the Funds increase or decrease. The Advisory Fee will be prorated for any month for which the arrangement is not in effect for the entire month.

 

% Point Difference
between Performance
of the Fund and
Investment Record
of Its Index*
  Adjustment to Base Fee
(on an annualized basis)
 

Annual Fee Rate
as Adjusted

(annualized)

4   +0.40%   1.00%
3   +0.30%   0.90%
+2   +0.20%   0.80%
+1   +0.10%   0.70%
0   0   0.60%
–1   –0.10%   0.50%
–2   –0.20%   0.40%
–3   –0.30%   0.30%
–4   –0.40%   0.20%
* Measured over the performance period, which is a rolling 36-month period ending with the most recent calendar month. The base fee is calculated on the basis of the Fund’s net assets, averaged over the most recent month. The adjustment to the base fee (also called “performance adjustment”) is calculated on the Fund’s net assets averaged over the rolling performance period. By virtue of using a “rolling” performance period of 36 months, the actual fees paid by the Fund to TIM may differ from the maximum or minimum annual fee rates shown in this table, particularly if the average daily net assets of the Fund do not remain constant during the rolling 36-month period. Additional information about how the performance of the Fund and the Index will be calculated is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

Since the adjustment to the base fee will be based on the comparative performance of each of the Premier Focus and Growth Opportunities Funds against their respective benchmark, the controlling factor is not whether the performance of the Fund is up or down, but whether it exceeds or lags the record of the benchmark. Accordingly, it is possible that a Fund will pay the maximum Advisory Fee even though the Fund had overall negative investment performance during the performance period if the Fund’s performance significantly exceeds the performance of the benchmark. In addition, the relative performance of the Fund against the benchmark is measured only for the relevant performance period, and does not take into account performance over longer or shorter periods of time.

 

Premier Equity, Diversified Equity and Balanced Funds

 

The Investment Adviser is entitled to be paid by each of the Premier Equity, Core Equity, and Balanced Funds an annual Advisory Fee, which is accrued daily and paid monthly, that may vary between 0.50% of each such Fund’s average daily net assets (the “Minimum Fee” in the table below) and the maximum Advisory Fees payable by these Funds (the “Maximum Fee” in the table below), subject to a contractual limitation (“Expense Cap” in the table below) applicable to each such Fund’s annual total operating expenses. If payment of the Maximum Fee would result in a Fund’s annualized operating expenses in any month to exceed the applicable Expense Cap, the Advisory Fee payable to the Investment Adviser will reduce from the Maximum Fee (but not below the Minimum Fee) in an amount sufficient to limit annualized Fund operating expenses to the Expense Cap. If payment of the Minimum Fee would result in Fund operating expenses exceeding the Expense Cap, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates will remit to the Fund an amount sufficient to limit annualized Fund operating expenses to the Expense Cap. If in any month a Fund’s annualized operating expenses (assuming payment of the Maximum Fee) are lower than the Expense Cap, the Investment Adviser may recoup any previous reduction of Advisory Fees from the Maximum Fee during the then-current fiscal year and any amounts previously remitted to the Fund to maintain the Expense Cap during the then-current fiscal year, subject to maintenance of the Expense Cap and payment of an annual Advisory Fee that does not exceed the Maximum Fee. Following the end of each fiscal year, the Investment Adviser will not be able to recoup Advisory Fee reductions or payments to a Fund during the prior fiscal year, and any necessary adjustments will be made in order to maintain the Expense Cap for that fiscal year.

 

 

{ 21


The following table summarizes the Expense Cap and range of Advisory Fees by the Equity and Balanced Funds:

 

    

INVESTMENT ADVISER
COMPENSATION

(as a percentage of a Fund’s
average daily net assets)

   EXPENSE CAP
(as a percentage
of Total Fund
Operating
Expenses)
 

FUND

   Minimum
Fee
   Maximum Fee   

Premier Equity Fund

   0.50%    0.85% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund; 0.82% of the next $1 billion; and 0.80% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.15% *

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   0.50%    0.75% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund: 0.72% of the next $1 billion; and 0.70% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.15% *

Premier Balanced Fund

   0.50%    0.75% for the first $1 billion of assets in the Fund; 0.72% of the next $1 billion; and 0.70% of assets in excess of $2 billion    1.10% *
* To the extent that payment of the Minimum Fee, when added to a Fund’s other annualized operating expenses, would exceed the Expense Cap in any month, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates shall remit to the Fund an amount that is sufficient to pay the excess amount and maintain the Expense Cap.

 

Advisory Fees Paid in 2004

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, each fund paid the following Advisory Fee as a percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets, after reimbursement and/or fee waivers (if applicable).

 

Fund

   Percentage

Premier Focus Fund

   0.83%

Premier Equity Fund

   0.85%

Premier Index Fund*

   N/A

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   0.83%

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   0.42%

Premier Balanced Fund

   0.75%

Premier Bond Fund*

   0.49%

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   0.52%

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

   0.00%
* The Transamerica Premier Bond Fund and the Transamerica Premier Index Fund were liquidated April 29, 2005.

 

Each Fund pays all the costs of its operations that are not assumed by the Adviser, including:

 

  Custodian

 

  Legal

 

  Auditing

 

  Administration

 

  Registration fees and expenses

 

  Fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser

 

The Adviser allocates the expenses that are not Fund-specific among the Funds based on the net assets of each Fund.

 

Out of its own assets, and not out of the Funds’ assets, the Adviser (or its affiliates) may pay for distribution and for shareholder services with respect to the funds provided by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries.

 

A discussion regarding the basis of the Funds’ Board of Directors’ approval of the Funds’ advisory arrangements will be available in the Funds’ semi-annual report for the fiscal half-year ending June 30, 2005.

 

Transamerica Premier Funds make opening an account, investing in shares and account management as easy and efficient as possible. For your convenience, we also provide a complete range of services to meet your investment and financial transaction needs.

 

Opening an Account

 

Fill out the New Account Application which is included with this prospectus.

 

IRAs and other retirement plan accounts require different applications, which you can request by calling 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) or visiting www.transamericafunds.com.

 

Transamerica Premier Funds or its agents may reject a request for purchase of shares at any time, in whole or in part.

 

Effective February 1, 2005, the Funds are only available for purchase by retirement plan accounts administered by Transamerica Retirement Services.

 

Note: To help the U.S. government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account. On your application, be sure to include your name, date of birth (if applicable), residential address and Social Security Number or taxpayer identification number. If you do not provide this information, your account will not be established. If

 

 

22 }


Transamerica Premier Funds cannot verify your identity within 30 days from the date your account is established, your account may be closed based on the next calculated net asset value per share (“NAV”).

 

Minimum Investment*

 

Type of Account

    
 
 
 
 
Minimum
Initial
Investment
(per fund
account)
    
 
 
 
 
Minimum
Subsequent
Investment
(per fund
account)*

Regular Accounts

   $ 5,000    $ 100

IRAs

   $ 250      None

Uniform Gift to Minors (“UGMA”) or Transfer to Minors (“UTMA”)

   $ 250    $ 50

Automatic Investment Plans

   $ 100    $ 100
* The Fund reserves the right to change the amount of these minimums from time to time or to waive them in whole or in part.

 

By Mail

 

  Send your completed application and check (made payable to Transamerica Premier Funds Services, Inc.) to P.O. Box 219945, Kansas City, MO 64121-9945. For overnight delivery: 330 W. 9th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

Through an Authorized Dealer

 

The dealer is responsible for opening your account and providing Transamerica Premier Funds with your taxpayer identification number.

 

Buying Shares

 

The Fund or its agents may reject a request for purchase of shares at any time, in whole or in part, including any purchase under the exchange privilege. To the extent authorized by law, the Fund and each of the funds reserve the right to discontinue offering shares at any time or to cease operating entirely.

 

By Check

 

  Make your check payable and send to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427.

 

  For overnight delivery: 330 West Ninth Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

 

  If you are opening a new account, send your completed application along with your check.

 

  If you are purchasing shares in an existing account(s), please, reference your Transamerica Premier Fund and account numbers.

 

  All checks must he made payable to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

 

  The Fund does not accept money orders, traveler’s checks, credit card convenience checks or cash. Cashier checks and third-party checks may be accepted, subject to approval by the Fund.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Automatic Investment Plan

 

With an Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), a level dollar amount is invested monthly and payment is deducted electronically from your bank account. Due to your bank’s requirements, please allow up to 30 days for your AIP to begin. Investments may be made between the 3rd and 28th of each month only, and will occur on the 15th if no selection is made. Call Customer Service for information on how to establish an AIP or visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com to obtain an AIP request form.

 

By Telephone

 

The electronic funds transfer privilege must be established in advance, when you open your account, or by adding this feature to your existing account. Select “Electronic Bank Link” on the application or write to the Fund. Due to your bank’s requirements, please allow up to 30 days to establish this option. Call Customer Service to invest by phone, either through our automated system (1-800-89-ASK-US) 1-800-892-7587, or by speaking directly with a representative. Shares will be purchased via electronic funds when the money is received by the Fund, usually 2-4 business days after the request.

 

  Once a purchase has been telephoned, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to terminate your electronic draft privileges if the drafts are returned unpaid by your bank.

 

Through Authorized Dealers

 

  If your dealer has already established your account for you, no additional documentation is needed. Call your dealer to place your order. Transamerica Premier Funds must receive your payment within three business days after your order is accepted.

 

By the Internet

 

  You may request a transfer of funds from your bank account to your Transamerica Premier Funds account.

 

 

{ 23


 

Visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com. Payment will be transferred from your bank account electronically. Shares will be purchased via electronic funds when the money is received by the Fund, usually 2-4 business days after the request.

 

By Payroll Deduction

 

  You may have money transferred regularly from your payroll to your Transamerica Premier Funds account. Call Customer Service at: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to establish this deduction.

 

By Wire Transfer

 

  You may request that your bank wire funds to your Transamerica Premier Funds account. You must have an existing account to make a payment by wire transfer. Ask your bank to send your payment to: Bank of America, NA, Charlotte, NC, ABA# 0260-0959-3, DDA# 5486005475. Provide shareholder name, Transamerica Premier Funds and account numbers.

 

  If Transamerica Premier Funds receives your wire before the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the money is credited that same day if you have supplied all other needed information.

 

If your check, draft or electronic transfer is returned unpaid by your bank, you will be charged a fee of $20 per fund account that has been returned.

 

Selling Shares

 

Selling shares is also referred to a “redeeming” shares. You can redeem your shares at any time. Your shares will be redeemed at the NAV next determined after we receive your request in good order. To request your redemption and receive payment by:

 

Direct Deposit – Automatic Clearinghouse (“ACH”)

 

You may request an “ACH redemption” in writing, by phone or by internet access to your account. Maximum amount over the phone per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Payment should usually be received by your bank account 3-5 banking days after your request. Transamerica Premier Funds does not charge for this payment option. Certain IRAs and qualified retirement plans may not be eligible for ACH redemptions. Call Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to verify this feature is in place on your account if you are unsure.

 

Direct Deposit – Wire

 

  You may request an “Expedited Wire Redemption” in writing or by phone (with a minimum of $1,000 per fund account). Maximum amount over the phone per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Payment should be received by your bank account the next banking day after your request. Transamerica Premier Funds charges $10 for this service. Your bank may charge a fee as well. Transamerica Premier Funds may waive this fee for group plans. Call Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) to verify this feature is in place on your account if you are unsure.

 

Check to Address of Record

 

  Written Request: Send a letter requesting a withdrawal to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. and include any share certificates you may have. Specify the fund, account number, and dollar amount or number of shares you wish to redeem. Mail to: Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427. Attention: Redemptions. Be sure to include all shareholders’ signatures and any additional documents, as well as a signature guarantee(s) if required.

 

  Telephone or Internet Request: Call Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) and make your request using the automated system, by person-to-person, or by accessing your account on the internet. Maximum amount per day is the lesser of your available balance or $50,000 per fund account. Note: certain redemptions must be in writing.

 

  Once a redemption has been telephoned or mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

Check to Another Party/Address

 

  This request must be in writing, regardless of amount, with all account owners’ signatures guaranteed. Mail to: Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427. Attention: Redemptions.

 

Systematic Withdrawal Plan (by direct deposit ACH or check)

 

  You can establish a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“SWP”) either at the time you open your account or at a later date. Call Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for information on how to establish a SWP or visit our website at www.transamericafunds.com to obtain a SWP form.

 

Through an Authorized Dealer

 

  You may redeem your shares through an authorized dealer. (They may impose a service charge.) Contact your Registered Representative or call Transamerica Premier Funds Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for assistance.

 

 

24 }


Your Request to Sell Your Shares and Receive Payment May Be Subject To:

 

  The privileges or features established on your account such as a Systematic Withdrawal Plan or telephone transactions.

 

  The type of account you have, and if there is more than one shareholder.

 

  The dollar amount you are requesting; redemptions over $50,000 must be in writing; and those redemptions greater than $100,000 require a written request with a signature guarantee by all shareholders.

 

  A written request or signature guarantee may be required if there have been recent changes made to your account (such as an address change) or other such circumstances. For your protection, if an address change was made in the last 10 days, Transamerica Premier Funds requires a redemption request in writing, signed and signature guaranteed by all shareholders.

 

  Purchases will be held at Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. for 15 calendar days for funds to clear before they are eligible for redemption. Certain exceptions may apply.

 

  When redeeming all shares from an account with an active Automatic Investment Plan, your AIP will automatically be stopped. Please contact Customer Service at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) if you wish to re-activate your AIP.

 

  Each fund reserves the right to refuse a telephone redemption request if it is believed it is advisable to do so. The telephone redemption option may be suspended or terminated at any time without advance notice.

 

  Shares will normally be redeemed for cash, although each fund retains the right to redeem its shares in kind, under unusual circumstances, in order to protect the interests of shareholders by the delivery of securities selected from its shareholders at its discretion. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for more details.

 

  If you request that a withdrawal check be delivered overnight, a $20 overnight fee will be assessed; for Saturday delivery, a $30 overnight fee will be assessed; for 2-day express delivery, a $15 fee will be assessed.

 

Please see additional information relating to signature guarantees later in this prospectus.

 

Exchanging Shares

 

  You may request an exchange in writing, by phone, or by accessing your account through the internet.

 

  You can exchange shares in one fund for shares in the same class of another fund.

 

  The minimum exchange to a new fund account is $5,000. If you want to exchange between existing fund accounts, the required minimum will be $50.

 

  Prior to making exchanges into a fund that you do not own, please read the prospectus carefully.

 

  Once an exchange has been telephoned or mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to modify or terminate the exchange privilege at any time upon 60 days written notice.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to deny any request involving transactions between classes of shares. Please review your individual circumstances with your financial professional.

 

Redemption Fees

 

Redemption Fee Assessment

 

In an effort to protect the interests of shareholders, the Transamerica Premier Funds has instituted a short-term redemption fee on the Funds referenced below. We believe that such a fee may discourage short-term traders (or “market timers”) of these Funds and is, therefore, in the best interests of the Funds.

 

Shares of the Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Equity Fund, Transamerica Focus Fund, and Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund (collectively the “Funds”) purchased on or after October 1, 2003, that are sold or exchanged within 90 days of the purchase will be assessed a redemption fee of 2% of the value of the shares sold or exchanged. Exemptions to the redemption fee include: 1) shares of these Funds purchased on or before September 30, 2003; 2) shares purchased through reinvested distributions (dividends and/or capital gains); 3) shares purchased within 401(k) and other employer-sponsored retirement plans. The Funds reserve the right to waive the redemption fee in special situations where we believe such a waiver is warranted.

 

For the purpose of determining whether the redemption fee applies, the shares held the longest will be redeemed first. Any applicable fee will be deducted from the redemption proceeds that result from the order to exchange or sell. The Funds will retain the redemption fees to help offset broker commissions, market impact and other costs associated with fluctuations in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

Redemptions through Financial Intermediaries

 

You are an investor subject to this 2% short-term trading redemption fee whether you are a direct shareholder of a

 

 

{ 25


Fund or you are investing indirectly in a Fund through a financial intermediary such as a broker-dealer, a bank, an insurance company separate account, an investment adviser, an administrator or trustee of a tax-deferred savings plan such as a 401(k) retirement plan and a 529 college savings plan that maintains a master account (an “Omnibus Account”) with the fund for trading on behalf of its customers. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the ability to collect each Fund’s redemption fee on the Fund’s behalf from their customers’ accounts. As a result, the ability of each Fund to monitor trades that are placed by Omnibus Accounts or other nominee accounts and assess redemption fees is severely limited in those instances in which a broker, administrator or other intermediary maintain the record of each Fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Even in the case of these intermediaries who are collecting the redemption fee, due to policy, operational and/or systems’ requirements and limitations, these intermediaries may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and/or calculating the fee that may differ in some respects from that of a fund. Each fund will continue to encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to assess the redemption fee from their customers who invest in the Fund. If you are investing in Fund shares through a financial intermediary, you should contact your financial intermediary (or, in the case of a qualified retirement plan, your plan sponsor) for more information on any differences in how the redemption fee is applied to your investments in a Fund.

 

Features and Policies

 

Market Timing/Frequent Purchases and Redemptions

 

Some investors try to profit from various short-term or frequent trading strategies known as market timing. Examples of market timing include switching money into Funds when their share prices are expected to rise and taking money out when their share prices are expected to fall, and switching from one fund to another and then back again after a short period of time. As money is shifted in and out, a fund incurs expenses for buying and selling securities. Excessive purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares disrupt portfolio management, hurt fund performance and drive fund expenses higher. These costs are borne by all shareholders, including long-term investors who do not generate the costs.

 

The Funds’ Board of Directors have approved policies that are designed to discourage market timing or excessive trading. If you intend to engage in such practices, we request that you do not purchase shares of any of the Funds. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any request to purchase shares, including purchases in connection with an exchange transaction, which it reasonably determines to be in connection with market timing or excessive trading. The Funds generally will consider four or more exchanges between Funds, or frequent purchases and redemptions having a similar effect during any rolling three-month period to be evidence of market timing or excessive trading by a shareholder or by accounts under common control (for example, related shareholders, or a financial adviser with discretionary trading authority over multiple accounts). However, the Funds reserve the right to determine less active trading to be “excessive” or related to market timing.

 

While the Funds discourage market timing and excessive short-term trading, the Funds cannot always recognize or detect such trading particularly if it is facilitated by financial intermediaries or done through omnibus account arrangements. In addition, implementation of the Funds’ restrictions against market timing and excessive trading may require the cooperation of financial intermediaries, which cannot necessarily be assured.

 

See the “Exchanging Shares Between Funds” section of this prospectus for further details on exchange policies.

 

The Funds do not permit market timing. Do not invest with us if you are a market timer.

 

 

Customer Service

 

Occasionally, Transamerica Premier Funds experiences high call volume due to unusual market activity or other events that may make it difficult for you to reach a Customer Service Representative by telephone. If you are unable to reach Transamerica Premier Funds by telephone, please consider visiting our website at www.transamericafunds.com. You may also send instructions by mail, by fax, or by using the automated line.

 

Uncashed Checks Issued on Your Account

 

If any check Transamerica Premier Funds issues is returned by the Post Office as undeliverable, or remains outstanding (uncashed) for six months, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to reinvest check proceeds back into your account at the net asset value next calculated after reinvestment. If applicable, Transamerica Premier Funds will also change your account distribution option from cash to reinvest. Interest does not accrue on amounts represented by uncashed checks.

 

Minimum Dividend Check Amounts

 

To control costs associated with issuing and administering dividend checks, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right not to issue checks under a specified amount. For accounts with the cash by check dividend distribution option, if the dividend payment total is less than $10, the distribution will be reinvested into the account and no check will be issued.

 

 

26 }


Dividend Payment Schedules:

 

Fund

   When It Pays

Premier Focus Fund

   Annually

Premier Equity Fund

   Annually

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   Annually

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   Annually

Premier Balanced Fund

   Annually

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   Monthly

 

Minimum Account Balance

 

Due to the proportionately higher cost of maintaining customer accounts with balances below the stated minimums for each class of shares, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to close such accounts. However, Transamerica Premier Funds will provide a 60-day notification to you prior to assessing a minimum account fee, or closing any account. The following describes the fees assessed to accounts with low balances:

 

No fees will be charged on:

 

  accounts opened within the preceding 24 months

 

  accounts with an active monthly Automatic Investment Plan ($50 minimum per fund account)

 

  accounts owned by an individual which, when combined by Social Security Number, have a balance of $5,000 or more

 

  accounts owned by individuals in the same household by address) that have a combined balance of $5,000 or more

 

  UTMA/UGMA accounts

 

  Fiduciary accounts

 

Account Balance (per fund account)

  

Fee Assessment

(per fund account)

If your balance is below $5,000 per fund account

   $25 fee assessed every year, until balance reaches $5,000

 

Involuntary Redemptions

 

Each Fund reserves the right to close your account if the account value falls below the fund’s minimum account balance, or you are deemed to engage in activities that are illegal (such as late trading) or otherwise believed to be detrimental to the Fund (such as market timing or frequent, small redemptions) to the fullest extent permitted by law. Involuntary redemptions are subject to applicable redemption fees unless Transamerica Premier Funds provides a waiver.

 

Telephone Transactions

 

Transamerica Premier Funds and its transfer agent, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”) are not liable for complying with telephone instructions that are deemed by them to be genuine. Transamerica Premier Funds and TFS will employ reasonable procedures to help ensure telephone instructions are genuine. In situations where Transamerica Premier Funds or TFS reasonably believe they were acting on genuine telephone instructions, you bear the risk of loss. These procedures may include requiring personal identification, providing written confirmation of transactions, and tape recording conversations. Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to modify the telephone redemption privilege at any time.

 

Retirement (Fiduciary) Account Maintenance Fees

 

Retirement plan accounts are subject to an annual custodial fee of $15 per fund account, with a maximum fee of $30 per Social Security Number. For example, an IRA in two fund accounts would normally be subject to a $30 annual custodial fee. The fee is waived if the total of the retirement plan account(s)’ value per Social Security Number is more than $50,000.

 

Professional Fees

 

Your financial professional may charge a fee for his or her services. This fee will be in addition to any fees charged by Transamerica Premier Funds. Your financial professional will answer any questions that you may have regarding such fees.

 

Signature Guarantee

 

A signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine so that you are protected from unauthorized account transactions. Notarization is not an acceptable substitute. Acceptable guarantors only include participants in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP2000). Participants in STAMP2000 may include financial institutions such as banks, savings and loan associations, trust companies, credit unions, broker-dealers, and member firms of a national securities exchange.

 

  A signature guarantee is required if any of the following is applicable:

 

  You request a redemption above $100,000.

 

  You would like a check made payable to anyone other than the shareholder(s) of record.

 

 

 

{ 27


  You would like a check mailed to an address which has been changed within 10 days of the redemption request.

 

  You would like a check mailed to an address other than the address of record.

 

  You would like your redemption proceeds wired to a bank account other than a bank account of record.

 

  You are adding or removing a shareholder from an account.

 

The Funds reserve the right to require a signature guarantee under other circumstances or to reject or delay a redemption on certain legal grounds.

 

A signature guarantee may be refused if any of the following is applicable:

 

  It does not appear valid or in good form.

 

  The transaction amount exceeds the surety bond limit of the signature guarantee.

 

  The guarantee stamp has been reported as stolen, missing or counterfeit.

 

Employer Sponsored Accounts

 

If you participate in an employer sponsored plan and wish to make an allocation change to your current Fund selection, you or your financial professional must notify Transamerica Premier Funds by phone or in writing. Please also remember to inform your employer of the change(s) to your Fund allocation. Documentation received from your employer will be used to properly allocate your contributions. This documentation will supersede all other prior instructions received from you or your financial professional. (Note: If you perform a partial or complete exchange to a new Fund selection, your current fund allocation will remain unchanged for future contributions unless specified otherwise.)

 

E-mail Communication

 

As e-mail communications may not be secure, and because we are unable to take reasonable precautions to verify your shareholder and transaction information, we cannot respond to account-specific requests received via email. For your protection, we ask that all transaction requests be submitted only via telephone, mail or through the secure link on our website.

 

Statements and Reports

 

Transamerica Premier Funds will send you a confirmation statement after every transaction that affects your account balance or registration. Please review the confirmation statement carefully and promptly notify Transamerica Premier Funds in writing within 90 days of any error or you will be deemed to have ratified the transaction as reported to you. If you are enrolled in the Automatic Investment Plan and invest on a monthly basis, you will receive a quarterly confirmation. Information about the tax status of income dividends and capital gains distributions will be mailed to shareholders early each year.

 

Please retain your statements. If you require prior year statements, Transamerica Premier Funds may charge $10 per statement year up to a maximum of $50 per Social Security Number.

 

Financial reports for the funds, which include a list of the holdings, will be mailed twice a year to all shareholders.

 

Share Certificates

 

Transamerica Premier Funds does not issue share certificates.

 

Pricing of Shares

 

How Share Price Is Determined

 

The price at which shares are purchased or redeemed is the net asset value (“NAV”) that is next calculated following receipt and acceptance of a purchase order in good order or receipt of a redemption order in good order by the fund or an authorized intermediary.

 

When Share Price Is Determined

 

The NAV of all funds is determined on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. The NAV is not determined on days when the NYSE is closed (generally New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas). Foreign securities may trade in their primary markets on weekends or other days when a fund does not price its shares (therefore, the NAV of a fund holding foreign securities may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares of the funds).

 

Purchase orders received in good order and accepted and redemption orders received in good order before the close of business on the NYSE usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, receive the share price determined at the close of the NYSE that day (less applicable sales charges and/or redemption fees). Purchase and redemption requests received after the NYSE is closed receive the share price at the close of the NYSE the next day the NYSE is open. Purchase and redemption requests by telephone are deemed received when the telephone call is received.

 

How NAV Is Determined

 

The NAV per share of each Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets, subtracting the Fund’s

 

 

28 }


liabilities, and dividing by the number of shares of the Fund that are then outstanding.

 

In general, securities and other investments are valued at market value when market quotations are readily available. Fund securities listed or traded on domestic securities exchanges or the NASDAQ/NMS, including dollar-dominated foreign securities or ADRs, are valued at the closing price on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded. With respect to securities traded on the NASDAQ/NMS, such closing price may be the last reported sale price or the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there have been no sales for that day on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, then the value should be determined with reference to the last sale price, or the NOCP, if applicable, on any other exchange or system. If there have been no sales for that day on any exchange or system, a security is valued at the closing bid quotes on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, or at the NOCP, if applicable. Foreign securities traded on U.S. exchanges are generally priced using last sale price regardless of trading activity. Securities traded over-the-counter are valued at the mean of the last bid and asked prices. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost. Foreign securities generally are valued based on quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, and are converted from the local currency into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates. Market quotations for securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services.

 

When market quotations are not readily available (which may include closing prices deemed to be unreliable because of the occurrence of a subsequent event), securities and other assets are valued at fair value. In that case, a valuation committee appointed by the Funds’ Board of Directors may, in good faith, establish a fair value for the security in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The types of securities for which such fair value pricing may be required include, but are not limited to: foreign securities, where a significant event occurs after the close of the foreign market on which such security principally trades, but before the close of the NYSE, that is likely to have changed the value of such security; the closing value is deemed unreliable; securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; securities whose trading has been halted or suspended; fixed-income securities that have gone into default and for which there is no current market value quotation; and securities that are restricted as to transfer or resale.

 

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than securities that have readily available market quotations. The valuation committee makes such determinations in good faith in accordance with the Funds’ valuation procedures. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that the Funds could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Funds determine its NAV.

 

Distribution of Shares

 

Distribution Plans

 

No new Class A individual accounts may be established in the Transamerica Premier Funds. Shares are available on a no-load basis directly to existing retirement programs from AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”), the Distributor, 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52499.

 

Each Fund makes payments to AFSG according to a plan adopted to meet the requirements of Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The 12b-1 fees paid by each Fund’s shares are used to pay distribution and service fees for the sale and distribution of the Funds’ shares and to pay for non-distribution activities and services provided to shareholders. These services include compensation to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares and/or service shareholder accounts. The annual 12b-1 fee is 0.25% of the average daily net assets of each Fund except the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund. These fees accrue daily and are based on an annual percentage of the daily average net assets.

 

Because these fees are paid out of each Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges. In case a Fund is closed to new investors or investments, distribution fees may still be paid under the 12b-1 Plan to compensate for past distribution efforts and ongoing services rendered to shareholders.

 

From time to time, and for one or more Funds, the Distributor may waive all or any portion of these fees at its discretion. The Distributor may terminate this waiver at any time.

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

Transamerica Premier Funds has an Underwriting Agreement with AFSG Securities Corporation. AFSG is an affiliate of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC and Transamerica Premier Funds. Under this agreement, AFSG underwrites and distributes all classes of fund shares and bears the expenses of offering these shares to the public. The funds pay AFSG, or its agent, fees for its services. Of the distribution and service fees it receives for Class A shares, AFSG, or its agent, reallows or pays to brokers or dealers who sold them 0.25% of the average daily net assets of those shares.

 

 

{ 29


Distributions and Taxes

 

Taxes on Distributions in General

 

Each Fund will distribute all or substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains to its shareholders each year. Although a Fund will not have to pay income tax on amounts it distributes to shareholders, most shareholders will be taxed on amounts they receive. Shareholders who are not subject to tax on their income, such as qualified retirement accounts and other tax-exempt investors, generally will not be required to pay any tax on distributions. (See below for special rules applicable to particular funds.) If a fund declares a dividend in October, November, or December but pays it in January, you will be taxed on the dividend as if you received it in the previous year.

 

You normally will be taxed on distributions you receive from a fund, regardless of whether they are paid to you in cash or are reinvested in additional Fund shares. A particular distribution generally will be taxable as either ordinary income or as long-term capital gain.

 

Distributions that are derived from net long-term capital gains will typically be taxed as long-term capital gain. Other distributions will usually be taxable as ordinary income. Except as described below, the tax consequences of a distribution do not depend upon how long you held your fund shares.

 

Current tax law generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term gains and from certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The following are guidelines for how certain distributions by the Funds are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends, interest income, other types of ordinary income and short- term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer. As a result, distributions from funds that invest primarily in debt securities, such as money market funds and bond funds, will not generally qualify for the 15% rate.

 

Each Fund will send you a tax report annually summarizing the amount of and the tax aspects of your distributions.

 

Taxes on the Sale or Exchange of Shares

 

If you sell shares of a Fund or exchange them for shares of another Fund, you generally will have a capital gain or loss, which will be long-term capital gain if you held the shares for more than one year and otherwise short-term capital gain.

 

Such gain or loss is computed by subtracting your tax basis in the shares from the redemption proceeds (in the case of a sale) or the value of the shares received (in the case of an exchange). Because your tax basis depends on the original purchase price and on the price at which any dividends may have been reinvested, you should be sure to keep account statements so that you or your tax preparer will be able to determine whether a sale will result in a taxable gain. If your tax basis in the shares exceeds your redemption proceeds (or the value of the shares received in the case of an exchange), you will recognize a taxable loss on the sale of shares of the fund. Any loss recognized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions that were received with respect to the shares.

 

Note that money market funds typically maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. Assuming that is the case during the period when you own shares of Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, then you will typically not recognize gain or loss upon the sale, redemption, or exchange of shares of this fund.

 

If you receive an exempt-interest dividend on shares that you held for six months or less, any loss on the sale, redemption, or exchange of the shares will be disallowed to the extent of such exempt-interest dividend amount.

 

Withholding Taxes

 

As with all mutual funds, a Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the fourth lowest tax rate applicable to unmarried individuals (currently 28%) of all taxable distributions payable to you if you fail to provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, but is a method in which the IRS ensures that it will collect taxes otherwise due. Any amounts withheld may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

Non-Resident Alien Withholding

 

If you are a non-U.S. investor, you must provide a U.S. mailing address to establish an account. If your mailing

 

 

30 }


address changes to a non-U.S. address, no future purchases will be accepted and any dividend or capital gain distribution will be mailed to you. Shareholders that are not U.S. investors under the federal tax laws may be subject to U.S. withholding and are generally subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements.

 

Additionally, a valid W-8BEN form is required if you are not a U.S. citizen or resident alien. Documentary evidence may also be required to accompany the W-8BEN form.

 

Other Tax Information

 

This tax discussion is for general information only. In addition to federal income taxes, you may be subject to state, local or foreign taxes on payments received from Transamerica Premier Funds. More information is provided in the SAI. You should also consult your own tax advisor for information regarding all tax consequences applicable to your investments in Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

Summary of Bond Ratings

 

Following is a summary of the grade indicators used by two of the most prominent, independent rating agencies (Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Corporation) to rate the quality of bonds. The first four categories are generally considered investment quality bonds. Those below that level are of lower quality, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

 

Investment Grade    Moody’s      Standard &
Poor’s

Highest quality

   Aaa      AAA

High quality

   Aa      AA

Upper medium

   A      A

Medium, speculative features

   Baa      BBB
Lower Quality            

Moderately speculative

   Ba      BB

Speculative

   B      B

Very speculative

   Caa      CCC

Very high risk

   Ca      CC

Highest risk, may not be paying interest

   C      C

In arrears or default

   C      D

 

 

{ 31


Financial Highlights

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand a Fund’s performance for the past five years. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). This information, through the period ended December 31, 2004, has been derived from financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Transamerica Premier Funds’ 2004 Annual Report which is available by request by calling 1-800-892-7587.

 

 

32 }


    Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund

 
    Class A

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 11.12     $ 8.84     $ 11.06     $ 12.09     $ 11.35  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    0.013       (0.02 )a     (0.02 )a     (0.12 )a     (0.12 )a

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    1.51       2.30       (2.20 )     (0.87 )     1.33  
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    1.52       2.28       (2.22 )     (0.99 )     1.21  
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.04 )     (0.47 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                      (0.04 )     (0.47 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of period

    12.64     $ 11.12     $ 8.84     $ 11.06     $ 12.09  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    13.67%       25.79%       (20.07% )     (8.20% )     10.65%  
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.30%       1.30%       1.30%       1.30%       1.30%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.90%       2.37%       4.91%       16.31%       18.44%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    0.08%       (0.16% )     (0.19% )     (1.01% )     (0.93% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    30%       24%       72%       61%       52%  

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

  $ 10,193     $ 6,938     $ 2,276     $ 264     $ 224  
   


 


 


 


 


    Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

 
    Class A

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 16.66     $ 12.77     $ 16.93     $ 20.62     $ 31.88  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.08 )3     (0.09 )a     (0.13 )a     (0.21 )     (0.43 )a

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.54       3.98       (4.03 )     (3.48 )     (3.40 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.46       3.89       (4.16 )     (3.69 )     (3.83 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                            (7.43 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                            (7.43 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 19.12     $ 16.66     $ 12.77     $ 16.93     $ 20.62  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    14.77%       30.46%       (24.57% )     (17.90% )     (14.06% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.60%       1.60%       1.60%       1.60%       1.60%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.60%       1.78%       2.23%       7.32%       5.45%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.45% )     (0.64% )     (0.94% )     (1.23% )     (1.39% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    34%       38%       34%       42%       40%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 26,183     $ 23,271     $ 14,451     $ 598     $ 717  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment income (loss) is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment loss per share would have been $(0.06)$(0.12), $(0.37), $(1.84) and $(2.29) for the Diversified Equity Fund for the years ended December 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and $(0.12), $(0.21), $(1.18), and $(1.84) for the Equity Fund for the years ended December 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

a   Per share net investment income (loss) has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

 

{ 33


    Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

 
    Class A

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 13.79     $ 9.87     $ 13.76     $ 19.16     $ 33.49  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.09 )     (0.09 )a     (0.12 )a     (0.16 )a     (0.45 )a

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.18       4.01       (3.77 )     (4.44 )     (4.31 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.09       3.92       (3.89 )     (4.60 )     (4.76 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.80 )     (9.57 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                      (0.80 )     (9.57 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 15.88     $ 13.79     $ 9.87     $ 13.76     $ 19.16  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    15.16%       39.72%       (28.27% )     (24.03% )     (18.71% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.50%       1.50%       1.50%       1.50%       1.50%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.82%       2.28%       4.03%       7.19%       4.44%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.63% )     (0.76% )     (1.13% )     (0.99% )     (1.33% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    64%       59%       43%       70%       65%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 6,686     $ 5,979     $ 2,951     $ 605     $ 795  
   


 


 


 


 


    Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

 
    Class A

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 16.87     $ 12.58     $ 15.45     $ 20.68     $ 38.87  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment loss1

    (0.11 )     (0.11 )a     (0.16 )a     (0.18 )a     (0.52 )a

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.79       4.40       (2.71 )     (4.39 )     (7.68 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.68       4.29       (2.87 )     (4.57 )     (8.20 )
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

                             

Net realized gains on investments

                      (0.66 )     (9.99 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

                      (0.66 )     (9.99 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 19.55     $ 16.87     $ 12.58     $ 15.45     $ 20.68  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    15.89%       34.10%       (18.58% )     (22.12% )     (26.21% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.50%       1.50%       1.50%       1.50%       1.50%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.68%       2.06%       3.93%       7.11%       4.27%  

Net investment loss, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.59% )     (0.72% )     (1.18% )     (1.18% )     (1.33% )

Portfolio turnover rate

    37%       29%       37%       55%       78%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 13,955     $ 9,328     $ 2,973     $ 680     $ 1,104  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment loss is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment loss per share would have been $(0.14), $(0.17), $(0.39), $(1.05), and $(1.46) for the Focus Fund and $(0.14), $(0.19), $(0.50), $(1.06), and $(1.63) for the Growth Opportunities Fund for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000 , respectively.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

a   Per share net investment loss has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

 

34 }


   

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund


 
    Class A

 
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2002
    Year Ended
December 31,
2001
    Year Ended
December 31,
2000
 

Net Asset Value

                                       

Beginning of year

  $ 20.13     $ 16.55     $ 18.68     $ 20.06     $ 20.47  
   


 


 


 


 


Operations

                                       

Net investment income (loss)1

    (0.16 )3     0.18a       0.28a       0.28       0.35a  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

    2.68       3.61       (2.09 )     (1.38 )     1.60  
   


 


 


 


 


Total from investment operations

    2.52       3.79       (1.81 )     (1.10 )     1.95  
   


 


 


 


 


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                       

Net investment income

    (0.16 )     (0.21 )     (0.32 )     (0.24 )     (0.22 )

Net realized gains on investments

                        (0.04 )     (2.14 )
   


 


 


 


 


Total dividends/distributions

    (0.16 )     (0.21 )     (0.32 )     (0.28 )     (2.36 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net Asset Value

                                       

End of year

  $ 22.49     $ 20.13     $ 16.55     $ 18.68     $ 20.06  
   


 


 


 


 


Total Return2

    12.54%       22.91%       (9.69% )     (5.51% )     (9.57% )
   


 


 


 


 


Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                       

Expenses to average net assets:

                                       

After reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.55%       1.55%       1.55%       1.55%       1.55%  

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

    1.59%       1.73%       2.53%       10.47%       10.25%  

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver

    (0.77% )     0.98%       1.61%       1.41%       1.57%  

Portfolio turnover rate

    47%       39%       57%       77%       96%  

Net assets, end of year (in thousands)

  $ 20,841     $ 15,885     $ 7,828     $ 423     $ 398  
   


 


 


 


 


 

1   Net investment income (loss) is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income (loss) per share would have been $(0.17), $0.14, $0.11, $(1.32), and $(1.58) for the Balanced Fund for the periods ended December 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

2   Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.

 

a   Per share net investment income (loss) has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

 

{ 35


APPENDIX A

 

EXPLANATION OF STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

How to Use This Section

 

Descriptions of the principal strategies and risks are provided in each individual Fund section of this prospectus. Referrals are made to this Appendix for a more complete description of the risks associated with investing in the Funds. For best understanding, first read the description of the Fund in which you are interested. Then refer to this section to read about the risks particular to that Fund. For additional discussions of strategies and risks, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) which is available upon request. See the back cover of this prospectus for information on how to order the SAI.

 

Diversification

 

The Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) classifies investment companies as either diversified or non-diversified. Diversification is the practice of spreading a Fund’s assets over a number of issuers to reduce risk. A non-diversified Fund has the ability to take larger positions in fewer issuers. Because the appreciation or depreciation of a single security may have a greater impact on the net asset value of a non-diversified Fund, its share price can be expected to fluctuate more than a diversified Fund.

 

Diversified Funds are subject to the following diversification requirements:

 

As a fundamental policy, with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund may not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities) as defined in the 1940 Act and, with respect to some Funds, in other types of cash items.

 

As a fundamental policy with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund will not purchase a security of any issuer if such would cause the portfolio’s holdings of that issuer to amount to more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

 

What is a Non-Diversified Fund?

 

A “non-diversified” Fund has the ability to take larger positions in a smaller number of issuers. To the extent a Fund invests a greater portion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers, it may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a diversified Fund and may be subject to greater loss with respect to its portfolio securities. However, to meet federal tax requirements, at the close of each quarter the Fund may not have more than 25% of its total assets invested in any one issuer, and, with respect to 50% of its total assets, not more than 5% of its total assets invested in any one issuer with the exception of U.S. government securities and its agencies.

 

Because a Fund may invest a relatively large percentage of its assets in a single issuer, a Fund’s performance may be particularly sensitive to change in the value of securities of these issuers.

 

What is “Bottom-Up” Analysis?

 

When the Investment Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, it looks primarily at individual companies against the context of broad market factors. It seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large.

 

Investing in Common Stocks

 

Many factors cause common stocks to go up and down in price. A major factor is the financial performance of the company that issues the stock. Other factors include the overall economy, conditions in a particular industry, and monetary factors like interest rates. When your Fund holds stocks, there is a risk that some or all of them may be down in price when you choose to sell Fund shares, causing you to lose money. This is called market risk.

 

Investing in Bonds

 

Like common stocks, bonds fluctuate in value, though the factors causing this are different, including:

 

Changes in interest rates. Bond prices tend to move the opposite of interest rates. Why? Because when interest rates on new bond issues go up, rates on existing bonds stay the same and they become less desirable. When rates go down, the reverse happens. This is also true for most preferred stocks and some convertibles.

 

Length of time to maturity. When a bond matures, the issuer must pay the owner its face value. If the maturity date is a long way off, many things can affect its value, so a bond is more volatile the farther it is from maturity. As that date approaches, fluctuations usually become smaller and the price gets closer to face value.

 

Defaults. All bond issuers make at least two promises: (1) to pay interest during the bond’s term and (2) to return principal when it matures. If an issuer fails to keep one or both of these promises, the bond will probably drop in price dramatically, and may even become worthless.

 

Declines in ratings. At the time of issue, most bonds are rated by professional rating services, such as Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (S&P). The stronger the financial backing behind

 

 

36 }


the bond, the higher the rating. If this backing is weakened or lost, the rating service may downgrade the bond’s rating. This is virtually certain to cause the bond to drop in price.

 

Low rating. High-yield/high-risk securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have greater credit risk, are more sensitive to interest rate movements, are considered more speculative, have a greater vulnerability to economic changes, subject to greater price volatility and are less liquid.

 

Lack of rating. Some bonds are considered speculative, or for other reasons are not rated. Such bonds must pay a higher interest rate in order to attract investors. They’re considered riskier because of the higher possibility of default or loss of liquidity.

 

Loss of liquidity. If a bond is downgraded, or for other reasons drops in price, the market demand for it may “dry up.” In that case, the bond may be hard to sell or “liquidate” (convert to cash). Please see Appendix A of the SAI for a description of corporate bond ratings.

 

Volatility

 

The more an investment goes up and down in price, the more volatile it is said to be. Volatility increases the market risk because even though your Fund may go up more than the market in good times, it may also go down more than the market in bad times. If you decide to sell when a volatile Fund is down, you could lose more. Price changes may be temporary and for extended periods.

 

Growth Investing

 

Securities with different characteristics tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may underperform other Funds that employ a different style. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Growth-oriented Funds typically will underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

Investing in Small- and Mid-Capitalization Companies

 

Investment in small- and mid-capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss. Small- and mid-cap companies and the market for their equity securities are more likely to be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations. These companies are also likely to have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth than larger companies.

 

Temporary Defensive Strategies

 

For temporary defensive purposes, a Fund may, at times, choose to hold some portion of its net assets in cash, or to invest that cash in a variety of debt securities. This may be done as a defensive measure at times when desirable risk/reward characteristics are not available in stocks or to earn income from otherwise uninvested cash. When a Fund increases its cash or debt investment position, its income may increase while its ability to participate in stock market advances or declines decreases. Furthermore, when a Fund assumes a temporary defensive position it may not be able to achieve its investment objective.

 

Investment Style Risk

 

Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. The Fund may outperform or underperform other Funds that employ a different investment style. The Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented Funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

 

{ 37


Additional Information and Assistance

 

This prospectus is intended for use with a defined benefit or other employer sponsored retirement plan. You may get more information, at no change, about these Funds by requesting the following:

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

These reports describe the Funds’ performance and list their portfolio holdings and financial condition. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and the portfolio managers’ strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the covered period.

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

This document gives additional information about the Funds. The SAI was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and incorporated by reference as part of the prospectus. You can obtain a copy of the SAI by requesting it from us.

 

To Obtain Information from Transamerica Premier Funds

 

  Call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587).

 

    Option 1: to request annual/semi-annual report, SAI, and other literature and to ask questions about the Funds.

 

    Option 2: PremierQuote, automated information and transactions available 24 hours, 7 days a week.

 

    Option 3: customer service representative.

 

  Write to Transamerica Premier Funds, P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427.

 

  E-mail us at PremierFunds@Transamerica.com.

 

  Visit our web site at transamericafunds.com.

LOGO

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

 

 

To Obtain Information from the SEC

 

  Visit the SEC, Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. to review or copy the prospectus and SAI

 

  Call 1-202-942-8090 for more information about the Public Reference Room

 

  Visit the SEC’s Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov

 

  Write to Securities and Exchange Commission, Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-6009 or send an electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov for copies of these documents (requires you to pay a duplicating fee)

 

SEC file number: 811-09010

 

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

1-800-89-ASKUS (1-800-892-7587)


Transamerica Premier Funds – Institutional Equity Fund

 

Prospectus: May 1, 2005

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

Table of Contents

 

     Page

Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

   2
Shareholder Information    6
Investor Requirements & Services    8
Financial Highlights    11
Additional Information and Assistance    14

 

Listed in this prospectus are the investment objectives and principal investment strategies for the Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund (the “Fund”). The Fund is managed by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM” or “Investment Adviser”). As with any investment, there can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency; consequently, loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Please read this prospectus carefully before you invest or send money. It has been written to provide information and assist you in making an informed decision. If you would like additional information, please request a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (see back cover).

 

In addition, we suggest you contact your financial professional or a Transamerica Premier Customer Services Representative, who will assist you.

 

1


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

OBJECTIVE

 

The Fund seeks to maximize long-term growth.

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES

 

The Fund, generally invests at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in a diversified portfolio of domestic equity securities of any size. Generally, however, the Investment Adviser will invest in the securities of companies whose market capitalization (total market value of publicly traded securities) is greater than $500 million.

 

The Investment Adviser typically invests the Fund’s holdings in fewer than 50 well-researched companies. The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. It focuses on identifying fundamental change in its early stages and investing in premier companies. The Investment Adviser believes in long term investing and does not attempt to time the market. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through the Investment Adviser’s rigorous research process and stands on its own merits as a viable company.

 

The Investment Adviser buys securities of companies it believes have the defining features of premier growth companies that are undervalued in the stock market. Premier growth companies have many or all of these features:

 

  Shareholder-oriented management

 

  Dominance in market share

 

  Cost production advantages

 

  Self-financed growth

 

  Attractive reinvestment opportunities

 

  Leading brands

 

The Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

The Fund may also invest in cash or cash equivalents for temporary defensive purposes under adverse or unstable market conditions. To the extent it is invested in these instruments, the Fund may not achieve its investment objectives; and it could reduce the benefit of any upswing in the market.

 

PRINCIPAL RISKS

 

Your primary risk of investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of equity securities can fall due to the issuing company’s poor financial condition or poor general economic or market conditions. Because this Fund invests in equities, its performance may vary more than fixed-income funds over short periods. To the extent the Fund limits its holdings, its performance may vary more than funds that hold many more securities.

 

Growth stocks can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually reinvest a high proportion of their earnings in their own businesses, they may lack the dividends often associated with the value stocks that could cushion their decline in a falling market. Also, since investors buy growth stocks because of their expected superior earnings growth, earnings disappointments often result in a sharp price decline. Certain types of growth stocks, particularly technology stocks, can be extremely volatile and subject to greater price swings than the broader market.

 

Because the Fund can invest in companies of all sizes, it may be exposed to the risk of investing in small- and medium-sized companies. Investing in small- and medium-sized companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with more established companies. Stocks of such companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Such companies often have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources; and their management may lack depth and experience. Such companies usually do not pay significant dividends that could cushion returns in a falling market and their securities may be less liquid than large companies.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the investment manager, the fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities including American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) involves risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public; less (or different) regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

To the extent this Fund invests in a limited number of issuers, its performance may be more volatile than funds that hold a greater variety of securities.

 

2


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

INVESTOR PROFILE

 

The Fund is intended for investors who have the perspective, patience and financial ability to take on above-average stock market volatility in a focused pursuit of long-term capital growth.

 

PAST PERFORMANCE

 

Because the Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2004, no historical performance information is presented here. Performance information will be presented for the Fund after it has been in operation for one complete calendar year.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None  

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None 1

Redemption Fee

   None  

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets)

 

 

 

Advisory Fees

   0.73 %

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.00 %

Other Expenses

   0.17 %

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

   0.90 %

Expense Reduction2

   0.15 %

Net Operating Expenses

   0.75 %

1 The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchases for shares purchased after January 1, 2005 has been eliminated.
2 TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Fund’s shares are outstanding to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 0.75% of average daily net assets. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.

 

Fees and Expenses are based upon the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect new Advisory Fees that became effective May 1, 2005.

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     Investment Period

     1 Year

   3 Years

   5 Years

   10 Years

Institutional Equity

   $ 77    $ 272    $ 484    $ 1,094

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.73% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The manager for the Fund is listed below, followed by a brief biography.

 

Gary U. Rollé, CFA

Portfolio Manager

 

Gary U. Rollé is President and Chief Investment Officer of TIM. Mr. Rollé is also the Lead Equity Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund and Portfolio Manager of the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, Transamerica Premier Equity Fund, and Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund, and he manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the growth discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1967. Mr. Rollé holds a B.S. in chemistry and economics from the University of California at Riverside.

 

TIM, through its parent company, has provided investment advisory services to various clients since 1967.

 

3


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about the compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and the manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

4


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

The investment adviser of the Funds is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, located at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015 (“TIM”). TIM managed $22 billion in mutual funds, separate accounts and pension assets as of December 31, 2004. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TISI”). TISI is a subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is a subsidiary of AEGON N. V., an international insurance group.

 

The Investment Adviser’s duties include, but are not limited to:

 

  Managing the investments of each Fund;

 

  Ensuring that investments are consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, strategies, and policies and comply with government regulations; and

 

  Developing and implementing an investment program for the Funds.

 

Advisory Fees

 

For its services to the Fund, the Investment Adviser is entitled to receive an advisory fee of 0.73% based on an annual percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. It is accrued daily and paid monthly. The fees may be higher than the average advisory fee paid to the investment advisers of other similar funds. The Adviser may waive some or all of its fees from time to time at its discretion.

 

For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2004, the Fund paid 0.60% as a management fee as a percentage of the fund’s average daily net assets, after reimbursement and/or fee waivers (if applicable).

 

The Fund pays all the costs of its operations that are not assumed by the Adviser, including:

 

  Custodian

 

  Legal

 

  Auditing

 

  Administration

 

  Registration fees and expenses

 

  Fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser

 

The Adviser allocates the expenses that are not fund-specific among other Transamerica Premier Funds based on the net assets of each fund.

 

Out of its own assets, and not out of the Fund’s assets, the Adviser (or its affiliates) may pay for distribution and for shareholder services with respect to the funds provided by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries.

 

A discussion regarding the basis of the Fund’s Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s advisory arrangements will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report for the fiscal half-year ending June 30, 2005.

 

5


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Out of its own assets, and not out of the Funds’ assets, TIM (or its affiliates) may pay for distribution and/or administrative services provided by broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries.

 

Shareholder Services

 

OPENING AN ACCOUNT

 

Transamerica Premier Funds make opening an account, investing in shares and account management as easy and efficient as possible. For your convenience, we also provide a complete range of services to meet your investment and financial transaction needs.

 

Note: To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account. On your application, be sure to include your name, date of birth (if an individual), residential address, Social Security Number or taxpayer identification number. If you do not provide this information, your account will not be established. If Transamerica Premier Funds cannot verify your identity within 30 days from the date your account is established, your account may be closed based on the next calculated net asset value (“NAV”).

 

To open your account, all you need to do is:

 

  Complete the application;

 

  Enclose a check for the amount you want to invest; and

 

  Mail these two items to:

 

Transamerica Premier Funds

P.O. Box 219427

Kansas City, MO 64121-9427

 

  You can also make your initial investment by wiring funds from your bank. For instructions on this option, please refer to the section entitled “By Wire” in Buying Shares.

 

Buying Shares

 

To the extent authorized by law, Transamerica Premier Funds and each of the Funds reserves the right to discontinue offering shares at any time or to cease operations entirely. Transamerica Premier Funds or its agents may reject a request to purchase shares at any time, in whole or part.

 

By Mail. For additional investments in the Funds of your choice:

 

  Fill out an investment coupon from a previous confirmation statement, or

 

  Indicate on your check or a separate piece of paper your name, address and account number.

 

  All checks must be made payable to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

 

  Mail it to:

 

Transamerica Premier Funds

P.O. Box 219427

Kansas City, MO 64121-9427

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Wire. To make your initial or additional investments in the Funds by wiring money from your bank:

 

  Send us your application form (if this is for your initial investment).

 

  Instruct your bank to wire money to:

 

Bank of America, NA

Charlotte, NC

ABA Number 0260-0959-3

DDA Number 5486005475

 

  Specify on the wire:

 

  a. Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

 

  b. Identify the Funds you would like to purchase and dollar amount to be allocated to each Fund;

 

  c. Your account number; and

 

  d. Your name and address.

 

  Wired funds are considered received by us when we receive the wire and all of the required information stated previously.

 

  If Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. receives your wire before the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) closes, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, the money is credited that same day if you have supplied all other needed information.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUYING SHARES

 

By Mail

 

  All investments made by check shall be in U.S. dollars and made payable to Transamerica Premier Fund Services, Inc.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds does not accept money orders, travelers’ checks, credit card convenience checks or cash. Cashier checks may be accepted, subject to the approval of Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

  When you make investments by check, you must wait 15 calendar days before you can redeem that investment.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

In General

 

  The price you pay for your shares will be the next determined net asset value after your purchase order and all required information is received and accepted.

 

  We reserve the right to reject any application or investment. There may be circumstances when we will not accept new investments in one or more of the Funds.

 

6


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

  If you have a securities dealer, bank, or other financial institution handle your transactions with us you may be charged a fee by them.

 

MINIMUM INVESTMENT

 

The minimum initial investment is $250,000. The minimum initial investment may be waived from time to time by Transamerica Premier Funds in its discretion.

 

SELLING SHARES

 

Selling shares is also referred to as “redeeming” shares. You can redeem your shares at any time. You’ll receive the net asset value of your redemption after we receive your request, assuming all requirements have been met.

 

Your written instructions to us to sell shares can be in any of these forms:

 

  By letter; or

 

  By assignment form or other authorization granting legal power to other individuals to sell your Fund shares.

 

  Once a redemption has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  If the amount redeemed is over $100,000, all registered owners must sign a written request and all signatures must be guaranteed. Signature guarantees can usually be provided by securities brokers or dealers, securities exchanges, banks, savings and loan companies and credit unions. Please note that notary publics do not provide this service.

 

  We cannot process redemption requests for a certain date or price per share.

 

Important Information About Selling Shares

 

Redemption Timetables & Practices

 

How long it takes

 

Provided your redemption request is in good order, your redemption check is usually mailed to you on the second business day after we receive your request. It will not be sent later than seven days after we receive your request. If we need additional information, we will contact you.

 

Postponements

 

Transamerica Premier Funds may only postpone redemptions under circumstances authorized by applicable law.

 

Purchase checks must clear prior to redeeming shares

 

Purchases will be held at Transamerica Premier Funds for 15 calendar days for funds to clear before they are eligible for redemption. Certain exceptions may apply.

 

When Pricing Occurs

 

All redemptions are made and the price of your shares is determined at the net asset value per share next determined after we receive your redemption request in good order.

 

Large Redemptions

 

For redemptions greater than $250,000, Transamerica Premier Funds reserves the right to give you marketable securities instead of cash.

 

Change of Address

 

If you request a redemption check within 10 days of your address change, you must send us your request in writing with a signature guarantee. Keep your address current by writing or calling us with your new address as soon a possible.

 

Proceeds to Registered Owner

 

Except when transferring redemption proceeds to a new custodian of a tax-qualified plan, we will make all payments to the registered owner of the shares, unless you instruct us to do otherwise in writing.

 

All Checks Go To Address of Record

 

We will mail all checks to the address on the account, unless you instruct us in writing to do otherwise.

 

Authorized Signatures

 

When redemption requests are made on behalf of a corporation, partnership, trust, fiduciary, agent or unincorporated association, the individual signing the request must be authorized.

 

Involuntary Redemptions

 

Each Fund reserves the right to close your account if the account value falls below the Fund’s minimum initial investment level, or you are deemed to engage in activities that are illegal (such as late trading) or otherwise believed to be detrimental to the Fund (such as market timing), to the fullest extent permitted by law. Involuntary redemptions are subject to applicable redemption fees unless the Funds provide a waiver.

 

Market Timing/Frequent Purchases and Redemptions

 

Some investors try to profit from various short-term or frequent trading strategies known as market timing. Examples of market timing include switching money into a Fund when its share price is expected to rise and taking money out when its share price is expected to fall, and switching from one Fund to another and then back again after a short period of time. As money is shifted in and out, a Fund incurs expenses for buying and selling securities. Frequent purchases, redemptions or exchanges of Fund shares disrupt portfolio management, hurt Fund performance and drive Fund expenses higher. For example, a Fund may be forced to liquidate investments as a result of short-term trading and incur increased brokerage costs and realize taxable capital gains without attaining any investment advantage. These costs are borne by all shareholders, including long-term investors who do not generate these costs.

 

7


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

The Funds’ Board of Directors has approved policies and procedures that are designed to discourage market timing or frequent trading, which include limitations on the number of transactions in Fund shares, as described below, and redemption fees on frequent transactions as previously described. If you intend to engage in such practices, we request that you do not purchase shares of any of the Funds. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any request to purchase shares, including purchases in connection with an exchange transaction, which it reasonably determines to be in connection with market timing or excessive trading.

 

The Funds generally will consider four or more exchanges between Funds, or frequent purchases and redemptions having a similar effect, during any rolling three-month period to be evidence of market timing or excessive trading by a shareholder or by accounts under common control (for example, related shareholders, or a financial adviser with discretionary trading authority over multiple accounts). However, the Funds reserve the right to determine less active trading to be “excessive” or related to market timing.

 

While the Funds discourage market timing and excessive short-term trading, the Funds cannot always recognize or detect such trading, particularly if it is facilitated by financial intermediaries or done through omnibus account arrangements. In addition, implementation of the Funds’ restrictions against market timing and excessive trading may require the cooperation of financial intermediaries, which cannot necessarily be assured.

 

The Funds do not permit market timing. Do not invest with us if you are a market timer.

 

INVESTOR REQUIREMENTS & SERVICES

 

Taxpayer Identification Numbers

 

  You must provide your taxpayer identification number.

 

  You must state whether you are subject to backup withholding for prior under-reporting.

 

  Without your taxpayer identification number, redemptions, exchanges, dividends and capital gains distributions will be subject to federal withholding tax.

 

Changes of Address

 

By Written Request. Send us a written notification signed by all registered owners of your account. Include:

 

a. The name of your Fund;

 

b. The account number;

 

c. The names on the account; and

 

d. Both old and new addresses.

 

E-mail. As e-mail may not be secure secure, and because we are unable to take reasonable precautions to verify your shareholder and transaction information, we cannot respond to account-specific requests received via e-mail. For your protection, we ask that all transaction requests be submitted only via telephone, mail or through the secure link on our website.

 

Toll free number: 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587)

 

Address:    Transamerica Premier Funds
     P.O. Box 219427
     Kansas City, MO 64121-9427
Website:    www.transamericafunds.com

 

Signature Guarantees

 

A signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine so that you are protected from unauthorized account transactions. Notarization is not an acceptable substitute. Acceptable guarantors only include participants in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP2000). Participants in STAMP2000 may include financial institutions such as banks, savings and loan associations, trust companies, credit unions, broker-dealers, and member firms of a national securities exchange.

 

A signature guarantee is required if any of the following is applicable:

 

  You request a redemption above $100,000.

 

  You would like a check made payable to anyone other than the shareholder(s) of record.

 

  You would like a check mailed to an address which has been changed within 10 days of the redemption request.

 

  You would like a check mailed to an address other than the address of record.

 

  You would like your redemption proceeds wired to a bank account other than a bank account of record.

 

  Adding or removing a shareholder from an account.

 

The Funds reserve the right to require a signature guarantee under other circumstances or to reject or delay a redemption on certain legal grounds.

 

A signature guarantee may be refused if any of the following is applicable:

 

  It does not appear valid or in good form.

 

  The transaction amount exceeds the surety bond limit of the signature guarantee.

 

  The guarantee stamp has been reported as stolen, missing or counterfeit.

 

Transferring Ownership of Shares

 

To transfer ownership of your shares to another person or organization, or to change the name on an account, you must send us written instructions. This request must be signed by all registered owners of your account and the signatures must be guaranteed.

 

To change the name on an account, the shares must be transferred to a new account. This request must include a signature guarantee. This option is not available for pension and retirement savings programs. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US for additional information.

 

8


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

Reservation of Rights

 

We reserve the right to amend, suspend, or discontinue any of these options at any time without prior notice.

 

Your Guide To: Dividends & Capital Gains

 

Investment income generated by our Funds consists of dividends and capital gains. Substantially all of this income is distributed to our shareholders. As a shareholder, you can receive distributions of dividends and capital gains in one of three ways.

 

Your Distribution Options:

 

Reinvesting allows you to buy additional shares of the same Fund or any other Fund of your choice with the investment income generated by your current Fund.

 

Cash & Reinvesting allows you to choose either your dividends or your capital gains to be paid to you in cash. The other source of investment income will be reinvested in the same Fund or any other Fund of your choice.

 

All Cash allows you to have both dividends and capital gains paid to you in cash.

 

Unless you specify another option, we will reinvest all your dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the same Fund from which it was earned.

 

How, When & At What Price Distributions:

 

  Are made on a per-share basis to shareholders of record as of the distribution date of that Fund, regardless of how long the shares have been held.

 

  Capital gains, if any, are generally distributed annually for all Funds.

 

  If you buy shares just before or on a record date, you will pay the full price for the shares and then you will receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

 

Dividend Payment Schedules:

 

Fund


   When It Pays

Premier Institutional Equity

   Annually

 

Your Guide to Federal Taxes and Your Fund Shares

 

Current tax law generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term capital gains and on certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. Following are guidelines for how certain distributions by the Funds are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends interest income, other types of ordinary income and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer.

 

Dividends and short term capital gains paid by a Fund will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income whether reinvested or paid in cash. See “Your Guide to Federal Taxes” above.

 

Long-term capital gains distributions paid by a Fund will be taxable to its shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shares have been held, whether reinvested or paid in cash.

 

Corporate dividends-received deduction. To the extent that a Fund earns qualifying dividends, a portion of the dividends paid to its corporate shareholders may qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

 

Annual tax reporting documentation. After each calendar year, we will notify you of the amount and type of distributions you received from each Fund for federal tax purposes.

 

Purchases just prior to distributions. If you are planning to buy shares of a Fund just prior to its scheduled distribution of dividends or capital gains, please call 1-800-89-ASK-US for information on tax considerations before doing so. Purchasing shares at such times will result in a taxable event which you may wish to avoid.

 

Redemptions and exchanges of shares are taxable events which may represent gains or losses for you.

 

Correct taxpayer identification numbers must be furnished by shareholders to avoid backup withholding of federal income tax on distributions, redemptions and exchanges.

 

Non-resident alien withholding. Shareholders that are not U.S. persons under the Internal Revenue Code are subject to different tax rules. Dividends and capital gains distributions may be subject to nonresident alien withholding.

 

Backup withholding status. You will also be asked to certify that you are not subject to backup withholding for failure to report income to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Other Taxes

 

State and Local Taxes. In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on payments received from the Funds.

 

Possible Partial Dividend Exemptions. Depending on your state’s tax rules, a portion of dividends paid by a Fund that come from direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury and certain federal agencies may be exempt from state and local taxes.

 

9


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

Your Tax Adviser. Check with your own tax adviser regarding specific questions regarding federal, state and local taxes.

 

PRICING OF SHARES

 

How Share Price Is Determined

 

The price at which shares are purchased or redeemed is the net asset value (“NAV”) that is next calculated following receipt and acceptance of a purchase order in good order or receipt of a redemption order in good order by the fund or an authorized intermediary.

 

When Share Price Is Determined

 

The NAV is determined on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. The NAV is not determined on days when the NYSE is closed (generally New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas). Foreign securities may trade in their primary markets on weekends or other days when the Fund does not price its shares (therefore, the NAV of a fund holding foreign securities may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares of the Fund).

 

Purchase orders received in good order and accepted and redemption orders received in good order before the close of business on the NYSE usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, receive the share price determined at the close of the NYSE that day (less applicable sales charges and/or redemption fees). Purchase and redemption requests received after the NYSE is closed receive the share price at the close of the NYSE the next day the NYSE is open. Purchase and redemption requests by telephone are deemed received when the telephone call is received.

 

How NAV Is Determined

 

The NAV per share of the Fund is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s assets, subtracting the Fund’s liabilities, and dividing by the number of shares of the Fund that are then outstanding.

 

In general, securities and other investments are valued at market value when market quotations are readily available. Fund securities listed or traded on domestic securities exchanges or the NASDAQ/NMS, including dollar-dominated foreign securities or ADRs, are valued at the closing price on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded. With respect to securities traded on the NASDAQ/NMS, such closing price may be the last reported sale price or the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If there have been no sales for that day on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, then the value should be determined with reference to the last sale price, or the NOCP, if applicable, on any other exchange or system. If there have been no sales for that day on any exchange or system, a security is valued at the closing bid quotes on the exchange or system where the security is principally traded, or at the NOCP, if applicable. Foreign securities traded on U.S. exchanges are generally priced using last sale price regardless of trading activity. Securities traded over-the-counter are valued at the mean of the last bid and asked prices. Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost. Foreign securities generally are valued based on quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, and are converted from the local currency into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates. Market quotations for securities prices may be obtained from automated pricing services.

 

When market quotations are not readily available (which may include closing prices deemed to be unreliable because of the occurrence of a subsequent event), securities and other assets are valued at fair value. In that case, a valuation committee appointed by the Fund’s Board of Directors may, in good faith, establish a fair value for the security in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The types of securities for which such fair value pricing may be required include, but are not limited to: foreign securities, where a significant event occurs after the close of the foreign market on which such security principally trades, but before the close of the NYSE, that is likely to have changed the value of such security; the closing value is deemed unreliable; securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; securities whose trading has been halted or suspended; fixed-income securities that have gone into default and for which there is no current market value quotation; and securities that are restricted as to transfer or resale.

 

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than securities that have readily available market quotations. The valuation committee makes such determinations in good faith in accordance with the Funds’ valuation procedures. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that the Fund can obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Funds determine its NAV.

 

Investment Policy Changes

 

Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity as part of the Fund’s investment policy, invests at least 80% of its assets (defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes) in certain securities as indicated in this prospectus. Shareholders will be provided with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any changes in this policy. Such notice will comply with the conditions set forth in any applicable SEC rules then in effect.

 

NOTE: Unless expressly designated as fundamental, all policies and procedures of the Fund may be changed by the Funds’ Board of Directors without shareholder approval. To the extent authorized by law, Transamerica Premier and the Funds reserve the right to discontinue offering shares at any time, or to cease operations entirely.

 

10


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand a Fund’s performance for the past five years. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). This information through the period ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from the financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Transamerica Premier Funds’ 2004 Annual Report which is available by request by calling 1-800-892-7587.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
20045


 

Net Asset Value

        

Beginning of period

   $ 10.00  
    


Operations

        

Net investment income1

     0.08  

Net realized and unrealized gain on investments

     1.40  
    


Total from investment operations

     1.48  
    


Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

        

Net investment income

     (0.36 )

Net realized gains on investments

     (0.01 )
    


Total dividends/distributions

     (0.37 )
    


Net Asset Value

        

End of period

   $ 11.11  
    


Total Return2,4

     11.51 %
    


Ratios and Supplemental Data

        

Expenses to average net assets:

        

After reimbursement/fee waiver3

     0.75 %

Before reimbursement/fee waiver3

     0.90 %

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver3

     1.31 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

     18 %

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

   $ 62,110  

1 Net investment income is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income per share would have been $0.07 for the Institutional Equity Fund for the period ended December 31, 2004.
2 Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.
3 Annualized.
4 Not Annualized for periods less than one year.
5 Commenced operations on June 1, 2004.

 

11


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

APPENDIX A

 

EXPLANATION OF STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

HOW TO USE THIS SECTION

 

Descriptions of the principal strategies and risks are provided in the Fund section of this prospectus. Referrals are made to this Appendix for a more complete description of the risks associated with investing in the Fund. For best understanding, first read the description of the Fund. Then refer to this section to read about the risks particular to the Fund. For additional discussions of strategies and risks, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) which is available upon request. See the back cover of this prospectus for information on how to order the SAI.

 

DIVERSIFICATION

 

The Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) classifies investment companies as either diversified or non-diversified. Diversification is the practice of spreading a Fund’s assets over a number of issuers to reduce risk. A non-diversified Fund has the ability to take larger positions in fewer issuers. Because the appreciation or depreciation of a single security may have a greater impact on the net asset value of a non-diversified Fund, its share price can be expected to fluctuate more than a diversified Fund.

 

A diversified Fund is subject to the following diversification requirements:

 

As a fundamental policy, with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund may not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities) as defined in the 1940 Act and, with respect to some Funds, in other types of cash items.

 

As a fundamental policy with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund will not purchase a security of any issuer if such would cause the portfolio’s holdings of that issuer to amount to more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

 

WHAT IS “BOTTOM-UP” ANALYSIS?

 

When the Investment Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, it looks primarily at individual companies against the context of broad market factors. It seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large.

 

INVESTING IN COMMON STOCKS

 

Many factors cause common stocks to go up and down in price. A major factor is the financial performance of the company that issues the stock. Other factors include the overall economy, conditions in a particular industry, and monetary factors like interest rates. When your Fund holds stocks, there is a risk that some or all of them may be down in price when you choose to sell Fund shares, causing you to lose money. This is called market risk.

 

INVESTING IN BONDS

 

Like common stocks, bonds fluctuate in value, though the factors causing this are different, including:

 

Changes in interest rates. Bond prices tend to move the opposite of interest rates. Why? Because when interest rates on new bond issues go up, rates on existing bonds stay the same and they become less desirable. When rates go down, the reverse happens. This is also true for most preferred stocks and some convertibles.

 

Length of time to maturity. When a bond matures, the issuer must pay the owner its face value. If the maturity date is a long way off, many things can affect its value, so a bond is more volatile the farther it is from maturity. As that date approaches, fluctuations usually become smaller and the price gets closer to face value.

 

Defaults. All bond issuers make at least two promises: (1) to pay interest during the bond’s term and (2) to return principal when it matures. If an issuer fails to keep one or both of these promises, the bond will probably drop in price dramatically, and may even become worthless.

 

Declines in ratings. At the time of issue, most bonds are rated by professional rating services, such as Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (S&P). The stronger the financial backing behind the bond, the higher the rating. If this backing is weakened or lost, the rating service may downgrade the bond’s rating. This is virtually certain to cause the bond to drop in price.

 

Low rating. High-yield/high-risk securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have greater credit risk, are more sensitive to interest rate movements, are considered more speculative, have a greater vulnerability to economic changes, subject to greater price volatility and are less liquid.

 

Lack of rating. Some bonds are considered speculative, or for other reasons are not rated. Such bonds must pay a higher interest rate in order to attract investors. They’re considered riskier because of the higher possibility of default or loss of liquidity.

 

Loss of liquidity. If a bond is downgraded, or for other reasons drops in price, the market demand for it may “dry up.” In that case, the bond may be hard to sell or “liquidate” (convert to cash). Please see Appendix A of the SAI for a description of corporate bond ratings.

 

VOLATILITY

 

The more an investment goes up and down in price, the more volatile it is said to be. Volatility increases the market risk because even though your Fund may go up more than the market in good times, it may also go down more than the market in bad times. If you decide to sell when a volatile Fund is down, you could lose more. Price changes may be temporary and for extended periods.

 

12


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

GROWTH INVESTING

 

Securities with different characteristics tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may underperform other Funds that employ a different style. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Growth-oriented Funds typically will underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

INVESTING IN SMALL- AND MID-CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES

 

Investment in small- and mid-capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss. Small- and mid-cap companies and the market for their equity securities are more likely to be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations. These companies are also likely to have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth than larger companies.

 

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES

 

For temporary defensive purposes, a Fund may, at times, choose to hold some portion of its net assets in cash, or to invest that cash in a variety of debt securities. This may be done as a defensive measure at times when desirable risk/reward characteristics are not available in stocks or to earn income from otherwise uninvested cash. When a Fund increases its cash or debt investment position, its income may increase while its ability to participate in stock market advances or declines decreases. Furthermore, when a Fund assumes a temporary defensive position it may not be able to achieve its investment objective.

 

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK

 

Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. The Fund may outperform or underperform other Funds that employ a different investment style. The Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented Funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

13


Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE

 

You may get more information, at no charge, about this Fund by requesting the following:

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

 

These reports describe the Fund’s performance and list its portfolio holdings and financial condition. The annual report also discusses the market conditions and the portfolio managers’ strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during the covered period.

 

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

 

This document gives additional information about the Fund. The SAI was filed with SEC and incorporated by reference as part of the prospectus.

 

To Obtain Information from Transamerica Premier Funds

 

  Call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587):

 

    Option 1: to request annual/semi-annual report, SAI, and other literature; and to ask questions about the Transamerica Premier Funds;

 

    Option 2: PremierQuote, automated information and transactions available 24 hours, 7 days a week; or

 

    Option 3: shareholder service representative.

 

  Write to:    Transamerica Premier Funds

P.O. Box 219427

Kansas City, MO 64121-9427

 

  E-mail us at PremierFunds@Transamerica.com.
  Visit our web site at transamericafunds.com.

 

To Obtain Information from the SEC

 

Visit the SEC, Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. to review or copy the prospectus and SAI.

 

  Call 1-202-942-8090.

 

  Visit the SEC’s Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov.

 

  Write to SEC, Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 or send an electronic request by email to publicinfo@sec.gov for copies of these documents (requires you to pay a duplicating fee).

 

SEC file number:811-09010

 

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587)

http://www.transamericafunds.com

e-mail: PremierFunds@Transamerica.com

 

14


Transamerica Premier Funds – Institutional Class Shares

 

Prospectus: May 1, 2005

 

Fixed Income Fund

 

Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

 

     Page

The Funds at a Glance

    

Fees and Expenses

    

Transamerica Premier Funds-Institutional Class in Detail Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   1

Investment Adviser

   4

Advisory Fee

   4

Shareholder Information

   5

Buying Shares

   5

Selling Shares

   7

Exchanging Shares

   8

Redemption Fees

    

Features and Policies

    

Distribution of Shares

   10

Underwriting Agreement

    

Distributions and Taxes

    

Summary of Bond Ratings

   11

Financial Highlights

   12

Additional Information and Assistance

   Back
Cover

 

The following is a summary of the Fund’s goals, strategies, risks, intended investors and performance. The Fund is managed by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. (“TIM” or “Investment Adviser”). As with any investment, there can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency; consequently, loss of money is a risk of investing in the Fund.

 

Please read this prospectus carefully before you invest or send money. It has been written to provide information and assist you in making an informed decision. If you would like additional information, please request a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (see back cover).

 

In addition, we suggest you contact your financial professional or a Transamerica Premier customer services representative, who will assist you.

 

1


Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

OBJECTIVE

 

The Fund seeks to achieve a high total return (income plus capital appreciation) by investing primarily in debt instruments and convertible securities, with an emphasis on lower-quality securities.

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES

 

The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its assets in a diversified selection of lower-rated bonds, commonly known as “junk bonds.” These are bonds rated below Baa by Moody’s or below BBB by Standard & Poor’s (see Summary of Bond Ratings). The Investment Adviser seeks bonds that are likely to be upgraded, return high current income, rise in value, and are unlikely to default on payments.

 

The Investment Adviser uses a “bottom up” approach to investing. The Investment Adviser studies industry and economic trends, but focuses on researching individual issuers. The portfolio is constructed one company at a time. Each company passes through a research process and stands on its own merits as a viable investment in the Investment Adviser’s opinion.

 

To achieve its goal, the Investment Adviser’s fixed-income management team:

 

  Seeks to achieve price appreciation and minimize price volatility by identifying bonds that are likely to be upgraded by qualified rating organizations

 

  Employs research and credit analysis to minimize purchasing bonds that may default by determining the likelihood of timely payment of interest and principal

 

  Invests Fund assets in other securities consistent with the objective of high current income and capital appreciation

 

This Fund may also invest in derivative securities including futures, options and options on futures and foreign securities.

 

Under adverse or unstable market conditions, the fund could invest some or all of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements and money market instruments. Although the fund would do this only in seeking to avoid losses, the fund may be unable to pursue its investment objective during that time; and it could reduce the benefit from any upswing in the market.

 

PRINCIPAL RISKS

 

Your primary risk in investing in this Fund is you could lose money. The value of the Fund can fall if interest rates go up, or if the issuer fails to pay the principal or interest payments when due. Because this Fund invests in bonds, there is less risk of loss over short periods of time than for other Premier Funds that invest in equities. However, since this Fund invests in lower-rated bonds, it is subject to a greater risk of loss of principal due to an issuer’s non-payment of principal or interest; and its performance is subject to more variance due to market conditions, than higher-rated bond funds. You should carefully assess the risks associated with an investment in this Fund.

 

The value of the Fund’s investments will fluctuate in response to movements in interest rates. If rates rise, the values of debt securities generally fall. Investors should note that interest rates are at, or near, historic lows. The longer the average maturity of the Fund’s bond portfolio, the greater the fluctuation.

 

Convertible securities may include corporate notes or preferred stock, but ordinarily are a long-term debt obligation of the issuer convertible at a stated exchange rate into common stock of the issuer. As with all debt securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase, and conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security tends to reflect the value of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and thus may not depreciate to the same extent as the underlying stock.

 

Although lower or non-rated bonds are capable of generating higher yields, investors should be aware that they are also subject to greater price volatility and higher rates of default than investment grade bonds (those rated above Baa by Moody’s or BBB by Standard & Poor’s®). Price volatility and higher rates of default are both capable of diminishing the performance of the Fund and the value of your shares.

 

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other traditional investments. Derivatives may be subject to market risk, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Certain derivatives may be illiquid, which may reduce the return of the fund if it cannot sell or terminate the derivative instrument at an advantageous time or price. Some derivatives may involve the risk of improper valuation, or the risk that changes in the value of the instrument may not correlate well with the underlying asset, rate or index. As a result of inaccurate market predictions by the investment manager, the fund could lose the entire amount of its investment in a derivative and, in some cases, could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative instruments may not be available in all circumstances, and there is no assurance that the fund will be able to engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks.

 

Investments in foreign securities involve risks relating to political, social and economic developments abroad, as well as risks resulting from the differences between the regulations to which U.S. and foreign issuer markets are subject. These risks include: changes in currency values; currency speculation; currency trading costs; different accounting and reporting practices; less information available to the public;

 

2


Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

less (or) different regulation of securities markets; more complex business negotiations; less liquidity; more fluctuations in prices; delays in settling foreign securities transactions; higher costs for holding shares (custodial fees); higher transaction costs; vulnerability to seizure and taxes; political instability and small markets; and different market trading days.

 

These and other risks are described further in the section entitled “Explanation of Strategies and Risks” in Appendix A of this prospectus.

 

INVESTOR PROFILE

 

The Fund is intended for investors who are willing to take substantial risks in pursuit of potentially higher rewards. The Risks associated with investments in speculative securities make this Fund suitable only for long-term investment.

 

PAST PERFORMANCE

 

The bar chart and the table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing you how the Fund’s performance has varied from year to year and how the Fund’s average annual total returns for different periods compared to the returns of a broad measure of market performance, Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index and Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Cash Pay Index, widely recognized unmanaged indices of market performance. Absent any limitation of the Fund’s expenses, total returns would be lower. As with all mutual funds, past performance (before and after taxes) is not a prediction of future results.

 

Year-by-Year Total Return as of 12/31 Each Year (%)

 

LOGO

 

Best calendar quarter: 6.60% for quarter ended 06/30/03

Worst calendar quarter: (5.62%) for quarter ended 12/31/00

 

Average Annual Total Returns Since Inception

 

(as of 12/31/04)*

 

Premier High Yield Bond Fund


   1 Year

    5 Years

    Since
Inception**


 

Return Before Taxes

   10.88 %   5.78 %   5.36 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions***

   8.15 %   2.40 %   1.91 %

Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares***

   6.96 %   2.77 %   2.35 %

Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index†

   9.91 %   6.81 %   5.50 %

Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Cash Pay Index††

   10.76 %   7.31 %   5.70 %

* Actual returns may depend on the investor’s individual tax situation. After-tax returns may not be relevant if the investment is made through a tax-exempt or tax-deferred account.
** Commencement of operations for the Institutional Class was 07/01/1998.
*** The after-tax returns are calculated using the historic highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Returns before taxes are based on the actual inception date for this class.
The Merrill Lynch High Yield, Cash Pay, BB-B Rated Index is an unmanaged index comprised of the market value weighted measure of approximately 1,500 BB and B rated bonds.
†† The Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield, Cash Pay Index is an unmanaged portfolio constructed to mirror the public high yield debt market. These indices do not reflect any commissions or fees which would be incurred by an investor purchasing the securities represented by each index.

 

Note: All performance information represents past performance and is not indicative of future results. If the Investment Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, the aggregate total return of the Fund would have been lower.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

The table below provides a breakdown of the expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment*)

 

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (load) imposed on purchases

   None  

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (load)

   None1  

Redemption Fee on shares held 5 trading days or less (as a % of amount redeemed)

   None  

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that are deducted from fund assets*)

 

 

 

Advisory Fees

   0.53 %

Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

   0.00 %

Other Expenses

   0.10 %
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses    0.63 %
Expense Reduction2    0.00 %
Net Operating Expenses    0.63 %

1 The 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge on redemptions made within the first 24 months of purchase has been eliminated for shares purchased after January 1, 2005.
2 TIM has contractually agreed to waive part of its Advisory Fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses for at least ten years or for such shorter time period as the Institutional Class Shares are outstanding, to ensure that annualized expenses for the Fund (other than interest, taxes, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) will not exceed 0.65%. This measure will increase the Fund’s return. TIM may, from time to time, assume additional expenses.
* Fees and Expenses are based on the Fund’s expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect reductions of Advisory Fees that became effective on May 1, 2005.

 

3


Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

 

Example

 

The table below is to help you compare the cost of investing in this Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The example assumes that you make a one-time investment of $10,000 in the Fund and hold your shares for the time periods indicated. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same as shown above. The example is based on expenses without waivers or reimbursements. The example assumes no fees for IRA accounts. Costs are the same whether you redeem at the end of any period or not. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     Investment Period

     1 Year

   3 Years

   5 Years

   10 Years

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   $ 64    $ 202    $ 351    $ 786

 

You should not consider the information contained in the above examples a representation of future expenses. The actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Management

 

Investment Adviser:

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

1150 South Olive Street, Suite 2700

Los Angeles, California 90015

 

Advisory Fee:

 

0.53% of Average Daily Net Assets

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The managers for the Fund are listed below, followed by a brief biography for each manager.

 

Peter O. Lopez

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Peter O. Lopez is Vice President and Director of Research, Fixed Income at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Lopez is the Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund, and he manages sub-advised funds and institutional accounts in the fixed-income discipline Prior to joining Transamerica Investment Management, he was Managing Director at Centre Pacific, LLC. Mr. Lopez also previously served as Fixed-Income Analyst for Transamerica Investment Services from 1997-2000. He holds an M.BA. in finance and accounting from The University of Michigan and received a B.A. in economics from Arizona State University.

 

Edward S. Han

 

Co-Manager

 

Edward S. Han is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Transamerica Investment Management, LLC. Mr. Han is also Lead Manager of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, Portfolio Manager of Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund and Co-Manager of Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund. He also manages sub-advised funds and institutional separate accounts in the fixed income discipline. He joined the Transamerica organization in 1998. Mr. Han holds an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia and received his B.A. in economics from the University of California at Irvine.

 

The Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides additional information about each manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the manager and each manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

A detailed description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI. In addition, investors should note that the Fund publishes its holdings on its website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information will remain online for six months.

 

4


Shareholder Information

 

THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

The Investment Adviser of the Funds is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015 (“TIM”). TIM managed $22 billion in mutual funds, separate accounts and pension assets as of December 31, 2004. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TISI”). TISI is a subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is a subsidiary of AEGON N. V., an international insurance group.

 

The Adviser’s duties include, but are not limited to:

 

  Managing the investments of each Fund;

 

  Ensuring that investments are consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, strategies, and policies and comply with government regulations; and

 

  Developing and implementing an investment program for the Funds.

 

Advisory Fees

 

For its services to the Funds, the Investment Adviser receives an Advisory Fee of 0.53% based on an annual percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. It is accrued daily and paid monthly. The Investment Adviser may waive some or all of its fees from time to time at its discretion.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Fund paid as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, after reimbursement and/or fee waivers (if applicable).

 

The Fund pays all the costs of its operations that are not assumed by the Investment Adviser, including:

 

  Custodian

 

  Legal

 

  Auditing

 

  Administration

 

  Registration fees and expenses

 

  Fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with the Investment Adviser

 

The Investment Adviser allocates the expenses that are not Fund-specific among the Funds based on the net assets of each Fund.

 

Out of its own assets, and not out of the Funds’ assets, the Investment Adviser (or its affiliates) may pay for distribution and for shareholder services with respect to the funds provided by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries.

 

A discussion regarding the basics of the Fund’s Board of Director’s approval of the Funds’ advisory arrangements will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report for the fiscal half-year ending June 30, 2005.

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

OPENING AN ACCOUNT

 

Transamerica Premier Funds made opening an account, investing in shares and account management as easy and efficient as possible. For your convenience, we also provide a complete range of services to meet your investment and financial transaction needs.

 

Note: To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the USA PATRIOT ACT requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account. On your application, be sure to include your name, date of birth (if applicable), residential address and Social Security Number or taxpayer identification number. If you do not provide this information, your account will not be established. If Transamerica Premier Funds cannot verify your identity within 30 days from the date your account is established, your account may be closed based on the next calculated NAV.

 

To Open Your Account, All You Need To Do Is:

 

  Complete the application;

 

  Enclose a check or money order for the amount you want to invest; and

 

  Mail these two items to:

 

Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

P.O. Box 219427

Kansas City, MO 64121-9427

 

  You can also make your initial investment by wiring funds from your bank. For instructions on this option, please refer to the section entitled “By Wire” in BUYING SHARES.

 

BUYING SHARES

 

To the extent authorized by law, Transamerica Premier Funds and each of the Funds reserves the right to discontinue offering shares at any time or to cease operations entirely.

 

By Mail for additional investments in the Funds of your choice.

 

  Fill out an investment coupon from a previous confirmation statement, or

 

  Indicate on your check or a separate piece of paper your name, address and account number.

 

  All checks must be made payable to Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

 

  Mail it to:     Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.

                    P.O. Box 219427

                    Kansas City, MO 64121-9427

 

Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Automatic Investment Plan for regular monthly investments from your bank account or other source to the Fund(s) of your choice.

 

  Select this service when you fill out your application.

 

5


Shareholder Information

 

  Due to your bank’s requirements, please allow up to 30 days for your AIP to begin.

 

  Investments may be made between the 3rd and 28th of each month only, and will occur on the 15th if no selection has been made.

 

  Choose any amount you want to invest in each Fund ($1,000 minimum per Fund per month).

 

By Telephone to make periodic electronic transfers from your designated bank account.

 

  Select this service when you fill out your application.

 

  When you want to buy shares, call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587):

 

    Option 2 for PremierQuote automated system, or

 

    Option 3 for a service representative.

 

    Shares will be purchased by electronic funds when the money is received by Transamerica Premier Funds, usually 2-4 business days after request.

 

  Once a purchase has been telephoned, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Wire to make your initial or additional investments in the Funds by wiring money from your bank.

 

  Send us your application form (if this is for your initial investment).

 

  Instruct your bank to wire money to:

 

Bank of America, NA

Charlotte, NC.

ABA number 0260-0959-3

 

  DDA number 5486005475

 

  Specify on the wire:

 

a. Transamerica Premier Funds;

 

b. Identify the Fund you would like to purchase and dollar amount to be allocated to the Fund (for example $5,000 in the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund);

 

c. Your account number; and

 

d. Your name and address.

 

  Wired funds are considered received by us when we receive the wire and all of the required information stated previously.

 

  If Transamerica Premier Funds receives your wire before the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, the money is credited that same day if you have supplied all other needed information.

 

By Online Purchase

 

Buy shares online by logging into www.transamericafunds.com.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BUYING SHARES

 

By Mail

 

  All investments made by check should be in U.S. dollars and made payable to Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

  In the case of a retirement account, the check should be made payable to the custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds may not accept money orders, travelers’ checks, credit card convenience checks or cash. Cashier checks may be accepted, subject to the approval of Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

  When you make investments by check or automatic investment plan, you must wait 15 calendar days before you can redeem that investment.

 

  Once a purchase has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

By Automatic Investment Plan

 

  You can change the date or amount of your monthly investment, or cancel your Automatic Investment Plan, at any time by letter or telephone (with previous authorization from you). Give us at least 20 business days before the change is to become effective.

 

By Telephone

 

  We accept all telephone instructions we reasonably believe to be accurate and genuine.

 

  We will take reasonable precautions to make sure that such instructions are genuine.

 

  Positively identifying customers, tape recording telephone instructions, and providing written confirmations are precautions we may take to provide a reasonable level of assurance that telephonic purchases are genuine.

 

  Once a purchase has been telephoned, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

In General

 

  Your investment must be a specified dollar amount. We cannot accept purchase requests specifying a certain price, date, or number of shares; these investments will be returned.

 

  The price you pay for your shares will be the next determined net asset value after your purchase order and all required information is received.

 

  We reserve the right to reject any application or investment. There may be circumstances when we will not accept new investments in one or more of the Funds.

 

  If you have a securities dealer, bank, or other financial institution handle your transactions with us you may be charged a fee by them.

 

Minimum Investment

 

The minimum initial investment is $1,000,000. The minimum initial investment may be waived from time to time by the Distributor.

 

Minimum Balances

 

It is relatively costly for us to maintain small accounts. Therefore, we reserve the right to redeem all shares in any

 

6


Shareholder Information

 

account for its net asset value if at any time the total value of the account is less than $10,000. We will notify you if the value of the account is less than the required minimum. We will give you at least 60 days to bring the value of the account up to the required minimum before the redemption is processed.

 

SELLING SHARES

 

Selling shares is also referred to as “redeeming” shares. You can redeem your shares at any time. You’ll receive the net asset value of your redemption after we receive your request, assuming all requirements have been met. For additional information on redemptions, see “Selling Shares: In Detail” in this section of the prospectus.

 

By Mail. Your written instructions to us to sell shares can be in any of these forms:

 

  By letter; or

 

  By assignment form or other authorization granting legal power to other individuals to sell your Fund shares.

 

  Once a redemption has been mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  If the amount redeemed is over $100,000, all registered owners must sign a written request and all signatures must be guaranteed. Signature guarantees can usually be provided by securities brokers or dealers, securities exchanges, banks, savings and loan companies and credit unions. Please note that notary publics do not provide this service.

 

By Telephone. If you’ve authorized telephone redemption privileges with us in writing, you can sell your shares over the telephone.

 

  Select this privilege when you fill out your application.

 

  Call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587):

 

    Option 2 to redeem via PremierQuote; or

 

    Option 3 to talk to a service representative.

 

  Once a redemption has been telephoned, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

  The telephone redemption option may be suspended or terminated at any time without notice.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds accepts all telephone instructions it reasonably believes to be accurate and genuine.

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds will take reasonable precautions to make sure that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

  This includes positively identifying all customers, tape recording telephone instructions and providing written confirmations of telephonic redemptions.

 

  If reasonable procedures are not followed, the Fund may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions.

 

By Systematic Withdrawal Plan. This option allows you to automatically sell enough shares each month to receive a check or automatic deposit to your bank account.

 

  To set up an Systematic Withdrawal Plan, call us at 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7578).

 

  Transamerica Premier Funds will ask you when, how much and from which Fund(s) you want to be paid each month.

 

  $50 minimum per month per Fund.

 

  You can cancel the plan or change the amount of payments by calling Transamerica Premier Funds. The Fund can cancel this option at any time. If the Fund does so, it will notify you.

 

  When you make your initial investment, you may request that payments be sent to an address other than the address of record. At any later time, however, requests for payments to be sent to an address other than the address of record must be signed by all registered owners of the account, and their signatures must be guaranteed.

 

  If the amount of the monthly payments you receive exceeds the dividends, interest and capital appreciation of your shares, your investment will be depleted.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SELLING SHARES

 

Redemption Timetables & Practices

 

How long it takes

 

Your redemption check is usually mailed to you on the second business day after we receive your request. It will not be sent later than seven days, provided we have all the information we need. If we need information, we will contact you.

 

Postponements

 

Transamerica Premier Funds may postpone redemptions if:

 

a) The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) closes during its usual business hours;

 

b) If the NYSE restricts trading;

 

c) The U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission (“SEC”) declares an emergency; or

 

d) The SEC permits a delay to protect investors.

 

Purchase checks must clear prior to redeeming shares

 

Purchases will be held at Transamerica Premier Funds for 15 calendar days for funds to clear before they are eligible for redemption. Certain exceptions may apply.

 

When Pricing Occurs

 

All redemptions are made and the price of your shares is determined on the day we receive all of the necessary documentation.

 

Dollar Amounts Only

 

We cannot accept redemptions for a certain date or price per share. We can only accept redemptions for the dollar amount that you state.

 

Large Redemptions

 

For redemptions greater than $250,000, the Company reserves the right to give you marketable securities instead of cash.

 

7


Shareholder Information

 

Change of Address

 

If you request a redemption check within 10 days of your address change, you must send us your request in writing with a signature guarantee. Keep your address current by writing or calling us with your new address as soon a possible.

 

Proceeds to Registered Owner

 

Except when transferring redemption proceeds to a new custodian of a tax-qualified plan, we will make all payments to the registered owner of the shares, unless you instruct us to do otherwise in writing.

 

All Checks Go To Address of Record

 

We will mail all checks to the address on the account, unless you instruct us in writing to do otherwise.

 

Authorized Signatures

 

When redemption requests are made on behalf of a corporation, partnership, trust, fiduciary, agent or unincorporated association, the individual signing the request must be authorized.

 

Spousal Consent & Retirement Plan Redemptions

 

If a redemption request is made for an account that is part of a qualified pension plan, spousal consent may be required.

 

Market Timing/Excessive Trading

 

Some investors try to profit from various short-term or frequent trading strategies known as market timing. Examples of market timing include switching money into funds when their share prices are expected to rise and taking money out when their share prices expected to fall, and switching from one fund to another and then back again after a short period of time. As money is shifted in and out, a fund incurs expenses for buying and selling securities. Excessive purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares disrupt portfolio management, hurt fund performance and drive fund expenses higher. These costs are borne by all shareholders, including long-term investors who do not generate these costs.

 

The Transamerica Board of Directors has approved policies that are designed to discourage market timing or excessive trading. If you intend to engage in such practices, we request that you do not purchase shares of any of the funds. Each fund reserves the right to reject any request to purchase shares, including purchases in connection with an exchange transaction, which it reasonably determines to be in connection with market timing or excessive trading. The funds generally will consider four or more exchanges between funds, or frequent purchases and redemptions having a similar effect, during any rolling three-month period to be evidence of market timing or excessive trading by a shareholder or by accounts under common control (for example, related shareholders, or a financial adviser with discretionary trading authority over multiple accounts). However, the funds reserve the right to determine less active trading to be “excessive” or related to market timing.

 

While the funds discourage market timing and excessive short-term trading, the funds cannot always recognize or detect such trading, particularly if it is facilitated by financial intermediaries or done through omnibus account arrangements. In addition, implementation of the funds’ restrictions against market timing and excessive trading may require the cooperation of financial intermediaries, which cannot necessarily be assured.

 

EXCHANGING SHARES BETWEEN FUNDS

 

Exchanging shares that you own in one Fund for shares in another enables you to redirect your investment dollars. Each Fund has a different portfolio of investments designed to fulfill a specific financial goal. Assess your changing needs for growth, income and capital preservation. As your investment needs change, you may find it beneficial to exchange shares to the Funds whose purposes most closely match your current personal goals.

 

Once an exchange has been telephoned or mailed, it is irrevocable and may not be modified or canceled.

 

Exchanges are designed to help you more closely align your investments with your personal investment objectives and risk tolerance levels.

 

You Can Exchange Shares By Mail, By Telephone or By Automatic Exchange Plan.

 

Here’s what you need to do:

 

  To exchange shares by mail or telephone, use the same procedures you would in buying shares. Exchanges are available to any resident of any state in which Fund shares are legally sold.

 

  Exchanges are accepted only if the ownership registrations of both accounts are identical.

 

  You may exchange shares once or twice per month with the Automatic Exchange Plan (minimum $50). You need to request this service in writing, and your request must be signed by all registered owners of the account. Call 1-800-89-ASK-US for more information.

 

  The exchange option can be modified or terminated at any time.

 

  Exchanges are treated as a sale of shares from one Fund and the purchase of shares in another Fund and, therefore, could be taxable events.

 

  Exchanges into or out of the Funds are made at the next determined net asset value per share after we receive all necessary information.

 

INVESTOR REQUIREMENTS & SERVICES

 

Telephone Transactions

 

Occasionally, Transamerica Premier Funds experiences high call volume due to unusual market activity or other events that may make it difficult for you to reach a Customer Services Representative by telephone. If you are unable to reach Transamerica Premier Funds by telephone, please consider visiting www.transamericafunds.com or sending written instructions by mail.

 

8


Taxpayer Identification Numbers

 

  You must provide your taxpayer identification number.

 

  You must state whether you are subject to backup withholding for prior under-reporting.

 

  Without your taxpayer identification number, redemptions, exchanges, dividends and capital gains distributions will be subject to federal withholding tax.

 

Changes of Address

 

By Telephone. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US to change the address on your account.

 

By Written Request. Send us a written notification signed by all registered owners of your account. Include:

 

  a) The name of your Fund(s);

 

  b) The account number(s);

 

  c) The names on the account(s); and

 

  d) Both old and new addresses.

 

E-mail. As e-mail is not secure and because we are unable to take reasonable precautions to verify your shareholder and transaction information, we cannot respond to account specific requests received via email. For your protection, we ask that all transaction requests be submitted only via phone or mail.

 

Toll free number:    1-800-89-ASK-US
Address:    Transamerica Fund Services, Inc.
     PO Box 219427
     Kansas City, MO 64121-9427
Website:    www.transamericafunds.com

 

Signature Guarantees

 

  Signature guarantees are required of all owners of record on accounts involving redemptions over $100,000.

 

  Signature guarantees must be made by a bank, trust company, saving bank, savings and loan association or member of a national stock exchange.

 

  Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US with any questions regarding this subject.

 

Transferring Ownership of Shares

 

To transfer ownership of your shares to another person or organization, or to change the name on an account, you must send us written instructions. This request must be signed by all registered owners of your account and the signatures must be guaranteed.

 

To change the name on an account, the shares must be transferred to a new account. This request must include a signature guarantee. This option is not available for pension and retirement savings programs. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US for additional information.

 

Your Statements, Annual Report & Prospectus

 

Quarterly Statements. We will send you a consolidated, quarterly statement of your account, showing all transactions since the beginning of the current quarter.

 

Transaction Confirmations. Each time you invest, redeem, transfer or exchange shares, we will send you a confirmation of the transaction.

 

Annual Reports. Each year, we will send you an annual report that includes audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31. It will include a list of securities held in each Fund on that date.

 

Semi-Annual Reports. Each year, we will send you a semi-annual report that includes unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30. It will also include a list of securities held in each Fund on that date.

 

Prospectus. Each year, we will send you a new Prospectus.

 

Statement of Additional Information. We revise this reporting document annually. You must request this from us if you wish to receive it.

 

Reservation of Rights

 

We reserve the right to amend, suspend, or discontinue any of these options at any time without prior notice.

 

Your Guide To: Dividends & Capital Gains

 

Investment income generated by our funds consists of dividends and capital gains. Substantially all of this income is distributed to our shareholders. As a shareholder, you can receive distributions of dividends and capital gains in one of three ways.

 

Your Distribution Options:

 

Reinvesting allows you to buy additional shares of the same Fund or any other Fund of your choice with the investment income generated by your current Fund.

 

Cash & Reinvesting allows you to choose either your dividends or your capital gains to be paid to you in cash. The other source of investment income will be reinvested in the same Fund or any other Fund of your choice.

 

All Cash allows you to have both dividends and capital gains paid to you in cash.

 

Unless you specify another option, we will reinvest all your dividends and capital gains distributions in additional shares of the same Fund from which it was earned.

 

9


Shareholder Information

 

How, When & At What Price

 

Distributions:

 

  Are made on a per-share basis to shareholders of record as of the distribution date of that Fund, regardless of how long the shares have been held.

 

  Capital gains, if any, are generally distributed annually for all Funds.

 

  If you buy shares just before or on a record date, you will pay the full price for the shares and then you will receive a portion of the price back as a taxable distribution.

 

Dividend Payment Schedules:

 

Fund


   When It Pays

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

   Monthly

 

Your Guide To: Federal Taxes And Your Fund Shares

 

Dividends and short term capital gains paid by a Fund will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income whether reinvested or paid in cash.

 

Long-term capital gains distributions paid by a Fund will be taxable to its shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shares have been held, whether reinvested or paid in cash.

 

Corporate dividends-received deduction. To the extent that a Fund earns qualifying dividends, a portion of the dividends paid to its corporate shareholders may qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

 

Annual tax reporting documentation. After each calendar year, we will notify you of the amount and type of distributions you received from each Fund for federal tax purposes.

 

Purchases just prior to distributions. If you are planning to buy shares of a Fund just prior to its scheduled distribution of dividends or capital gains, please call 1-800-89-ASK-US for information on tax considerations before doing so. Purchasing shares at such times will result in a taxable event which you may wish to avoid.

 

Redemptions and exchanges of shares are taxable events which may represent gains or losses for you.

 

Correct taxpayer identification numbers must be furnished by shareholders to avoid backup withholding of federal income tax on distributions, redemptions and exchanges.

 

Non-resident alien withholding. Shareholders that are not U.S. persons under the Internal Revenue Code are subject to different tax rules. Dividends and capital gains distributions may be subject to nonresident alien withholding.

 

Backup withholding status. You will also be asked to certify that you are not subject to backup withholding for failure to report income to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Other Taxes

 

State and Local Taxes. In addition to federal taxes, you may be subject to state and local taxes on payments received from the Funds.

 

Possible Partial Dividend Exemptions. Depending on your state’s tax rules, a portion of dividends paid by a Fund that come from direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury and certain federal agencies may be exempt from state and local taxes.

 

Your Tax Adviser. Check with your own tax adviser regarding specific questions regarding federal, state and local taxes.

 

Share Price

 

How Share Price Is Determined

 

The price at which shares are purchased or redeemed is the net asset value (“NAV”) that is next calculated following receipt of the order by the Fund or an authorized intermediary. The NAV is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding.

 

Securities traded on NASDAQ are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). Securities traded on a domestic securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange on the day the valuation is made. If no sale is reported, the mean of the last bid and asked prices is used. Securities traded over-the-counter are valued at the mean of the last bid and asked prices. When market quotations are not readily available or the Investment Adviser believes it is appropriate, securities and other assets are valued at fair value pursuant to procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Directors.

 

All securities held by the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund and any short-term investments of the other Funds with maturities of 60 days or less at the time of purchase are valued on the basis of amortized cost. Amortized cost requires constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the effect of movements in interest rates.

 

When Share Price Is Determined

 

The net asset value of all Funds is determined only on days that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open.

 

Investments or redemption requests received in good order before the close of business on the NYSE, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, receive the share price determined at the close of the NYSE that day. Investments and redemption requests received after the NYSE is closed receive the share price at the close of the NYSE the next day the NYSE is open. Investments and redemption requests by telephone are deemed received when the telephone call is received.

 

10


Shareholder Information

 

Summary of Bond Ratings

 

Following is a summary of the grade indicators used by two of the most prominent, independent rating agencies (Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Corporation) to rate the quality of bonds. The first four categories are generally considered investment quality bonds. Those below that level are of lower quality, commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

 

     Moody’s

   Standard
& Poor’s


Investment Grade

         

Highest quality

   Aaa    AAA

High quality

   Aa    AA

Upper medium

   A    A

Medium, speculative features

   Baa    BBB

Lower Quality

Moderately speculative

   Ba    BB

Speculative

   B    B

Very speculative

   Caa    CCC

Very high risk

   Ca    CC

Highest risk, may not be paying interest

   C    C

In arrears or default

   C    D

 

11


Shareholder Information

 

Financial Highlights

 

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s performance for the past five years. The total returns in the table represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). This information through the period ended December 31, 2004 has been derived from financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements, is included in the Transamerica Premier Funds’ 2004 Annual Report which is available by request by calling 1-800-892-7587.

 

    

Year Ended
December 31
2004


   

Year Ended
December 31,
2003


    Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund
Institutional Class


 
         Year Ended
December 31,
2002


    Year Ended
December 31,
2001


    Year Ended
December 31,
2000


 

Net Asset Value

                                        

Beginning of year

   $ 7.70     $ 7.01     $ 7.91     $ 8.30     $ 9.25  

Operations

                                        

Net investment income1

     0.54 a     0.56 a     0.71 a     0.80       0.81  

Net realized and unrealized loss on investments

     0.26       0.71       (0.90 )     (0.42 )     (0.96 )

Total from investment operations

     0.80       1.27       (0.19 )     0.38       (0.15 )

Dividends/Distributions to Shareholders

                                        

Net investment income

     (0.55 )     (0.58 )     (0.71 )     (0.77 )     (0.80 )

Net realized gains on investments

     —         —         —         —         —    

Total dividends/distributions

     (0.55 )     (0.58 )     (0.71 )     (0.77 )     (0.80 )

Net Asset Value

                                        

End of year

   $ 7.95     $ 7.70     $ 7.01     $ 7.91     $ 8.30  

Total Return2

     10.88 %     18.87 %     (2.24 )%     4.77 %     (1.88 )%

Ratios and Supplemental Data

                                        

Expenses to average net assets:

                                        

After reimbursement/fee waiver

     0.63 %     0.65 %     0.65 %     0.65 %     0.65 %

Before reimbursement/fee waiver

     0.63 %     0.72 %     0.74 %     0.69 %     0.68 %

Net investment income, after reimbursement/fee waiver

     7.06 %     7.56 %     9.72 %     8.71 %     8.94 %

Portfolio turnover rate

     152 %     171 %     126 %     119 %     57 %

Net assets, end of period (in thousands)

   $ 135,161     $ 118,982     $ 105,644     $ 100,745     $ 85,385  

1 Net investment income is after waiver of fees by the Adviser and reimbursement of certain expenses by the Administrator (Note 2). If the Adviser had not waived fees and the Administrator had not reimbursed expenses, net investment income per share would have been $0.55, $0.70, $0.76 and $0.80 for the High Yield Bond Fund for the year ended December 31, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 respectively.
2 Total return represents aggregate total return for each period.
a Per share net investment income has been determined on the basis of the average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

12


APPENDIX A

 

EXPLANATION OF STRATEGIES AND RISKS

 

HOW TO USE THIS SECTION

 

Descriptions of the principal strategies and risks are provided in the Fund section of this prospectus. Referrals are made to this Appendix for a more complete description of the risks associated with investing in the Fund. For best understanding, first read the description of the Fund. Then refer to this section to read about the risks particular to the Fund. For additional discussions of strategies and risks, please refer to the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) which is available upon request. See the back cover of this prospectus for information on how to order the SAI.

 

DIVERSIFICATION

 

The Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) classifies investment companies as either diversified or non-diversified. Diversification is the practice of spreading a Fund’s assets over a number of issuers to reduce risk. A non-diversified Fund has the ability to take larger positions in fewer issuers. Because the appreciation or depreciation of a single security may have a greater impact on the net asset value of a non-diversified Fund, its share price can be expected to fluctuate more than a diversified Fund.

 

A diversified Fund is subject to the following diversification requirements:

 

As a fundamental policy, with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund may not own more than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities) as defined in the 1940 Act and, with respect to some Funds, in other types of cash items.

 

As a fundamental policy with respect to 75% of the total assets of a Fund, the Fund will not purchase a security of any issuer if such would cause the portfolio’s holdings of that issuer to amount to more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets.

 

WHAT IS “BOTTOM-UP” ANALYSIS?

 

When the Investment Adviser uses a “bottom-up” approach, it looks primarily at individual companies against the context of broad market factors. It seeks to identify individual companies with earnings growth potential that may not be recognized by the market at large.

 

INVESTING IN COMMON STOCKS

 

Many factors cause common stocks to go up and down in price. A major factor is the financial performance of the company that issues the stock. Other factors include the overall economy, conditions in a particular industry, and monetary factors like interest rates. When your Fund holds stocks, there is a risk that some or all of them may be down in price when you choose to sell Fund shares, causing you to lose money. This is called market risk.

 

INVESTING IN BONDS

 

Like common stocks, bonds fluctuate in value, though the factors causing this are different, including:

 

Changes in interest rates. Bond prices tend to move the opposite of interest rates. Why? Because when interest rates on new bond issues go up, rates on existing bonds stay the same and they become less desirable. When rates go down, the reverse happens. This is also true for most preferred stocks and some convertibles.

 

Length of time to maturity. When a bond matures, the issuer must pay the owner its face value. If the maturity date is a long way off, many things can affect its value, so a bond is more volatile the farther it is from maturity. As that date approaches, fluctuations usually become smaller and the price gets closer to face value.

 

Defaults. All bond issuers make at least two promises: (1) to pay interest during the bond’s term and (2) to return principal when it matures. If an issuer fails to keep one or both of these promises, the bond will probably drop in price dramatically, and may even become worthless.

 

Declines in ratings. At the time of issue, most bonds are rated by professional rating services, such as Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (S&P). The stronger the financial backing behind the bond, the higher the rating. If this backing is weakened or lost, the rating service may downgrade the bond’s rating. This is virtually certain to cause the bond to drop in price.

 

13


Low rating. High-yield/high-risk securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have greater credit risk, are more sensitive to interest rate movements, are considered more speculative, have a greater vulnerability to economic changes, subject to greater price volatility and are less liquid.

 

Lack of rating. Some bonds are considered speculative, or for other reasons are not rated. Such bonds must pay a higher interest rate in order to attract investors. They’re considered riskier because of the higher possibility of default or loss of liquidity.

 

Loss of liquidity. If a bond is downgraded, or for other reasons drops in price, the market demand for it may “dry up.” In that case, the bond may be hard to sell or “liquidate” (convert to cash). Please see Appendix A of the SAI for a description of corporate bond ratings.

 

VOLATILITY

 

The more an investment goes up and down in price, the more volatile it is said to be. Volatility increases the market risk because even though your Fund may go up more than the market in good times, it may also go down more than the market in bad times. If you decide to sell when a volatile Fund is down, you could lose more. Price changes may be temporary and for extended periods.

 

GROWTH INVESTING

 

Securities with different characteristics tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. A Fund may underperform other Funds that employ a different style. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth potential. Growth-oriented Funds typically will underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

INVESTING IN SMALL- AND MID-CAPITALIZATION COMPANIES

 

Investment in small- and mid-capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss. Small- and mid-cap companies and the market for their equity securities are more likely to be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations. These companies are also likely to have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth than larger companies.

 

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES

 

For temporary defensive purposes, a Fund may, at times, choose to hold some portion of its net assets in cash, or to invest that cash in a variety of debt securities. This may be done as a defensive measure at times when desirable risk/reward characteristics are not available in stocks or to earn income from otherwise uninvested cash. When a Fund increases its cash or debt investment position, its income may increase while its ability to participate in stock market advances or declines decreases. Furthermore, when a Fund assumes a temporary defensive position it may not be able to achieve its investment objective.

 

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK

 

Different investment styles tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. The Fund may outperform or underperform other Funds that employ a different investment style. The Fund may also employ a combination of styles that impact its risk characteristics. Examples of different investment styles include growth and value investing. Growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their business, growth stocks may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. Growth oriented Funds will typically underperform when value investing is in favor.

 

14


Additional Information and Assistance

 

This prospectus is intended for use with a defined benefit or other employer sponsored retirement plan. You may get more information, at no change, about these Funds by requesting the following:

 

Annual and Semi-Annual Report

 

These reports describe the Funds’ performance and list their portfolio holdings and financial condition. The Annual Report also discusses the market conditions and the portfolio managers’ strategies that significantly affected the Funds’ performance during the covered period.

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

 

This document gives additional information about the Funds. The SAI was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and incorporated by reference as part of the prospectus. You can obtain a copy of the SAI by requesting it from us.

 

To Obtain Information from Transamerica Premier Funds

 

  Call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587).

 

    Option 1: to request annual/semi-annual report, SAI, and other literature and to ask questions about the Funds.

 

    Option 2: PremierQuote, automated information and transactions available 24 hours, 7 days a week.

 

    Option 3: shareholder service representative.

 

  Write to Transamerica Premier Funds, P.O. Box 219427, Kansas City, MO 64121-9427.

 

  E-mail us at PremierFunds@Transamerica.com.

 

  Visit our web site at transamericafunds.com.

 

To Obtain Information from the SEC

 

  Visit the SEC, Public Reference Room, Washington, D.C. to review or copy the prospectus and SAI

 

  Call 1-202-942-8090

 

  Visit the SEC’s Internet web site at http://www.sec.gov

 

Write to Securities and Exchange Commission, Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-6009 or send an electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov for copies of these documents (requires you to pay a duplicating fee)

 

SEC file number: 811-09010

 

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

1-800-89-ASKUS (1-800-892-7587)

 

LOGO

 

AFSG Securities Corporation, Distributor

 

15


Statement of Additional Information – May 1, 2005

 

Transamerica Premier Funds

 

Investor and Institutional Shares

 

Equity Funds

 

Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund (formerly Transamerica Premier Core Equity Fund)

 

Combined Equity & Fixed Income Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 

Fixed Income Funds

 

Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund

Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund

 

About the Statement of Additional Information

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. (the “Company”) is an open-end, management investment company of the series type offering a number of portfolios, known collectively as the Transamerica Premier Funds. This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) pertains to the Investor Class and the Institutional Class of shares of the Transamerica Premier Funds (the “Fund” or “Funds”) listed above. Each Fund is managed separately and has its own investment objective, strategies and policies. Each class of each Fund has its own levels of expenses and charges. This SAI is not the prospectus. It contains information additional to that available in the prospectus. Please refer to the prospectus first, then to this document. Please read it carefully. Save it for future reference.

 

About the Prospectus

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in connection with the current prospectus dated May 1, 2005, as it may be supplemented from time to time. The Prospectus is available without charge from your sales representative. The prospectus also may be obtained by writing to the Company at 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, or by calling, toll free 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587).

 

Terms used in the prospectus are incorporated by reference in this SAI. The Funds’ audited financial statements are incorporated by reference in this SAI. We have not authorized any person to give you any other information.

 

1


Contents


   Page

Investment Goals and Policies

   3

Investment Restrictions

   16

Management of the Company

   19

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

   30

Brokerage Allocation

   32

Determination of Net Asset Value

   33

Performance Information

   34

Taxes

   36

Other Information

   41

Disclosure Regarding S&P Trademark

   42

Financial Statements

   41

Appendix A: Description of Corporate Bond Ratings

   43

Appendix B: Description of Fixed-Income Instruments

   45

Appendix C: Proxy Voting Procedures

   47

Appendix D: Portfolio Manager Information

   63

 

2


Investment Objectives and Policies

 

The investment objectives stated in the Prospectus for each Fund are fundamental. This means they can be changed only with the approval of a majority of shareholders of such Fund. The strategies and policies described in the prospectus are not fundamental. There can be no assurance that a Fund will, in fact, achieve its objective. Strategies and policies can be changed by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) without your approval. If any investment goals of a Fund change, you should decide if the Fund still meets your financial needs.

 

Buying and Selling Securities

 

In general, the Funds purchase and hold securities for capital growth, current income, or a combination of the two, depending on the Fund’s investment objective. Portfolio changes can result from liquidity needs, securities reaching a price objective, anticipated changes in interest rates, a change in the creditworthiness of an issuer, or from general financial or market developments. Because portfolio changes usually are not tied to the length of time a security has been held, a significant number of short-term transactions may occur.

 

A Fund may sell one security and simultaneously purchase another of comparable quality. A Fundmay simultaneously purchase and sell the same security to take advantage of short-term differentials and bond yields. In addition, a Fund may purchase individual securities in anticipation of relatively short-term price gains.

 

Portfolio turnover has not been and will not be a consideration in the investment process. The Investment Adviser buys and sells securities for each Fund whenever it believes it is appropriate to do so. Increased turnover results in higher costs. These costs result from brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. Increased turnover may also result in additional short-term gains. Short-term gains are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, except for tax-qualified accounts (such as IRAs and employer sponsored pension plans).

 

Certain Funds may invest in unrated debt securities. Unrated debt, while not necessarily of lower quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market. Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds. The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.

 

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of a fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect the owning Fund’s net asset value.

 

Periods of economic or political uncertainty and change can create volatility in the price of junk bonds. Since the last major economic recession, there has been a substantial increase in the use of high-yield debt securities to fund highly leveraged corporate acquisitions and restructurings. Past experience with high-yield securities in a prolonged economic downturn may not provide an accurate indication of future performance during such periods. Lower rated securities may also be harder to sell than higher rated securities because of negative publicity and investor perceptions of this market, as well as new or proposed laws dealing with high yield securities. For many junk bonds, there is no established retail secondary market. As a result, it may be difficult for the Investment Adviser to accurately value the bonds because they cannot rely on available objective data.

 

3


A Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. However, the Investment Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objectives.

 

At times, a substantial portion of a Fund’s assets may be invested in securities of which the Fund, by itself or together with other Funds and accounts managed by the Investment Adviser, holds all or a major portion. Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if they were more widely held. Under these circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value.

 

In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default of these securities, a Fund may be required to participate in various legal proceedings or take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer’s obligations on the securities. This could increase the Fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value.

 

Certain securities held by a Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

 

The Funds may invest in zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount and may pay interest either only at maturity, or subsequent to the issue date prior to maturity, rather than at regular intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest in cash currently. Both zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, a Fund nonetheless is required to accrue interest income on these investments and to distribute the interest income at least annually to shareholders. Thus, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

 

Certain investment grade securities in which a Fund may invest share some of the risk factors discussed above with respect to lower-rated securities.

 

Please see Appendix B for more information about fixed-income securities.

 

High Yield (“Junk”) Bonds

 

The Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund purchases high yield bonds (commonly called “junk bonds”). These are lower-rated bonds that involve higher current income but are predominantly speculative because they present a higher degree of credit risk than investment-grade bonds. The other Funds, except the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, may purchase these securities to a limited extent. The Investment Adviser needs to carefully analyze the financial condition of companies issuing junk bonds. The prices of junk bonds tend to be more reflective of prevailing economic and industry conditions, the issuers’ unique financial situations, and the bonds’ coupon than to small changes in the level of interest rates. But during an economic downturn or a period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged companies can have trouble making principal and interest payments, meeting projected business goals, and obtaining additional financing.

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may purchase certain restricted securities of U.S. issuers (securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) but can be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under that Act) and limited amounts of illiquid investments, including illiquid restricted securities.

 

4


Up to 15% of a Fund’s net assets may be invested in securities that are illiquid, except that the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund may only invest 10% of its net assets in such securities. Securities are considered illiquid when there is no readily available market or when they have legal or contractual restrictions or transferability.

 

Illiquid investments include restricted securities, repurchase agreements that mature in more than seven days, fixed time deposits that mature in more than seven days and participation interests in loans. These investments may be difficult to sell quickly for their fair market value.

 

Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days, however, can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term of seven days. The Investment Adviser will consider such repurchase agreements as liquid. Likewise, restricted securities (including commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act) that the Board or the Investment Adviser have determined to be liquid will be treated as such.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff has taken the position that fixed time deposits maturing in more than seven days, that cannot be traded on a secondary market, and participation interests in loans are not readily marketable and are therefore illiquid. A considerable amount of time may elapse between a Fund’s decision to dispose of restricted or illiquid securities and the time which such Fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of such securities (and therefore the value of the Fund’s shares) could decline.

 

Certain restricted securities that are not registered for sale to the general public but that can be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A may not be considered illiquid if a dealer or institutional trading market exists. The institutional trading market is relatively new. However, liquidity of a Fund’s investments could be impaired if trading for these securities does not further develop or declines. The Investment Adviser determines the liquidity of Rule 144A securities under guidelines approved by the Board.

 

Derivatives

 

Each Fund, except for Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, may use options, futures, forward contracts, and swap transactions (derivatives). The Funds may purchase, or write, call or put options on securities or on indexes (options) and may enter into interest rate or index futures contracts for the purchase or sale of instruments based on financial indices (futures contracts), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and interest rate swaps and swap-related products.

 

By investing in derivatives, the Investment Adviser may seek to protect a Fund against potentially unfavorable movements in interest rates or securities prices, or attempt to adjust a Fund’s exposure to changing securities prices, interest rates, or other factors that affect securities values. This is done in an attempt to reduce a Fund’s overall investment risk. Although it will not generally be a significant part of a Fund’s strategies, the Investment Adviser may also use derivatives to enhance returns. Opportunities to enhance returns arise when the derivative does not reflect the fair value of the underlying securities. None of the Funds will use derivatives for leverage.

 

Risks in the use of derivatives include: (1) the risk that interest rates and securities prices do not move in the directions being hedged against, in which case the Fund has incurred the cost of the derivative (either its purchase price or, by writing an option, losing the opportunity to profit from increases in the value of the securities covered) with no tangible benefit; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of derivatives and the movements of the securities’ prices or interest rates being hedged; (3) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular derivative at any time (some derivatives are not actively traded but are custom designed to meet the investment needs of a narrow group of institutional investors and can become illiquid if the needs of that group of investors change); (4) the potential loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised; and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

5


The Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund may invest in derivatives with respect to no more than 20% of each Fund’s assets. The Board will closely monitor the Investment Adviser’s use of derivatives in each of the Funds to assure they are used in accordance with the investment objectives of each Fund.

 

Options on Securities and Securities Indexes

 

The Funds may write (i.e., sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which they may invest. A call option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A Fund would normally write a call option in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that the Fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding. A Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on securities transactions alone. However, by writing the call option a Fund might forgo the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

 

A put option written by a Fund would obligate the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund would have deposited with its custodian cash or liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Fund. However, in return for the option premium, a Fund accepts the risk that it might be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

 

In addition, a Fund may cover a written call option or put option by maintaining liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian or by purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position.

 

A Fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index composed of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 

A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in the Fund. A Fund may cover call and put options on a securities index by maintaining cash or liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian.

 

A Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as closing purchase transactions.

 

A Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or options on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest. A Fund would also be able to enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

 

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the call option.

 

6


A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of its securities (protective puts) or in securities in which it may invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise such a Fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the put option.

 

A Fund would purchase put and call options on securities indexes for the same purposes as it would purchase options on individual securities.

 

Risks Associated with Options Transactions

 

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular exchange-traded option at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

 

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

The Funds may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S., United Kingdom, and other exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a Fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the formula.

 

Transactions by a Fund in options on securities and securities indices will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert. Thus, the number of options which a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser of the Funds. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

 

7


The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary securities transactions. The successful use of protective puts for hedging purposes depends in part on an ability to anticipate future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

 

The Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write options on futures contracts. A Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities), securities indexes, and other financial instruments and indexes. A Fund will engage in futures or related options transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined below or to increase total returns to the extent permitted by regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). All futures contracts entered into by a Fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC.

 

Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy or sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

 

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current securities through the sale of futures contracts. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.

 

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While a Fund’s futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, it may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

 

Hedging Strategies. Hedging by use of futures contracts seeks to establish more certainty than would otherwise be possible in the effective price or rate of return on securities that a Fund owns or proposes to acquire. A Fund may, for example, take a short position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in order to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s securities.

 

If, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of a Fund’s securities may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this difference in volatility based on historical patterns and to compensate for it by having a Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Fund’s securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of the Fund’s securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the Fund’s securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

 

On other occasions, a Fund may take a long position by purchasing such futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or interest rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

 

8


Options on Futures Contracts. The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a Fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the option premium and transaction costs.

 

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of a Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, a Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated to purchase a futures contract, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. A Fund will increase transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

 

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

 

Other Considerations. Where permitted, a Fund will engage in futures transactions and in related options transactions only for bona fide hedging, yield enhancement and risk management purposes to the extent permitted by CFTC regulations. A Fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or which it expects to purchase. Except as stated below, each Fund’s futures transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes, i.e., futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. As evidence of this hedging intent, a Fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), that Fund will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for a Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

 

As an alternative to literal compliance with the bona fide hedging definition, a CFTC regulation permits a Fund to elect to comply with a different test under which the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in futures contracts and options on futures, for the purpose of increasing total return, will not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which such options were in-the-money at the time of purchase. As permitted, each Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and in related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

 

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating a Fund to purchase securities or currencies, require the Fund to segregate with its custodian liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

 

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the position which the Fund intends to protect, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

 

9


Perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and current positions may be difficult to achieve because no futures contracts based on individual equity securities are currently available. The only futures contracts available to these Funds for hedging purposes are various futures on U.S. government securities and securities indexes.

 

Swap Transactions

 

The Funds may, to the extent permitted by the SEC, enter into privately negotiated swap transactions with other financial institutions in order to take advantage of investment opportunities generally not available in public markets. In general, these transactions involve swapping a return based on certain securities, instruments, or financial indexes with another party, such as a commercial bank, in exchange for a return based on different securities, instruments, or financial indexes.

 

By entering into swap transactions, a Fund may be able to protect the value of a portion of its securities against declines in market value. A Fund may also enter into swap transactions to facilitate implementation of allocation strategies between different market segments or to take advantage of market opportunities which may arise from time to time.

 

A Fund may be able to enhance its overall performance if the return offered by the other party to the swap transaction exceeds the return swapped by the Fund. However, there can be no assurance that the return a Fund receives from the counterparty to the swap transaction will exceed the return it swaps to that party.

 

While a Fund will only enter into swap transactions with counterparties it considers creditworthy, a risk inherent in swap transactions is that the other party to the transaction may default on its obligations under the swap agreement. Each Fund will monitor the creditworthiness of parties with which it has swap transactions. If the other party to the swap transaction defaults on its obligations, a Fund would be limited to contractual remedies under the swap agreement. There can be no assurance that a Fund will succeed when pursuing its contractual remedies. To minimize a Fund’s exposure in the event of default, the Funds will usually enter into swap transactions on a net basis (i.e., the parties to the transaction will net the payments payable to each other before such payments are made). When a Fund enters into swap transactions on a net basis, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each such swap agreement will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund’s custodian. To the extent a Fund enters into swap transactions other than on a net basis, the amount segregated will be the full amount of the Fund’s obligations, if any, with respect to each such swap agreement, accrued on a daily basis. See “Segregated Accounts.”

 

Swap agreements are considered to be illiquid by the SEC staff and will be subject to the limitations on illiquid investments. See “Restricted and Illiquid Securities.”

 

To the extent that there is an imperfect correlation between the return a Fund is obligated to swap and the securities or instruments representing such return, the value of the swap transaction may be adversely affected. Therefore, a Fund will not enter into a swap transaction unless it owns or has the right to acquire the securities or instruments representative of the return it is obligated to swap with the counterparty to the swap transaction. It is not the intention of the Funds to engage in swap transactions in a speculative manner, but rather primarily to hedge or manage the risks associated with assets held in a Fund, or to facilitate the implementation of strategies of purchasing and selling assets for a Fund.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

The Funds may enter into interest rate swaps for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes. Since swaps are entered into for good faith hedging purposes or are offset by a segregated account as described below, the Investment Adviser believes that swaps do not constitute senior securities as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to

 

10


the Fund’s borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or other liquid securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to such accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. A Fund will not enter into any interest rate swap unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party to the swap is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market.

 

Foreign Securities

 

The Funds may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities, other than ADRs, will be held in custody by an approved selected sub-custodian, who will handle transactions with Euro-clear, the securities clearance and depository facilities operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in Brussels, Belgium.

 

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks and considerations include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign securities transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investment in foreign countries and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital and currencies. Foreign issuers may also be subject to less government regulation than U.S. companies. Moreover, the dividends and interest payable on foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders. Further, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility.

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect, favorably or unfavorably, the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or perceived changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.

 

Short Sales

 

The Funds may sell securities which they do not own or own but do not intend to deliver to the buyer (sell short) if, at the time of the short sale, the Fund making the short sale owns or has the right to acquire an equal amount of the security being sold short at no additional cost. These transactions allow the Funds to hedge against price fluctuations by locking in a sale price for securities they do not wish to sell immediately.

 

A Fund may make a short sale when it decides to sell a security it owns at a currently attractive price. This allows the Fund to postpone a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes and to satisfy certain tests applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The Funds will only make short sales if the total amount of all short sales does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Fund. This limitation can be changed at any time.

 

The Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund may also sell securities short if no more than 2% of a Fund’s total assets is invested in a single short sale position and no more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in short sale positions.

 

11


Purchase of When-Issued Securities

 

The Funds may enter into firm commitment agreements for the purchase of securities on a specified future date. Thus, the Funds may purchase, for example, new issues of fixed-income instruments on a when-issued basis, whereby the payment obligation, or yield to maturity, or coupon rate on the instruments may not be fixed at the time of the transaction. A Fund will not purchase securities on a when-issued basis if, as a result, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets would be so invested. In addition, the Funds may invest in asset-backed securities on a delayed delivery basis. This reduces the Funds’ risk of early repayment of principal, but exposes the Funds to some additional risk that the transaction will not be consummated.

 

When a Fund enters into a firm commitment agreement, liability for the purchase price and the rights and risks of ownership of the security accrue to the Fund at the time it becomes obligated to purchase such security, although delivery and payment occur at a later date. Accordingly, if the market price of the security should decline, the effect of such an agreement would be to obligate the Fund to purchase the security at a price above the current market price on the date of delivery and payment. During the time a Fund is obligated to purchase such security it will be required to segregate assets. See “Segregated Accounts.”

 

Segregated Accounts

 

In connection with when-issued securities, firm commitment agreements, futures, the writing of options, and certain other transactions in which a Fund incurs an obligation to make payments in the future, such Fund may be required to segregate assets with its custodian in amounts sufficient to settle the transaction. To the extent required, such segregated assets will consist of liquid securities.

 

Lending of Securities

 

As a means to earn additional income a Fund may lend its securities to brokers and dealers that are not affiliated with the Investment Adviser, are registered with the Commission and are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”), and also to certain other financial institutions subject to certain investment restrictions (see the “Investment Restrictions” section of this SAI)All loans will be fully collateralized. In connection with the lending of its securities, a Fund will receive as collateral cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government (i.e., Treasury securities), or other collateral permitted by applicable law, which at all times while the loan is outstanding will be maintained in amounts equal to at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, or such lesser percentage as may be permitted by applicable law, as reviewed daily. A Fund lending its securities will receive amounts equal to the interest or dividends paid on the securities loaned and in addition will expect to receive a portion of the income generated by the short-term investment of cash received as collateral or, alternatively, where securities or a letter of credit are used as collateral, a lending fee paid directly to the Fund by the borrower of the securities. Such loans will be terminable by the Fund at any time and will not be made to affiliates of the Investment Adviser. A Fund may terminate a loan of securities in order to regain record ownership of, and to exercise beneficial rights related to, the loaned securities, including but not necessarily limited to voting or subscription rights, and may, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, terminate a loan in the event that a vote of holders of those securities is required on a material matter. The Fund must have the right to call the loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on three days notice. This includes the right to call the loan to enable the Fund to execute shareholder voting rights. Such loans cannot exceed one-third of the Fund’s net assets taken at market value. Interest on loaned securities cannot exceed 10% of the annual gross income of the Fund (without offset for realized capital gains). A Fund may pay reasonable fees to persons unaffiliated with the Fund for services or for arranging such loans. Loans of securities will be made only to firms deemed creditworthy.

 

A Fund lending securities will incur credit risks as with any extension of credit. The Fund risks delay in recovering the loaned securities should the borrower of securities default, become the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, or otherwise be unable to fulfill its obligations or fail financially. Lending securities to broker-dealers and institutions could result in a loss or a delay in recovering the Fund’s securities.

 

The lending policy described in this paragraph is a fundamental policy that can only be changed by a vote of a majority of shareholders.

 

12


Indebtedness

 

From time to time, the Funds may purchase the direct indebtedness of various companies (Indebtedness) or participation in such Indebtedness. The Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund is more likely to invest in such securities than the other Funds. Indebtedness represents a specific commercial loan or portion of a loan which has been given to a company by a financial institution such as a bank or insurance company (Bank Claims). The company is typically obligated to repay such commercial loan over a specified time period. By purchasing the Bank Claims, a Fund steps into the shoes of the financial institution which made the loan to the company prior to its restructuring or refinancing. Such Bank Claims purchased by a Fund may be in the form of loans, notes or bonds.

 

The Funds normally invest in the Indebtedness which has the highest priority of repayment by the company. However, on occasion, lower priority Indebtedness also may be acquired.

 

Indebtedness of companies may also include Trade Claims. Trade Claims generally represent money due to a supplier of goods or services to the companies issuing indebtedness. Company Indebtedness, including Bank Claims and Trade Claims, may be illiquid (as defined below).

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

The Funds may invest in variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities. These are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. They are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

13


Short-term corporate obligations may also include variable amount master demand notes. Variable amount master notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts by a Fund at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The Fund has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may repay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. The borrower is typically a large industrial or finance company which also issues commercial paper. Typically these notes provide that the interest rate is set daily by the borrower. The rate is usually the same or similar to the interest rate on commercial paper being issued by the borrower. Because variable amount master notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded, and there is no secondary market for these notes, although they are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at the face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. Accordingly, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. In connection with master demand note arrangements, the Fund considers earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the issuer. The Funds will only invest in master demand notes of U.S. issuers. While master demand notes, as such, are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, if not so rated the Funds may invest in them only if at the time of an investment the issuer meets the criteria set forth in the Prospectus for all other commercial paper issuers. A Fund will not invest more than 25% of its assets in master demand notes.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements have the characteristics of loans by a Fund, and will be fully collateralized (either with physical securities or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian bank) at all times. During the term of a repurchase agreement the Fund retains the security subject to the repurchase agreement as collateral securing the seller’s repurchase obligation, continually monitors the market value of the security subject to the agreement, and requires the seller to deposit with the Fund additional collateral equal to any amount by which the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement. The Funds will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, and with primary dealers in United States government securities or their wholly-owned subsidiaries whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the Investment Adviser and which have, therefore, been determined to present minimal credit risk.

 

Securities underlying repurchase agreements will be limited to certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies or instrumentalities, in which the Fund may otherwise invest. A Fund will not invest in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days if that would result in more than 10% of the Fund’s net assets being so invested when taking into account the remaining days to maturity of its existing repurchase agreements.

 

If a seller of a repurchase agreement defaults and does not repurchase the security subject to the agreement, the Fund would look to the collateral security underlying the seller’s repurchase agreement, including the securities subject to the repurchase agreement, for satisfaction of the seller’s obligation to the Fund. In such event, the Fund might incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral and might suffer a loss if the value of the collateral declines. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against a seller of a repurchase agreement, realization upon the collateral may be delayed or limited. If the seller is unable to make a timely repurchase, the expected proceeds could be delayed, or the Fund could suffer a loss in principal or current interest, or incur costs in liquidating the collateral. The Funds have established procedures to evaluate the creditworthiness of parties making repurchase agreements.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Leverage

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with Federal Reserve member banks and U.S. securities dealers from time to time. In a reverse repurchase transaction the Fund sells securities and simultaneously agrees to repurchase them at a price which reflects an agreed-upon rate of interest. The Fund will use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to make other investments which either mature or are under an agreement to resell at a date simultaneous with, or prior to, the expiration of the reverse

 

14


repurchase agreement. The Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements only if the interest income to be earned from the investment proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the reverse repurchase transaction.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of leverage which increases the opportunity for gain and the risk of loss for a given change in market value. In addition, the gains or losses will cause the net asset value of a Fund’s shares to rise or fall faster than would otherwise be the case. There may also be a risk of delay in the recovery of the underlying securities if the opposite party has financial difficulties. A Fund’s obligations under all borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, will not exceed one-third of the Fund’s net assets.

 

The use of reverse repurchase agreements is included in the Fund’s borrowing policy and is subject to the limits of Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act. During the time a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, each Fund that has entered into such an agreement maintains a segregated account with its Custodian containing cash or other liquid securities having a value at least equal to the repurchase price under the reverse repurchase agreement.

 

Municipal Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in municipal obligations. The equity Funds may invest in such obligations as part of their cash management techniques. In addition to the usual risks associated with investing for income, the value of municipal obligations can be affected by changes in the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuers. The credit quality of a municipal obligation can be affected by, among other factors: a) the financial condition of the issuer or guarantor; b) the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue; c) the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose; d) political or economic developments in the region or jurisdiction where the security is issued; and e) the liquidity of the security. Because municipal obligations are generally traded over the counter, the liquidity of a particular issue often depends on the willingness of dealers to make a market in the security. The liquidity of some municipal issues can be enhanced by demand features which enable the Fund to demand payment from the issuer or a financial intermediary on short notice.

 

Small Capitalization Stocks

 

Except for the Premier Cash Reserve Fund, the Funds may invest in small capitalization stocks. The securities of small companies are usually less actively followed by analysts and may be under-valued by the market, which can provide significant opportunities for capital appreciation; however, the securities of such small companies may also involve greater risks and may be subject to more volatile market movements than securities of larger, more established companies. The securities of small companies are often traded in the over-the counter market, and might not be traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of small companies are likely to be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies.

 

Over-The-Counter-Market

 

The Funds may invest in over-the-counter stocks. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock. Low trading volumes may make it difficult to find a buyer or seller for the securities of some companies. This will have an effect on the purchase or selling price of a stock.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are generally securities evidencing ownership or interest in pools of many individual mortgages or other loans. Part of the cash flow of these securities is from the early payoff of some of the underlying loans. The specific amount and timing of such prepayments is difficult to predict, creating prepayment risk. For example, prepayments on Government National Mortgage Association certificates (“GNMA”s) are more likely to increase during periods of declining long-term interest rates because borrowers tend to refinance when interest rates drop. In the event of very high prepayments, the Funds may be required to invest these proceeds at a lower interest rate, causing them to earn less than if the prepayments had not

 

15


occurred. Prepayments are more likely to decrease during periods of rising interest rates, causing the expected average life of the underlying mortgages to become longer. This variability of prepayments will tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and to exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds and strips. Zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments. Instead, they are sold at a discount from face value. A single lump sum, which represents both principal and interest, is paid at maturity. Strips are debt securities whose interest coupons are taken out and traded separately after the securities are issued but otherwise are comparable to zero coupon bonds. The market value of zero coupon bonds and strips generally is more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality.

 

Investments in Other Investment Companies

 

Up to 10% of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the shares of other investment companies, but only up to 5% of its assets may be invested in any one other investment company. In addition, no Fund may purchase more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one investment company.

 

Special Situations

 

The Funds may invest in “special situations” from time to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, the securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due to a specific development with respect to that issuer. Developments creating a special situation might include, among others, a merger proposal or buyout, a leveraged recapitalization, a new product or process, a technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate event, or differences in market supply of and demand for the security. Investment in special situations may carry an additional risk of loss in the event that the anticipated development does not occur or does not attract the expected attention. It is not the policy of any of the Funds to select investments based primarily on the possibility of one or more of these investment techniques and opportunities being presented.

 

Investment Restrictions

 

Investment restrictions numbered 1 through 10 below have been adopted as fundamental policies of the Funds. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed with respect to a Fund without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. Each Fund will operate as a diversified company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, except the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, which will operate as a non-diversified fund. The non-diversified Fund reserves the right to become a diversified fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Investment restrictions 11 through 14 may be changed by a vote of the Board of Directors of the Company at any time.

 

1. Borrowing

 

Each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests and cash payments of dividends and distributions that might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) valued at market less liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made. Whenever outstanding borrowings, not including reverse repurchase agreements, represent 5% or more of a Fund’s total assets, the Fund will not make any additional investments.

 

16


2. Lending

 

No Fund may lend its assets or money to other persons, except through (a) purchasing debt obligations, (b) lending securities in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the Fund’s assets taken at market value, (c) entering into repurchase agreements (d) trading in financial futures contracts, index futures contracts, securities indexes and options on financial futures contracts, options on index futures contracts, options on securities and options on securities indexes and (e) entering into variable rate demand notes.

 

3. 5% Fund Rule

 

Except for the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, no Fund may purchase securities (other than U.S. government securities) of any issuer if, as a result of the purchase, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of the issuer, except that up to 25% of the value of the total assets of each Fund, other than the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, may be invested without regard to this limitation. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction. With respect to the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, no more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer (other than cash items and government securities); and, with respect to 50% of the Fund’s total assets, no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer (other than cash items and government securities). Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund may invest more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets, but not more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, in the securities of one issuer for a period not to exceed three business days.

 

4. 10% Issuer Rule

 

No Fund may purchase more than 10% of the voting securities of any one issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding securities of any class of issuer, except that (a) this limitation is not applicable to a Fund’s investments in government securities and (b) up to 25% of the value of the assets of a Fund may be invested without regard to these 10% limitations. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction. These limitations are subject to any further limitations under the 1940 Act.

 

5. 25% Industry Rule

 

No Fund may invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in securities issued by companies engaged in any one industry, including non-domestic banks or any foreign government. This limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities. For the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, investments in the following are not subject to the 25% limitation: repurchase agreements and securities loans collateralized by United States government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and obligations (other than commercial paper) issued or guaranteed by United States banks and United States branches of foreign banks.

 

6. Underwriting

 

No Fund may underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the sale of securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and limitations may be deemed to be an underwriting, and except that the Fund may acquire securities under circumstances in which, if the securities were sold, the Fund might be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

 

7. Real Estate

 

No Fund may purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnership interests, or invest in oil, gas or mineral leases, or mineral exploration or development programs, except that a Fund may (a) invest in securities secured by real estate, mortgages or interests in real estate or mortgages, (b) purchase securities issued by companies that invest or deal in real estate, mortgages or interests in real estate or mortgages, (c) engage in the purchase and sale of real estate as necessary to provide it with an office for the transaction of business or (d) acquire real estate or interests in real estate securing an issuer’s obligations, in the event of a default by that issuer.

 

17


8. Short Sales

 

No Fund, except the Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, may make short sales of securities or maintain a short position unless, at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short. The Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position unless (a) at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short, or (b) no more than 2% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in a single short sale position and no more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in short sale positions.

 

9. Margin Purchases

 

No Fund may purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may obtain any short-term credits necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, financial futures contracts or related options, and options on securities, and options on securities indexes will not be deemed to be a purchase of securities on margin by a Fund.

 

10. Commodities

 

No Fund may invest in commodities, except that each Fund (other than the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund) may invest in futures contracts (including financial futures contracts or securities index futures contracts) and related options and other similar contracts as described in this Statement of Additional Information and in the Prospectus.

 

11. Securities of Other Investment Companies

 

No Fund may purchase securities of other investment companies, other than a security acquired in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization or offer of exchange and except as permitted under the 1940 Act, if as a result of the purchase: (a) more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of investment companies; (b) more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one investment company; or (c) the Fund would own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any investment company.

 

12. Invest for Control

 

No Fund may invest in companies for the purposes of exercising control or management.

 

13. Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

No Fund will invest more than 15% (10% for the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund) of its net assets in illiquid investments, which includes most repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, currency and interest rate swaps, time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain over-the-counter option contracts, participation interests in loans, securities that are not readily marketable, and restricted securities, unless the Investment Adviser determines, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets and available reliable price information for the specific security, that such restricted securities are eligible to be deemed liquid under Rule 144A. For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of by a Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities. In no event will any Fund’s investment in illiquid securities, in the aggregate, exceed 15% (10% for the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund) of its assets. If through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, any Fund were in a position where more than 15% of its assets were invested in illiquid securities, it would take appropriate steps to protect liquidity.

 

18


The Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Investment Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of restricted securities. The Board, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. When no market, dealer, or matrix quotations are available for a security, illiquid investments are priced at fair value as determined in good faith by a committee appointed by the Board. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance exactly how the market for restricted securities sold and offered under Rule 144A will develop, the Board will carefully monitor each Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity, and availability of information. To the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities, this investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of liquidity in a Fund.

 

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of restricted securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities would trade if they were not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market prices is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the restricted securities, and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

 

Management of the Company

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 22, 1995. The Company is registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company of the series type. Each Fund constitutes a separate series. All series, except the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, are diversified investment companies. Each series, except Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Diversified Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Bond Fund and Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, has two classes of shares, Investor Class and Class A Shares (the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund has two classes of shares, Investor Class and Institutional Class). This SAI describes the Investor Class and Institutional Class of shares only. For more information about the Investor Class Shares or the Institutional Class Shares, or the other series of the Company call 800-892-7587. The Company reserves the right to issue additional classes of shares in the future without the consent of shareholders, and can allocate any remaining unclassified shares or reallocate any unissued classified shares. The fiscal year-end of the Company is December 31.

 

Except for the differences noted, each share of a Fund has equal dividend, redemption and liquidation rights with other shares of the Fund and when issued, is fully paid and nonassessable. Each share of each class of a Fund represents an identical legal interest in the investments of the Fund. Each class has certain expenses related solely to that class. Each class will have exclusive voting rights under any 12b-1 distribution plan related to that class. In the event that a special meeting of shareholders is called, separate votes are taken by each class only if a matter affects, or requires the vote of, that class. Although the legal rights of holders of each class of shares are identical, it is likely that the difference in expenses will result in different net asset values and dividends. The classes may have different exchange privileges.

 

As a Maryland corporation, the Company is not required to hold regular annual meetings of shareholders. Ordinarily there will be no shareholder meetings, unless requested by shareholders holding 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company, or unless required by the 1940 Act or Maryland law. You are entitled to cast one vote for each share you own of each Fund. At a special shareholders meeting, if one is called, issues that affect all the Funds in substantially the same way will be voted on by all shareholders, without regard to the Funds. Issues that do not affect a Fund will not be voted on by the shareholders of that Fund. Issues that affect all Funds, but in which their interests are not substantially the same, will be voted on separately by each Fund.

 

19


Directors and Officers

 

Responsibility for the management and supervision of the Company and its Funds rests with the Board. The Investment Adviser is subject to the direction of the Board.

 

The names of the directors and executive officers of the Company, their business addresses and their principal occupations during the past five years are listed below. Each of the officers listed below is an employee of an entity that provides services to the Funds. An asterisk (*) appears after the name of each director who is an interested person of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Independent Directors:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held

with Transamerica

Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served


  

Number of

Portfolios

Overseen in

the Complex


  

Principal Occupations

During the Past 5 years


  

Other Directorships


Charles C. Reed

Aon Risk Services

707 Wilshire Blvd.,

Suite 6000

Los Angeles, CA 90017

DOB 8/28/33

   Director and Chairman of the Board   

Indefinite**

1995 – present;

Chairman since 2004

   11    Vice Chairman of Aon Risk Services Inc. of Southern California    N/A

Sidney E. Harris

Georgia State University

35 Broad Street, Suite 718

Atlanta, Georgia 30303

DOB 7/21/49

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Dean of Robinson College of Business, Georgia State University (1997 – present)   

The ServiceMaster Company (1994 – present);

Total System Services, Inc. (1999 – present).

Carl R. Terzian

Carl Terzian Associates

12400 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 200

Los Angeles, CA 90025

DOB 10/22/35

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Chairman of Carl Terzian Associates (public relations) (1969 – present)   

National Mercantile Bancorp (holding company) and Mercantile National Bank (1998 – present);

Electronic Clearing House, Inc. (2002 – present).

Sandra N. Bane

303 Palmetto Drive

Pasadena, CA 91105

DOB 6/13/52

   Director   

Indefinite**

2003 – present

   11    Retired KPMG (1999 – present)    Big 5 Sporting Goods (2002 – present)

 

20


Interested Director:

 

Gary U. Rollé*

Transamerica Center

1150 S. Olive St.

Los Angeles, CA 90015

DOB 7/24/41

  

Director and

President

  

Indefinite**

1999 – present

   11    Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (TIM) (1999 – present); Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (TISI) (1967 – present); Director, Transamerica Life Canada; AEGON Capital Management Inc.; AEGON Fund Management Inc.; Gemini Investments, Inc.; Transamerica CBO I, Inc.    N/A

 

Officers:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held

with Transamerica

Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office and

Length of Time

Served


  

Principal Occupations

During the Past 5 years


Brian C. Scott*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 9/29/43

   Chief Executive Officer    2003 – present***    Trustee, President and CEO, AEGON/ Transamerica Series Trust (ATST), Transamerica IDEX Mutual Funds (TA IDEX) (2002 – present); Director, President & CEO, Transamerica Fund Advisors, Inc. (TFAI) & Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (TFS) (2001 – present) Director, Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (TISI) (2003 – present)

John K. Carter*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 4/24/61

   Vice President, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer    2003 – present***    Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer, ATST, TA IDEX (1999 – present) & TIS (2002 – present); Director (2002 – present), Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, & Secretary, TFAI & TFS (2000 – present); Chief Compliance Officer, TFAI (2004 – present); Vice President, AFSG Securities Corporation (AFSG) (2001 – present); Vice President, TISI (2003 – present)

Kim D. Day*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 8/2/55

   Vice President and Treasurer    2003 – present***    Sr. Vice President, Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer, ATST, TA IDEX & TIS (2003 – present); Sr. Vice President & Treasurer, TFAI & TFS (2002 – present); Director & Vice President, AFSG (2004 – present); Vice President, TISI (2003 – present)

* Appears after the name of each director or officer who is an Interested Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company.
** Directors serve an indefinite term until his/her successor is elected.
*** Elected and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of Transamerica Investors, Inc. No officer of Transamerica Investors, Inc. except for the Chief Compliance Officer receives any compensation from Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Additional information about the fund directors can be found in the Statement of Additional Information, available without charge by calling: 1-800-892-7587.

 

The directors are responsible for major decisions relating to the Funds’ objectives, policies and operations. Day-to-day decisions by the officers of the Funds are reviewed by the directors on a quarterly basis. During the interim between quarterly Board meetings, the Executive Committee is empowered to act when necessary for the Board of Directors.

 

21


No officer, director or employee of Transamerica Investment Management LLC, or any of its affiliates receives any compensation from the Company for acting as a director or officer of the Company. Each director of the Company who is not an interested person of the Company receives an annual fee of $10,000, and $1,000 for each meeting of the Company’s Board attended, and $500 for each Board committee meeting attended, and is reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with such attendance.

 

Compensation Table

 

The following table provides compensation amounts paid to Disinterested Directors of the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

22


Name of Person, Position


   Aggregate Compensation
from Transamerica
Premier Funds


   Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part
of Fund Expenses


   Total Compensation Paid
to Directors from
Transamerica Premier
Funds


Sidney E. Harris

   $31,000    —      $31,000

Charles C. Reed

   $34,000    —      $34,000

Carl R. Terzian

   $31,000    —      $31,000

Sandra N. Bane

   $34,000    —      $34,000

Gary U. Rollé

   N/A         N/A

 

Director Ownership of Equity Securities

 

The table below gives the dollar range of shares of Transamerica Premier Funds as well as the aggregate dollar range of shares of all Funds advised and sponsored by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, owned by each Director as of December 31, 2004.

 

Name of Director


  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered
Investment Companies Overseen by
Directors in Family of Investment
Companies


Sidney E. Harris

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Charles C. Reed

   —      —  

Carl R. Terzian

   —      —  

Sandra N. Bane

   —      —  

Gary U. Rollé

   —      —  

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Directors are responsible for major decisions relating to each Fund’s objective, policies and techniques. They review investment decisions, although they do not actively participate on a regular basis in making such decisions. The Board of Directors has three standing committees that each perform specialized functions: an Audit Committee, Nominating Committee and Executive Committee.

 

Committee


  

Functions


  

Members


   Number of
Meetings Held
During Last
Fiscal Year


Audit Committee    Review the financial reporting process, the system of internal control, the audit process and the Transamerica Premier process for monitoring compliance and applicable laws and the Transamerica Premier Code of Ethics.    Independent Directors    4
Nominating Committee   

Nominates and evaluates independent Director candidates.

The Fund does not accept nominations from shareholders.

   Independent Directors    0
Executive Committee    Performs all functions as those performed by the Board of Directors, except as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of Transamerica Investors, Inc.    Independent Directors plus Gary Rolle    0

 

23


The officers and directors of Transamerica Investors, Inc. together owned less than 1% of the shares of each of the equity Funds. As of April 12, 2005, the following shareholders owned 25% or more of the Investor Class or Institutional Class shares of the indicated Funds:

 

Shareholder


  

Transamerica

Premier Fund


   Percent
Owned


 
Investor Class:            

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY AS TTEE/CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Balanced Fund    46.18 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Bond Fund    71.77 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Equity Fund    27.41 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY AS TTEE/CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Growth Opportunities Fund    27.91 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY AS TTEE/ CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Diversified Equity Fund    50.67 %

 

Institutional Class:

 

As of April 12, 2005, Transamerica Life Insurance and Annuity Company, 1150 S. Olive Street, Los Angeles, CA 90015 owned 100% of the Institutional Class shares of the Premier High Yield Bond Fund.as of April 12, 2005 and thus may be deemed to be able to control the outcome of any matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of that Fund.

 

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Investors Bank & Trust Co. and National Financial Services hold these shares as nominees for the beneficial owners of such shares (none of whom individually own more than 25% of any of the Fund’s outstanding shares). With respect to such shares, these companies have no investment discretion and only limited discretionary voting power as nominee holders.

 

Investor Class:

 

In addition, as of April 12, 2005, the following shareholders owned 5% or more of the Investor Class shares of the indicated equity Funds:

 

Shareholder


  

Transamerica

Premier Funds


   Percent
Owned


 

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Focus Fund    20.67 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Focus Fund    14.25 %

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 WORLD FINANCIAL CTR

200 LIBERTY ST FL 5, NEW YORK NY 10281-5503

   Focus Fund    8.90 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Focus Fund    8.40 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Balanced Fund    46.18 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Balanced Fund    16.21 %

 

24


TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL LIFE INS

CORP ACCT

1150 SOUTH OLIVE STREET, T-27, LOS ANGELES CA 90015-2211

   Balanced Fund    5.91 %

BARB & CO

C/O AMCORE INVESTMENT GROUP NA

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 4599, ROCKFORD IL 61110-4599

   Balanced Fund    5.27 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Bond Fund    71.77 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Bond Fund    8.73 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Equity Fund    27.41 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Equity Fund    16.84 %

SCUDDER TRUST CO TTEE FBO

MOHAWK CARPET CO RETIREMENT SAVING PLAN II

PO BOX 1757, SALEM NH 03079-1143

   Equity Fund    9.08 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   High Yield Bond Fund    23.21 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Index Fund    17.39 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Index Fund    14.82 %

TRANSAMERICA OCCIDENTAL LIFE INS

CORP ACCT

1150 SOUTH OLIVE STREET, T-27, LOS ANGELES CA 90015-2211

   Index Fund    12.87 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Growth Opportunities Fund    27.91 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Growth Opportunities Fund    18.07 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Growth Opportunities Fund    13.78 %

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES

1 WORLD FINANCIAL CTR

200 LIBERTY ST FL 5, NEW YORK NY 10281-5503

   Growth Opportunities Fund    7.14 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

AS TTEE/ CUST FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Diversified Equity Fund    50.67 %

KANSAS POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION

SAVINGS PLAN-695 MODERATE AGG

PO BOX 419200, KANSAS CITY MO 64141-6200

   Diversified Equity Fund    9.06 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Diversified Equity Fund    8.41 %

KANSAS POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION

SAVINGS PLAN-694 AGGRESSIVE

PO BOX 419200, KANSAS CITY MO 64141-6200

   Diversified Equity Fund    7.71 %

ARC REINSURANCE CORPORATION

AEGON MANAGEMENT

51 JFK PARKWAY, SHORT HILLS NJ 07078-2704

   Diversified Equity Fund    7.28 %

 

25


Investment Adviser

 

The Funds’ Investment Adviser is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, (the “Adviser” or ‘TIM”), at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc.(“TIS”), at the same address. TIS was adviser until January 1, 2000. Prior to May 1, 2003, TIS served as sub-adviser to the Funds, providing certain investment research and other services under an agreement with the Fund and the Adviser. Effective April 30, 2003, TIS resigned its position as sub-adviser.

 

The Adviser will: (1) supervise and manage the investments of each Fund and direct the purchase and sale of its investment securities; and (2) see that investments follow the investment objectives and comply with government regulations. The Adviser is also responsible for the selection of brokers and dealers to execute transactions for each Fund. Some of these brokers or dealers may be affiliated persons of the Company, the Adviser, Administrator, or the Distributor. Although it is the Company’s policy to seek the best price and execution for each transaction, the Adviser may give consideration to brokers and dealers who provide the Funds with statistical information and other services in addition to transaction services. See “Brokerage Allocation” below.

 

26


Following are the amounts of advisory fees earned1, amounts waived, and net amounts received for each Fund over the last three fiscal years. Certain fees were waived by the Adviser.

 

Transamerica Premier Funds

Fiscal Year


  

Advisory Fee

Earned


  

Advisory Fee

Waived2


  

Advisory Fee

Net Received


 

Premier Focus Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
722,081
719,704
804,777
   $
$
$
0
0
20,113
   $
$
$
722,081
719,704
784,664
 
 
 

Premier Equity Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
1,061,642
1,263,585
1,450,803
   $
$
 
0
0
—  
   $
$
$
1,061,642
1,263,585
4,450,803
 
 
 

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
916,872
783,655
1,037,472
   $
$
$
0
0
22,198
   $
$
$
916,872
783,655
1,015,274
 
 
 

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
87,330
122,863
386,889
   $
$
$
0
17,306
169,226
   $
$
$
87,330
105,557
217,663
 
 
 

Premier Balanced Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
1,052,335
1,210,152
1,643,294
   $
$
$
0
0
7,108
   $
$
 
1,052,335
1,210,152
1,636,286
 
 
 

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
579,573
670,449
711,273
   $
$
$
58,399
45,001
36,407
   $
$
$
521,174
625,448
674,866
 
 
 

Premier Cash Reserve Fund

                      

2002

2003

2004

   $
$
$
456,496
164,379
136,786
   $
$
$
283,171
131,635
152,750
   $
$
$
173,325
32,744
(15,964
 
 
)

1 Presentation is on a Fund level, not a class level. Class level breakdown is not required by N1-A rules.
2 Assumes order of reimbursement/waiver is for class-specific expenses first, then wavier of advisory fees.

 

The Investment Adviser, TIM, is owned by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is owned by AEGON N.V., one of the world’s largest financial services and insurance groups.

 

Administrator

 

The Funds’ Administrator is Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”) (“Administrator”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. The Administrator will: (1) provide the Funds with administrative and clerical services, including the maintenance of the Funds’ books and records; (2) arrange periodic updating of the Funds’ prospectus and any supplements; (3) provide proxy materials and reports to Fund shareholders and the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (4) provide the Funds with adequate office space and all necessary office equipment and services. The Administrator also provides services for the registration of Fund shares with those states and other jurisdictions where its shares are offered or sold. The Administrator has contracted with Investors Bank & Trust Company to perform certain administrative functions.

 

27


Each Fund pays all of its expenses not assumed by the Investment Adviser/ Administrator. This includes transfer agent and custodian fees and expenses, legal and auditing fees, printing costs of reports to shareholders, registration fees and expenses, 12(b)-1 fees, and fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with Transamerica Corporation.

 

The Investment Adviser/Administrator may from time to time reimburse the Funds for some or all of their operating expenses. Such reimbursements will increase a Fund’s return. This is intended to make the Funds more competitive. This practice may be terminated at any time.

 

Prior to September 29, 2003, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM”) was the Funds’ Administrator

 

The Funds paid the following administrative expenses for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

TFS

   N/A    N/A    N/A

TIM

   N/A    N/A    N/A

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

Investors Bank & Trust Company (“IBT”), 200 Clarendon Street, 16th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, serves as custodian to the Funds. Under its custodian contract with the Company, IBT is authorized to appoint one or more banking institutions as subcustodians of assets owned by each Fund. For its custody services, IBT receives monthly fees charged to the Funds based upon the month-end, aggregate net asset value of the Funds, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The assets of the Company are held under bank custodianship in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 

Under a Transfer Agency Agreement, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, serves as the Funds’ transfer agent. The transfer agent is responsible for: a) opening and maintaining your account; b) reporting information to you about your account; c) paying you dividends and capital gains; and d) handling your requests for exchanges, transfers and redemptions. For these services TFS is paid $25.00 per year per open account; $1.00 per year per closed account; and applicable out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Distributor

 

AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”), 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52494, serves as the principal underwriter of shares of the Funds, which are continuously distributed. AFSG is a wholly owned subsidiary of Commonwealth General Corporation of Kentucky, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AEGON U.S. Corporation. AFSG is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. AFSG may also enter into arrangements whereby Fund shares may be sold by other broker-dealers, which may or may not be affiliated with AFSG.

 

Distribution of Shares of the Funds

 

The 12(b)-1 plan of distribution and related distribution contracts require the Investor Class of each Fund to pay distribution and service fees to AFSG as compensation for its activities, not as reimbursement for specific expenses. If AFSG’s expenses are more than its fees for any Fund, the Fund will not have to pay more than those fees. If AFSG’s expenses are less than the fees, it will keep the excess. The Company will pay the distribution and service fees to AFSG until the distribution contracts are terminated or not renewed. In that event, AFSG’s expenses over and above any fees through the termination date will be AFSG’s sole responsibility and not the obligation of the Company. The Board will review the distribution plan, contracts and AFSG’s expenses.

 

28


The 12(b)-1 fee covers such activities as preparation, printing and mailing of the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information for prospective customers, as well as sales literature and other media advertising, and related expenses. It can also be used to compensate sales personnel involved with selling the Funds.

 

During 2004 AFSG received $1,626,147 in 12(b)-1 fees, of which approximately $             was spent on telemarketing and prospectus distribution, approximately $             was spent on advertising and sales promotion, and approximately $             was paid as compensation to broker-dealers for distribution and services.

 

From time to time, and for one or more Funds within each class of Shares, the Distributor may waive any or all of these fees at its discretion.

 

Portfolio Manager Information

 

Information regarding other accounts managed by each fund’s portfolio manager(s), the methods by which each fund’s portfolio manager(s) are compensated, the methods by which each the range of securities owned by each portfolio manager and a description of the conflicts of interest policy applicable to each fund portfolio manager are provided in Appendix D of this SAI.

 

Proxy Voting

 

The Board of Directors has adopted proxy voting procedures pursuant to which the Company delegates to the Investment Adviser the authority and responsibility for voting proxies with respect to each Fund’s underlying securities holdings. A summary of the Investment Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures is provided in Appendix C of this SAI.

 

The Funds are required to file Form N-PX with their complete proxy voting records for the 12 months ended June 30th, no later than August 31st of each year. The Form is available without charge: (1) from the Funds, upon request by calling 1-800-892-7587; and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

29


Purchase and Redemption of Shares

 

Detailed information on how to purchase and redeem shares of a Fund is included in the Prospectus.

 

IRA Accounts

 

You can establish an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), either Regular or Roth IRA, or a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) with your employer, or a Coverdell ESA for a child. Contributions to an IRA may be deductible from your taxable income or earnings may be tax-free, depending on your personal tax situation and the type of IRA. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for your IRA application kit, or for additional information. The kit has information on who qualifies for which type of IRA.

 

If you are receiving a distribution from your pension plan, or you would like to transfer your IRA account from another financial institution, you can continue to get tax-deferred growth by transferring these proceeds to a Transamerica Premier Fund IRA. If you want to rollover distributions from your pension plan to an IRA in one or more of the Funds, the money must be paid directly by your pension plan administrator to Transamerica Premier Funds to avoid a 20% federal withholding tax.

 

Retirement accounts are subject to a custodial fee of $15 per fund/annually, with a maximum fee of $30 per Social Security Number. The fee is generally waived if the total of the retirement account’s(s’) value, by Social Security Number, is more than $50,000.

 

Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

A Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act (“UGMA/UTMA”) account allows an adult to put assets in the name of a minor child. The adult maintains control over these assets until the child reaches the age of majority, which is generally 18 or 21. State laws dictate which type of account can be used and the age of majority. An adult must be appointed as custodian for the account and will be legally responsible for administering the account, but the child’s Social Security number must be used. Generally, the person selected as custodian is one of the parents or grandparents, but may be some other adult relative or friend. By shifting assets to a custodial account, you may benefit if the child’s tax rate is lower.

 

Investor Share Redemptions in Excess of $250,000

 

If you request a redemption of up to $250,000, the amount will be paid in cash. If you redeem more than $250,000 from any one account in any one Fund in a 90-day period, we reserve the right to pay you in securities in lieu of cash.

 

The securities delivered will be selected at the sole discretion of the Fund. They will be readily marketable with an active and substantial secondary market given the type of companies involved and the characteristics of the markets in which they trade, but will not necessarily be representative of the entire Fund. They may be securities that the Fund regards as least desirable. You may incur brokerage costs in converting the securities to cash.

 

The method of valuing securities used to make the redemptions will be the same as the method of valuing securities described under “Determination of Net Asset Value” later in this document. Such valuation will be made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

 

This right is designed to give the Funds the option to lessen the adverse effect of large redemptions on the Fund and its non-redeeming shareholders. For example, assume that a shareholder redeems $1 million on a given day and that the Fund pays him $250,000 in cash and is required to sell securities for $750,000 to raise the remainder of the cash to pay him. The securities valued at $750,000 on the day of the redemption may bring a lower price when sold thereafter, so that more securities may be sold to realize $750,000. In that case, the redeeming shareholder’s proceeds would be fixed at $750,000 and the market risk would be imposed on the Fund and its remaining shareholders, who would suffer the loss. By delivering securities instead of cash, the market risk is imposed on the redeeming shareholder. The redeeming shareholder (not the Fund) bears the brokerage cost of selling the securities.

 

30


Exchange Privilege

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the prospectus or in this section, by calling Transamerica Premier Funds, investors may exchange shares between accounts with identical registrations. During periods of unusual market changes and shareholder activity, shareholders may experience delays in contacting Transamerica Premier Funds by telephone to exercise exchanges.

 

Transamerica Premier Funds makes exchanges promptly after receiving instructions in good order. If the shareholder is a corporation, partnership, agent, or surviving joint owner, additional documentation of a customary nature will be required. Because an exchange of shares involves the redemption of fund shares and reinvestment of the proceeds in shares of another Fund, completion of an exchange may be delayed under unusual circumstances if the Fund were to suspend redemptions or postpone payment for the Fund shares being exchanged, in accordance with federal securities laws. Prospectuses of the other Funds are available from Transamerica Premier Funds or investment dealers having sales contracts with AFSG. The prospectus of each Fund describes its investment objective(s) and policies, and shareholders should obtain a prospectus and consider these objectives and policies carefully before requesting an exchange. The Funds reserve the right to change or suspend the exchange privilege at any time. Shareholders would be notified of any change or suspension. Additional information is available from Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

General

 

For information about how to purchase Investor Class Shares of a Fund at net asset value through an employer’s defined contribution plan, please consult your employer. See “Distribution of Shares” in the Prospectus.

 

The Funds continuously offer their shares. The Funds receive the entire net asset value of shares sold. The Funds will accept unconditional orders for shares to be executed at the public offering price based on the net asset value per share next determined after the order is placed. No sales charge is included in the public offering price of shares. In the case of orders for purchase of shares placed through dealers, the public offering price will be based on the net asset value determined on the day the order is placed, but only if the dealer receives the order before the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). If the dealer receives the order after the close of the NYSE, the price will be based on the net asset value next determined. If funds for the purchase of shares are sent directly to Transamerica Premier Funds, they will be invested at the public offering price based on the net asset value next determined after receipt. Payment for shares of the Funds must be in U.S. dollars; if made by check, the check must be drawn on a U.S. bank.

 

Initial and subsequent purchases must satisfy the minimums stated in the Prospectus, except that (i) individual investments under certain employee benefit plans or tax qualified retirement plans may be lower.

 

The right of redemption of shares of a Fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (1) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (2) when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency, as defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), exists, making disposal of a Fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value not reasonably practicable, or (3) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders. A shareholder who pays for Fund shares by personal check will receive the proceeds of a redemption of those shares when the purchase check has been collected, which may take up to 15 calendar days. Shareholders who anticipate the need for more immediate access to their investment should purchase shares with federal funds or bank wire or by a certified or cashier’s check.

 

31


Brokerage Allocation

 

Subject to the direction of the Board, the Investment Adviser has responsibility for making a Fund’s investment decisions, for effecting the execution of trades for a Fund and for negotiating any brokerage commissions thereon. It is the Investment Adviser’s policy to obtain the best price and execution available, giving attention to net price (including commissions where applicable), execution capability (including the adequacy of a firm’s capital position), and other services related to execution; the relative priority given to these factors will depend on all of the circumstances regarding a specific trade.

 

The Investment Adviser receives a variety of brokerage and research services from brokerage firms in return for the execution by such brokerage firms of trades on behalf of the Funds. These brokerage and research services include, but are not limited to, quantitative and qualitative research information and purchase and sale recommendations regarding securities and industries, analyses and reports covering a broad range of economic factors and trends, statistical data relating to the strategy and performance of the Funds and other investment companies, services related to the execution of trades in a Fund’s securities and advice as to the valuation of securities. The research services provided by brokers through which the Funds effect securities transactions can be used by the Investment Adviser in servicing all of its accounts and not all of these services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Investment Adviser considers the quantity and quality of such brokerage and research services provided by a brokerage firm along with the nature and difficulty of the specific transaction in negotiating commissions for trades in a Fund’s securities and may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services received generally or in connection with a particular transaction.

 

Consistent with federal legislation, the Investment Adviser may obtain such brokerage and research services regardless of whether they are paid for (1) by means of commissions, or (2) by means of separate, non-commission payments. The Investment Adviser’s judgment as to whether and how it will obtain the specific brokerage and research services will be based upon its analysis of the quality of such services and the cost (depending upon the various methods of payment which may be offered by brokerage firms) and will reflect the Investment Adviser’s opinion as to which services and which means of payment are in the long-term best interests of the Funds. The Investment Adviser will not effect any brokerage transactions in the Funds’ securities with any affiliate of the Company, the Investment Adviser, or the Administrator except in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

 

Subject to the foregoing, in certain circumstances, in selecting brokerage firms to effect the execution of trades for a Fund, the Investment Adviser may also consider the ability for a broker/dealer to provide client referrals and to provide rebates of commissions by a broker to a Fund, or other account managed by the Investment Adviser, or to a third party service provider of a Fund, or other account managed by the Investment Adviser or to pay a Fund or other account expense. In recognition of the value of the foregoing factors, and in the possible research or other services provided, the Investment Adviser may place Fund transactions with a broker or dealer with whom it has negotiated commission that is in excess of commission another broker/dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Investment Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research and/or other service provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the overall responsibilities of the Investment Adviser.

 

Certain executive officers of the Investment Adviser also have supervisory responsibility with respect to the securities of the Investment Adviser’s own accounts. In placing orders for the purchase and sale of debt securities for a Fund, the Investment Adviser will normally use its own facilities. A Fund and another fund or another advisory client of the Investment Adviser, or the Investment Adviser itself, may desire to buy or sell the same publicly traded security at or about the same time. In such a case, the purchases or sales will normally be allocated as nearly as practicable on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amounts to be purchased or sold by each. In determining the amounts to be purchased and sold, the main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives of a Fund and the other funds, the relative size of holdings of the same or comparable securities, availability of cash for investment by a Fund and the other funds, and the size of their respective investment commitments.

 

32


Over the last three fiscal years, all classes of the Funds have paid the following brokerage commissions:

 

Transamerica Premier Funds


   2004

   2003

   2002

Premier Focus Fund

   $ 231,538    $ 253,169    $ 172,276

Premier Equity Fund

   $ 118,549    $ 194,915    $ 164,701

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   $ 192,971    $ 139,715    $ 218,133

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   $ 84,302    $ 26,112    $ 30,946

Premier Balanced Fund

   $ 120,194    $ 92,994    $ 105,002

Premier High Yield Bond Fund

     —        —      $ 6,011

Total

   $ 747,554    $ 706,905    $ 707,474

 

On December 31, 2004, the Premier Diversified Equity Fund held stock in J.P. Morgan Chase with a value of $1,248,320. The Premier Bond Fund held stock in Merrill Lynch with a value of $$519,733. The Premier Balanced Fund held stock in J.P. Morgan Chase with a value of $$3,901,000 and Lehman Brothers with a value of $1,175,103. The Premier Cash Reserve held stock in Goldman Sachs with a value of $1,499,727, Merrill Lynch with a value of $1,810,239 and Bank of America with a value of $249,994. In 2004, J.P. Morgan Chase, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers, Bank of America and Goldman Sachs were among these Funds’ regular brokers or dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Board is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities of each Fund, and each class of each Fund. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the net asset value per share is calculated by determining the net worth of each Fund (assets, including securities at market value, minus liabilities) divided by the number of that Fund’s outstanding shares. All securities are valued as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“Exchange”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). Each Fund will compute its net asset value once daily at the close of such trading on each day that the Exchange is open for business (as described in the Prospectus).

 

In the event that the Exchange, the Federal Reserve, or the national securities exchange on which stock options are traded adopt different trading hours on either a permanent or temporary basis, the Board will reconsider the time at which net asset value is computed. In addition, the Funds may compute their net asset value as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

 

Assets of the Funds (other than the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund) are valued as follows:

 

a) Equity securities and other similar investments (Equities) listed on any U.S. or foreign stock exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange. The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ). If no sale occurs, equities traded on a U.S. exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the mean between the closing bid and closing asked prices. Equities traded on a foreign exchange will be valued at the official bid price.

 

b) Over-the-counter securities not quoted on NASDAQ are valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

c) Debt securities purchased with a remaining maturity of 61 days or more are valued on the basis of dealer-supplied quotations or by a pricing service selected by the Investment Adviser and approved by the Board.

 

d) Options and futures contracts are valued at the last sale price on the market where any such option or futures contract is principally traded.

 

e) Over-the-counter options are valued based upon prices provided by market makers in such securities or dealers in such currencies.

 

33


f) Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued based upon quotations supplied by dealers in such contracts.

 

g) All other securities and other assets, including those for which a pricing service supplies no quotations or quotations are not deemed by the Investment Adviser to be representative of market values, but excluding debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures established by the Board.

 

h) Debt securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less will be valued at their amortized cost, which approximates market value.

 

Equities traded on more than one U.S. national securities exchange or foreign securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on each business day at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at the noon (eastern time) Reuters spot rate. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by or under procedures established by the Board.

 

All of the assets of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund are valued on the basis of amortized cost in an effort to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00 per share. The Board has determined that to be in the best interests of the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund and its shareholders. Under the amortized cost method of valuation, securities are valued at cost on the date of their acquisition, and thereafter a constant accretion of any discount or amortization of any premium to maturity is assumed, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the security. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods in which value as determined by amortized cost is higher or lower than the price the Fund would receive if it sold the security. During such periods, the quoted yield to investors may differ somewhat from that obtained by a similar fund which uses available market quotations to value all of its securities. The Board has established procedures reasonably designed, taking into account current market conditions and the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund’s investment objective, to stabilize the net asset value per share for purposes of sales and redemptions at $1.00. These procedures include review by the Board, at such intervals as it deems appropriate, to determine the extent, if any, to which the net asset value per share calculated by using available market quotations deviates from $1.00 per share. In the event such deviation should exceed one half of one percent, the Board will promptly consider initiating corrective action. If the Board believes that the extent of any deviation from a $1.00 amortized cost price per share may result in material dilution or other unfair results to new or existing shareholders, it will take such steps as it considers appropriate to eliminate or reduce these consequences to the extent reasonably practicable. Such steps may include: (1) selling securities prior to maturity; (2) shortening the average maturity of the fund; (3) withholding or reducing dividends; or (4) utilizing a net asset value per share determined from available market quotations. Even if these steps were taken, the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund’s net asset value might still decline.

 

Performance Information

 

The performance information which may be published for the Funds is historical. It is not intended to represent or guarantee future results. The investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than original cost.

 

The Transamerica Premier Equity, Transamerica Premier Index, Transamerica Premier Balanced, Transamerica Premier Bond, and Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Funds have the same investment adviser and the investment goals and policies, and their strategies are substantially similar in all material respects as the separate accounts which preceded such Funds and were operated in the same manner as such Funds. The Transamerica High Yield Bond separate account transferred (converted) all its assets to the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund in exchange for shares in the Fund. The separate accounts were not registered with the SEC, nor were they subject to Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code). Therefore, they were not subject to the investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions that apply to the Funds. If the separate accounts had been subject to

 

34


Subchapter M of the Code or regulated as investment companies under the securities laws, their performance may have been adversely affected at times. The separate account performance figures are not the Funds’ own performance and should not be considered a substitute for the Funds’ own performance. Separate account performance should not be considered indicative of any past or future performance of the Funds.

 

Average Annual Total Return for Non-Money Market Funds

 

The Company may publish total return performance information about the Funds. Fund performance usually will be shown either as cumulative total return or average periodic total return compared with other mutual funds by public ranking services, such as Lipper, Inc. Cumulative total return is the actual performance over a stated period of time. Average annual total return is the hypothetical return, compounded annually, that would have produced the same cumulative return if the Fund’s performance had been constant over the entire period. Each Fund’s total return shows its overall dollar or percentage change in value. This includes changes in the share price and reinvestment of dividends and capital gains.

 

A Fund can also separate its cumulative and average annual total returns into income results and capital gains or losses. Each Fund can quote its total returns on a before-tax or after-tax basis.

 

Quotations of average annual total return for any Fund will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a Fund over a period of one, five and ten years (or, if less, up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the formula:

 

P(1 + T)n = ERV

 

Where:

 

P   =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
T   =   an average annual total return
N   =   the number years
ERV   =   the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5, or 10 year period at the end of the 1, 5, 10 year period (or fractional portion thereof)

 

Cumulative Total Returns

 

From time to time, the Portfolio may disclose cumulative total returns in conjunction with the standard format described above. The cumulative total returns will be calculated using the following formula:

 

CTR = (ERV/P) - 1

 

Where:

 

CTR   =   The cumulative total return net of Portfolio recurring charges for the period.
ERV   =   The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical investment at the end of the period.
P   =   A hypothetical single payment of $1,000.

 

Money Market Fund Yields

 

From time to time, the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund advertises its yield and effective yield. Both yield figures are based on historical earnings and are not intended to indicate future performance. The yield of the Fund refers to the income generated by an investment in the Fund over a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the advertisement). This income is then annualized. That is, the amount of income generated by the investment during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The effective yield is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the income earned by an investment in the Fund is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

 

35


Current yield for the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital changes at the beginning of a seven-day period in the value of a hypothetical investment, subtracting any deductions from shareholder accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the hypothetical investment at the beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return. This base period return is then multiplied by (365/7) with the resulting yield figure carried to at least the nearest hundredth of one percent.

 

Calculation of effective yield begins with the same base period return used in the calculation of yield, which is then annualized to reflect weekly compounding pursuant to the following formula:

 

Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)365/7] - 1

 

30-Day Yield for Non-Money Market Funds

 

Although 30-day yields are not used in advertising, they are available upon request. Quotations will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period, less expenses accrued during the period (net investment income), and will be computed by dividing net investment income by the value of a share on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

 

Yield = 2[({[a-b]/cd} + 1)6 - 1]

 

Where:

 

a = dividends and interest earned during the period

 

b = the expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

 

c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period

 

d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period

 

Taxes

 

Each fund has qualified, and expects to continue to qualify, for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In order to qualify for that treatment, a fund must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (“Distribution Requirement”) and must meet several additional requirements. With respect to each fund, these requirements include the following: (1) the fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or those currencies (“Income Requirement”); (2) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, with respect to any one issuer, do not exceed 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and that do not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and (3) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. If each fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, then each fund should have little or no income taxable to it under the Code. Shareholders of a regulated investment company generally are required to include these distributions as ordinary income, to the extent the distributions are attributable as the RICs investment income, net short-term capital gain, and certain net realized foreign exchange gains, or as capital gains, to the extent of the RICs net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). If a fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, the fund will be subject to federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains, and distributions to its shareholders will constitute ordinary dividend income to the extent of the fund’s available earnings and profits.

 

A fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year substantially all of its ordinary income for that year and capital gains net income for the one-year

 

36


period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts. Each fund intends to distribute annually a sufficient amount of any taxable income and capital gains so as to avoid liability for this excise tax.

 

Recently enacted tax legislation generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term capital gains from sales on or after May 6, 2003 and from certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The following are guidelines for how certain distributions by the funds are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends interest income, other types of ordinary income and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer.

 

  Distributions of long-term gains from sales by the Funds before May 6, 2003 will be taxed at the maximum rate of 20%

 

Upon the sale or other disposition of fund shares, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete liquidation of a fund, a shareholder usually will realize a capital gain or loss. This loss may be long-term or short-term, generally depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. For tax purposes, a loss will be disallowed on the sale or exchange of shares if the disposed of shares are replaced (including shares acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan) within a period of 61 days. The 61 day time window begins 30 days before and ends 30 days after the date of the sale or exchange of such shares. Should a disposition fall within this 61 day window, the basis of the acquired shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by the shareholder on its disposition of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less, will be treated as a long term capital loss, to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains deemed received by the shareholder, with respect to such shares.

 

Dividends and interest received by a fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield on its securities. However, tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes. In addition, many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors and most U.S. Tax conventions preclude the imposition of such taxes.

 

Each fund may invest in the stock of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, a fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain on disposition of that stock (collectively, “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if the fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. If such a tax is imposed on a fund, the balance of the PFIC income will be included in the fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to the fund to the extent that the income is distributed to its shareholders. If a fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund,” then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital

 

37


losses). This income inclusion is required even if the PFIC does not distribute such income and gains to the fund, and the amounts so included would be subject to the Distribution Requirement described above. In many instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements thereof. Distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on “qualifying dividends.”

 

In addition, another election may be available that would involve marking to market a fund’s PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates prescribed in the Code), with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized as of such date although any such gains will be ordinary income rather than capital gain. If this election were made, tax at the fund level under the excess distribution rules would be eliminated, but a fund could incur nondeductible interest charges. A fund’s intention to qualify annually as a regulated investment company may limit a fund’s ability to make an election with respect to PFIC stock.

 

Options, Futures and Forward Contracts and Swap Agreements. — Certain options, futures contracts, and forward contracts in which a fund may invest may be “Section 1256 contracts.” Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses; however, foreign currency gains or losses arising from certain Section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, Section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of each taxable year (and at certain other times as prescribed pursuant to the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.

 

Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by a fund may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by a fund. In addition, losses realized by a fund on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which such losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences of transactions in options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts to a fund are not entirely clear. The transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.

 

A fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If a fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.

 

Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.

 

Because only a few regulations regarding the treatment of swap agreements, and related caps, floors and collars, have been implemented, the tax consequences of such transactions are not entirely clear. The funds intend to account for such transactions in a manner deemed by them to be appropriate, but the Internal Revenue Service might not necessarily accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a fund as a regulated investment company might be affected.

 

The requirements applicable to a fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a fund will be able to engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts.

 

Under the recently enacted tax law, certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to a “qualifying dividend,” to instead be taxed as the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.

 

38


Market Discount — If a fund purchases a debt security at a price lower than the stated redemption price of such debt security, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase amount is “market discount.” If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by the fund in each taxable year in which the fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, the fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to a portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been includable in income. In general, the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account) or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by a fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt security’s maturity or, at the election of the fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest. Gain realized on the disposition of a market discount obligation must be recognized as ordinary interest income (not capital gain) to the extent of the “accrued market discount.”

 

Original Issue Discount. — Certain debt securities acquired by the funds may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Very generally, original issue discount is defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income on account of such discount is actually received by a fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

 

Some debt securities may be purchased by the funds at a discount that exceeds the original issue discount on such debt securities, if any. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes (see above).

 

Constructive Sales. — These rules may affect timing and character of gain if a fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If the fund enters into certain transactions in property while holding substantially identical property, the fund would be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and would be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale would depend upon the fund’s holding period in the property. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the property was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on the fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.

 

Foreign Taxation. — Income received by a fund from sources within a foreign country may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by that country. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

 

The payment of such taxes will reduce the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the fund’s shareholders. So long as a fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, certain distribution requirements are satisfied, and more than 50% of such fund’s assets at the close of the taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the fund may elect, subject to limitation, to pass through its foreign tax credits to its shareholders.

 

Furthermore, the amount of the foreign tax credit that is available may be limited to the extent that dividends from a foreign corporation qualify for the lower tax rate on “qualifying dividends.”

 

Foreign Currency Transactions. — Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a fund accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time that a fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities, generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain

 

39


or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as “Section 988” gains or losses, may increase or decrease the amount of a fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

 

The treatment of income dividends and capital gains distributions by a fund to shareholders under the various state income tax laws may not parallel that under the federal law. Qualification as a regulated investment company does not involve supervision of a fund’s management or of its investment policies and practices by any governmental authority.

 

Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state and local tax liabilities. Note that the 15% rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders.

 

A fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 28% of all amounts deemed to be distributed The 28% rate applies to shareholders receiving payments who:

 

a. fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number,

 

b. fail to make required certifications or,

 

c. have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld will be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders are exempt from such backup withholding

 

40


Other Information

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Ernst & Young LLP, 725 South Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, California 90017, serves as independent registered public accounts for the Funds, and in that capacity examines the annual financial statements of the Company.

 

Financial Statements

 

The audited financial statements of the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and the report of the Company’s independent registered public accountants, which are included in the Annual Report of the Company, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Bond Ratings

 

Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ investment analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate.

 

Although securities ratings are considered when making investment decisions, the Investment Adviser performs its own investment analysis and does not rely principally on the ratings assigned by the rating services. This analysis may include consideration of the issuer’s experience and managerial strength, changing financial condition, borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, and its responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Relative values based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects are also considered.

 

Because of the greater number of considerations involved in investing in lower-rated securities, the achievement of the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund’s objectives depends more on the analytical abilities of the investment team than is the case with the Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund, which invests primarily in securities in the higher rating categories.

 

For more detailed information on bond ratings, including gradations within each category of quality, see Appendix A.

 

41


Disclosure Regarding S&P® Trademark

 

S&P® makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Fund particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P®’s only relationship to the Licensee Adviser the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of the S&P® and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P® without regard to the Licensee or the Fund. S&P® has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owner of the Fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P® is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Fund or the timing of the issuance or sale of the Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Fund is to be converted into cash. S&P® has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Fund.

 

S&P® DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P® HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

42


Appendix A

 

Description of Corporate Bond Ratings

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor’s Corporation are two prominent independent rating agencies that rate the quality of bonds. Following are expanded explanations of the ratings shown in the Prospectus.

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Aaa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.

 

Aa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude.

 

A: Bonds with this rating possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa: Bonds with this rating are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e.; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba: Bonds with this rating are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B: Bonds with this rating generally lack characteristics of desirable investments. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa: Bonds with this rating are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca: Bonds with this rating represent obligations which are speculative to a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C: Bonds with this rating are the lowest rated class of bonds. Issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s.

 

43


Standard & Poor’s Corporation

 

AAA: This rating is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s and is indicative of a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA: This rating indicates a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the higher rated issues only by a small degree.

 

A: This rating indicates a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

 

BBB: This rating indicates an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

 

BB, B, CCC, CC: These ratings indicate, on balance, a predominantly speculative capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

 

C: This rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

D: This rating indicates debt in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal are in arrears.

 

The ratings from AA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories, for example A or B+.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s.

 

44


Appendix B

 

Description of Fixed-Income Instruments

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills have a maturity of one year or less; Treasury Notes have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds can be issued with any maturity period but generally have a maturity of greater than ten years. Agencies of the United States government which issue or guarantee obligations include, among others, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority. Obligations of instrumentalities of the United States government include securities issued or guaranteed by, among others, banks of the Farm Credit System, the Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Student Loan Marketing Association, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, and the U.S. Postal Service. Some of these securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks, savings and loan associations or savings banks against funds deposited in the issuing institution.

 

Time Deposits

 

Time deposits are deposits in a bank or other financial institution for a specified period of time at a fixed interest rate for which a negotiable certificate is not received. Certain time deposits may be considered illiquid.

 

Bankers’ Acceptance

 

A bankers’ acceptance is a draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower is liable for payment as well as the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding 270 days.

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

Variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. These are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Corporate debt securities are debt issued by a corporation that pays interest and principal to the holders at specified times.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities are securities which represent an undivided fractional interest in a trust whose assets generally consist of mortgages, motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, or other consumer-based loans.

 

45


Participation Interests in Loans

 

A participation interest in a loan entitles the purchaser to receive a portion of principal and interest payments due on a commercial loan extended by a bank to a specified company. The purchaser of such an interest has no recourse against the bank if payments of principal and interest are not made by the borrower and generally relies on the bank to administer and enforce the loan’s terms.

 

International Organization Obligations

 

International organization obligations include obligations of those organizations designated or supported by U.S. or foreign government agencies to promote economic reconstruction and development, international banking, and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank, and the InterAmerican Development Bank.

 

Custody Receipts

 

A Fund may acquire custody receipts in connection with securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Such custody receipts evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. These custody receipts are known by various names, including Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (CATS). For certain securities law purposes, custody receipts are not considered U.S. government securities.

 

Pass-Through Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage pass-through securities such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and other mortgage-backed obligations, or modified pass-through securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations issued by various financial institutions. In connection with these investments, early repayment of investment principal arising from prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage loans due to the sale of the underlying property, the refinancing of the loan, or foreclosure may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of the principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool of pass-through securities. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Therefore, the actual maturity and realized yield on pass-through or modified pass-through mortgage-related securities will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of mortgages. For purposes of calculating the average life of the assets of the relevant Fund, the maturity of each of these securities will be the average life of such securities based on the most recent or estimated annual prepayment rate.

 

46


Appendix C

 

Proxy Voting Procedures

 

The following is a condensed version of all proxy voting recommendations contained in The ISS Proxy Voting Manual as adopted by the Fund.

 

1. Operational Items

 

Adjourn Meeting

 

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

Change Company Name

 

Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name.

 

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

 

Vote FOR management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

Ratifying Auditors

 

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent

 

    Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or

 

    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account the tenure of the audit firm, the length of rotation specified in the proposal, any significant audit-related issues at the company, and whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

 

Transact Other Business

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

2. Board of Directors

 

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

 

Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining the following factors: composition of the board and key board committees, attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover activity, long-term company performance relative to a market index, directors’ investment in the company, whether the chairman is also serving as CEO, and whether a retired CEO sits on the board.

 

However, there are some actions by directors that should result in votes being WITHHELD. These instances include directors who:

 

    Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse

 

    Implement or renew a dead-hand or modified dead-hand poison pill

 

    Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the shares outstanding

 

47


    Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years

 

    Failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares

 

    Are inside directors or affiliated outsiders and sit on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees

 

    Are inside directors or affiliated outsiders and the full board serves as the audit, compensation, or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees

 

    Are audit committee members and the non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive.

 

    Are inside directors or affiliated outside directors and the full board is less than majority independent

 

    Sit on more than six boards

 

    Are members of a compensation committee that has allowed a pay-for-performance disconnect as described in Section 8 (Executive and Director Compensation).

 

In addition, directors who enacted egregious corporate governance policies or failed to replace management as appropriate would be subject to recommendations to WITHHOLD votes.

 

Age Limits

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages.

 

Board Size

 

Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

 

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

 

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

 

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as the standard.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to actions, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

 

Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

 

    The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and

 

    Only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

48


Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chairman be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the following:

 

    Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties

 

    Two-thirds independent board

 

    All-independent key committees

 

    Established governance guidelines

 

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’s definition of independence.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

 

Open Access

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for open access taking into account the ownership threshold specified in the proposal and the proponent’s rationale for targeting the company in terms of board and director conduct.

 

Stock Ownership Requirements

 

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While ISS favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE shareholder proposals asking that the company adopt a holding or retention period for its executives (for holding stock after the vesting or exercise of equity awards), taking into account any stock ownership requirements or holding period/retention ratio already in place and the actual ownership level of executives.

 

Term Limits

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages.

 

3. Proxy Contests

 

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry

 

    Management’s track record

 

    Background to the proxy contest

 

    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates)

 

    Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership positions.

 

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In cases where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, we also recommend voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

 

Confidential Voting

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows:

 

In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

 

49


4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

 

Votes on advance notice proposals are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving support to those proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

 

Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

 

Poison Pills

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that any future pill be put to a shareholder vote.

 

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

 

5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

 

Appraisal Rights

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

Asset Purchases

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Purchase price

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    Financial and strategic benefits

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Conflicts of interest

 

    Other alternatives for the business

 

    Noncompletion risk.

 

Asset Sales

 

Votes on asset sales should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital

 

    Potential elimination of diseconomies

 

    Anticipated financial and operating benefits

 

    Anticipated use of funds

 

    Value received for the asset

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

Bundled Proposals

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals.

 

In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

 

Conversion of Securities

 

Votes on proposals regarding conversion of securities are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

50


Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

 

Votes on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position

 

    Terms of the offer

 

    Financial issues

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives

 

    Control issues

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Formation of Holding Company

 

Votes on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The reasons for the change

 

    Any financial or tax benefits

 

    Regulatory benefits

 

    Increases in capital structure

 

    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

 

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

 

    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum as calculated by the ISS Capital Structure model

 

    Adverse changes in shareholder rights

 

Going Private Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeezeouts)

 

Vote going private transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the following: offer price/premium, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives/offers considered, and noncompletion risk.

 

Joint Ventures

 

Votes CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following: percentage of assets/business contributed, percentage ownership, financial and strategic benefits, governance structure, conflicts of interest, other alternatives, and noncompletion risk.

 

Liquidations

 

Votes on liquidations should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

 

Mergers and Acquisitions/ Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition

 

Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to the following:

 

    Prospects of the combined company, anticipated financial and operating benefits

 

    Offer price

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Changes in corporate governance

 

    Change in the capital structure

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

 

51


Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

Votes on proposals regarding private placements should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review: dilution to existing shareholders’ position, terms of the offer, financial issues, management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, control issues, and conflicts of interest.

 

Vote FOR the private placement if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Spinoffs

 

Votes on spinoffs should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis depending on:

 

    Tax and regulatory advantages

 

    Planned use of the sale proceeds

 

    Valuation of spinoff

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    Benefits to the parent company

 

    Conflicts of interest

 

    Managerial incentives

 

    Corporate governance changes

 

    Changes in the capital structure.

 

Value Maximization Proposals

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors: prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight, signs of entrenched board and management, strategic plan in place for improving value, likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution, and whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

6. State of Incorporation

 

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

Control Share Cashout Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

Disgorgement Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

Fair Price Provisions

 

Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

 

Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

Freezeout Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freezeout provisions.

 

Greenmail

 

Vote FOR proposals to adopt antigreenmail charter of bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis antigreenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

Reincorporation Proposals

 

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws.

 

52


Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

 

Stakeholder Provisions

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider nonshareholder constituencies or other nonfinancial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

State Antitakeover Statutes

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

 

7. Capital Structure

 

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

 

Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

Common Stock Authorization

 

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

 

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

 

Dual-class Stock

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

 

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

    It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

    It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

Preemptive Rights

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base, and the liquidity of the stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).

 

Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

 

Recapitalization

 

Votes CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following: more simplified capital structure, enhanced liquidity, fairness of conversion terms, impact on voting power and dividends, reasons for the reclassification, conflicts of interest, and other alternatives considered.

 

Reverse Stock Splits

 

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

 

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid delisting.

 

53


Votes on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

 

Share Repurchase Programs

 

Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance as determined using a model developed by ISS.

 

Tracking Stock

 

Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as: adverse governance changes, excessive increases in authorized capital stock, unfair method of distribution, diminution of voting rights, adverse conversion features, negative impact on stock option plans, and other alternatives such as spinoff.

 

8. Executive and Director Compensation

 

Votes with respect to equity-based compensation plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Our methodology for reviewing compensation plans primarily focuses on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders instead of simply focusing on voting power dilution). Using the expanded compensation data disclosed under the SEC’s rules, ISS will value every award type. ISS will include in its analyses an estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all continuing plans. This cost, dilution to shareholders’ equity, will also be expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth, and will be considered along with dilution to voting power. Once ISS determines the estimated cost of the plan, we compare it to a company-specific dilution cap.

 

Our model determines a company-specific allowable pool of shareholder wealth that may be transferred from the company to plan participants, adjusted for:

 

    Long-term corporate performance (on an absolute basis and relative to a standard industry peer group and an appropriate market index),

 

    Cash compensation, and

 

    Categorization of the company as emerging, growth, or mature.

 

These adjustments are pegged to market capitalization.

 

Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater stock options without shareholder approval.

 

Generally vote AGAINST plans in which the CEO participates if there is a disconnect between the CEO’s pay and company performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance) and the main source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based. A decrease in performance is based on negative one- and three-year total shareholder returns. An increase in pay is based on the CEO’s total direct compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of stock options, face value of restricted stock, face value of long-term incentive plan payouts, and all other compensation) increasing over the previous year. Also WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members.

 

Director Compensation

 

Votes on compensation plans for directors are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

Votes for plans which provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote FOR plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

Votes for plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Director Retirement Plans

 

Vote AGAINST retirement plans for nonemployee directors.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for nonemployee directors.

 

54


Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

 

Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

 

    Historic trading patterns

 

    Rationale for the repricing

 

    Value-for-value exchange

 

    Option vesting

 

    Term of the option

 

    Exercise price

 

    Participation.

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less, and

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares

 

Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value, or

 

    Offering period is greater than 27 months, or

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares

 

Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals)

 

Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m).

 

Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are clearly inappropriate.

 

Votes to amend existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted to shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is requested.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

 

Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares.)

 

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

 

Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

 

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

Option Expensing

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the company to expense stock options, unless the company has already publicly committed to expensing options by a specific date.

 

Performance-Based Stock Options

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based stock options (indexed, premium-priced, and performance-vested options), unless:

 

    The proposal is overly restrictive (e.g., it mandates that awards to all employees must be performance-based or all awards to top executives must be a particular type, such as indexed options)

 

55


    The company demonstrates that it is using a substantial portion of performance-based awards for its top executives

 

Golden Parachutes and Executive Severance Agreements

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include the following:

 

    The parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm

 

    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management

 

    The amount should not exceed three times base salary plus guaranteed benefits

 

 

Pension Plan Income Accounting

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

 

9. Social and Environmental Issues

 

Consumer Issues and Public Safety

 

Animal Rights

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the product and the degree that animal testing is necessary or federally mandated (such as medical products),

 

    The availability and feasibility of alternatives to animal testing to ensure product safety, and

 

    The degree that competitors are using animal-free testing.

 

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company’s animal welfare standards unless:

 

    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance

 

    The company’s standards are comparable to or better than those of peer firms, and

 

    There are no serious controversies surrounding the company’s treatment of animals

 

Drug Pricing

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to implement price restraints on pharmaceutical products, taking into account:

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on a specific drug and region

 

    Whether the economic benefits of providing subsidized drugs (e.g., public goodwill) outweigh the costs in terms of reduced profits, lower R&D spending, and harm to competitiveness

 

    The extent that reduced prices can be offset through the company’s marketing budget without affecting R&D spending

 

    Whether the company already limits price increases of its products

 

    Whether the company already contributes life-saving pharmaceuticals to the needy and Third World countries

 

    The extent that peer companies implement price restraints

 

Genetically Modified Foods

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:

 

    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution

 

56


    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling and related voluntary initiatives and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure

 

    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs

 

    Any voluntary labeling initiatives undertaken or considered by the company.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for the preparation of a report on the financial, legal, and environmental impact of continued use of GE ingredients/seeds.

 

    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on risks related to GE product use and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure

 

    The percentage of revenue derived from international operations, particularly in Europe, where GE products are more regulated and consumer backlash is more pronounced.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the health and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Health studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to federal regulators) that outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.

 

Handguns

 

Generally vote AGAINST requests for reports on a company’s policies aimed at curtailing gun violence in the United States unless the report is confined to product safety information. Criminal misuse of firearms is beyond company control and instead falls within the purview of law enforcement agencies.

 

HIV/AIDS

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the impact of the health pandemic (HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) on the company’s Sub-Saharan operations and how the company is responding to it, taking into account:

 

    The nature and size of the company’s operations in Sub-Saharan Africa and the number of local employees

 

    The company’s existing healthcare policies, including benefits and healthcare access for local workers

 

    Company donations to healthcare providers operating in the region

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report on a standard of response to the HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria health pandemic in Africa and other developing countries, taking into account:

 

    The company’s actions in developing countries to address HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, including donations of pharmaceuticals and work with public health organizations

 

    The company’s initiatives in this regard compared to those of peer companies

 

Predatory Lending

 

Vote CASE-BY CASE on requests for reports on the company’s procedures for preventing predatory lending, including the establishment of a board committee for oversight, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abusive lending practices

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of its subprime business

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or serious lending controversies

 

    Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

 

Tobacco

 

Most tobacco-related proposals should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the following factors:

 

Second-hand smoke:

 

    Whether the company complies with all local ordinances and regulations

 

57


    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness

 

    The risk of any health-related liabilities.

 

Advertising to youth:

 

    Whether the company complies with federal, state, and local laws on the marketing of tobacco or if it has been fined for violations

 

    Whether the company has gone as far as peers in restricting advertising

 

    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth

 

    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries

 

Cease production of tobacco-related products or avoid selling products to tobacco companies:

 

    The percentage of the company’s business affected

 

    The economic loss of eliminating the business versus any potential tobacco-related liabilities.

 

Spinoff tobacco-related businesses:

 

    The percentage of the company’s business affected

 

    The feasibility of a spinoff

 

    Potential future liabilities related to the company’s tobacco business.

 

Stronger product warnings:

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking stronger product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

 

Investment in tobacco stocks:

 

Vote AGAINST proposals prohibiting investment in tobacco equities. Such decisions are better left to portfolio managers.

 

Environment and Energy

 

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on reports outlining potential environmental damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR), taking into account:

 

    Whether there are publicly available environmental impact reports

 

    Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations or accidental spills

 

    The current status of legislation regarding drilling in ANWR.

 

CERES Principles

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt the CERES Principles, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current environmental disclosure beyond legal requirements, including environmental health and safety (EHS) audits and reports that may duplicate CERES

 

    The company’s environmental performance record, including violations of federal and state regulations, level of toxic emissions, and accidental spills

 

    Environmentally conscious practices of peer companies, including endorsement of CERES

 

    Costs of membership and implementation.

 

Environmental-Economic Risk Report

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting reports assessing economic risks of environmental pollution or climate change, taking into account whether the company has clearly disclosed the following in its public documents:

 

    Approximate costs of complying with current or proposed environmental laws

 

    Steps company is taking to reduce greenhouse gasses or other environmental pollutants

 

    Measurements of the company’s emissions levels

 

    Reduction targets or goals for environmental pollutants including greenhouse gasses

 

Environmental Reports

 

Generally vote FOR requests for reports disclosing the company’s environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental management systems that are available to the public.

 

58


Global Warming

 

Generally vote FOR reports on the level of greenhouse gas emissions from the company’s operations and products, unless the report is duplicative of the company’s current environmental disclosure and reporting or is not integral to the company’s line of business. However, additional reporting may be warranted if:

 

    The company’s level of disclosure lags that of its competitors, or

 

    The company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations.

 

Recycling

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business and the percentage affected

 

    The extent that peer companies are recycling

 

    The timetable prescribed by the proposal

 

    The costs and methods of implementation

 

    Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations.

 

Renewable Energy

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to invest in renewable energy sources, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business and the percentage affected

 

    The extent that peer companies are switching from fossil fuels to cleaner sources

 

    The timetable and specific action prescribed by the proposal

 

    The costs of implementation

 

    The company’s initiatives to address climate change

 

Generally vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy sources, unless the report is duplicative of the company’s current environmental disclosure and reporting or is not integral to the company’s line of business.

 

Sustainability Report

 

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies and practices related to social, environmental, and economic sustainability, unless the company is already reporting on its sustainability initiatives through existing reports such as:

 

    A combination of an EHS or other environmental report, code of conduct, and/or supplier/vendor standards, and equal opportunity and diversity data and programs, all of which are publicly available, or

 

    A report based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) or similar guidelines.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking companies to provide a sustainability report applying the GRI guidelines unless:

 

    The company already has a comprehensive sustainability report or equivalent addressing the essential elements of the GRI guidelines or

 

    The company has publicly committed to using the GRI format by a specific date

 

General Corporate Issues

 

Link Executive Compensation to Social Performance

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities. Such resolutions should be evaluated in the context of:

 

    The relevance of the issue to be linked to pay

 

    The degree that social performance is already included in the company’s pay structure and disclosed

 

    The degree that social performance is used by peer companies in setting pay

 

    Violations or complaints filed against the company relating to the particular social performance measure

 

    Artificial limits sought by the proposal, such as freezing or capping executive pay

 

    Independence of the compensation committee

 

    Current company pay levels.

 

59


Charitable/Political Contributions

 

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

 

    The company is in compliance with laws governing corporate political activities, and

 

    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and not coercive.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to report or publish in newspapers the company’s political contributions. Federal and state laws restrict the amount of corporate contributions and include reporting requirements.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals disallowing the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which contributions are in the best interests of the company.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

 

Labor Standards and Human Rights

 

China Principles

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to implement the China Principles unless:

 

    There are serious controversies surrounding the company’s China operations, and

 

    The company does not have a code of conduct with standards similar to those promulgated by the International Labor Organization (ILO).

 

Country-specific Human Rights Reports

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company’s operations in a particular country and steps to protect human rights, based on:

 

    The nature and amount of company business in that country

 

    The company’s workplace code of conduct

 

    Proprietary and confidential information involved

 

    Company compliance with U.S. regulations on investing in the country

 

    Level of peer company involvement in the country.

 

International Codes of Conduct/Vendor Standards

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring. In evaluating these proposals, the following should be considered:

 

    The company’s current workplace code of conduct or adherence to other global standards and the degree they meet the standards promulgated by the proponent

 

    Agreements with foreign suppliers to meet certain workplace standards

 

    Whether company and vendor facilities are monitored and how

 

    Company participation in fair labor organizations

 

    Type of business

 

    Proportion of business conducted overseas

 

    Countries of operation with known human rights abuses

 

    Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and human rights controversies or violations

 

    Peer company standards and practices

 

    Union presence in company’s international factories

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining vendor standards compliance unless any of the following apply:

 

    The company does not operate in countries with significant human rights violations

 

60


    The company has no recent human rights controversies or violations, or

 

    The company already publicly discloses information on its vendor standards compliance.

 

MacBride Principles

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse or increase activity on the MacBride Principles, taking into account:

 

    Company compliance with or violations of the Fair Employment Act of 1989

 

    Company antidiscrimination policies that already exceed the legal requirements

 

    The cost and feasibility of adopting all nine principles

 

    The cost of duplicating efforts to follow two sets of standards (Fair Employment and the MacBride Principles)

 

    The potential for charges of reverse discrimination

 

    The potential that any company sales or contracts in the rest of the United Kingdom could be negatively impacted

 

    The level of the company’s investment in Northern Ireland

 

    The number of company employees in Northern Ireland

 

    The degree that industry peers have adopted the MacBride Principles

 

    Applicable state and municipal laws that limit contracts with companies that have not adopted the MacBride Principles.

 

Military Business

 

Foreign Military Sales/Offsets

 

Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

 

Landmines and Cluster Bombs

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in antipersonnel landmine production, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has in the past manufactured landmine components

 

    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in cluster bomb production, taking into account:

 

    What weapons classifications the proponent views as cluster bombs

 

    Whether the company currently or in the past has manufactured cluster bombs or their components

 

    The percentage of revenue derived from cluster bomb manufacturing

 

    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production

 

Nuclear Weapons

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production of nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Components and delivery systems serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

 

Operations in Nations Sponsoring Terrorism (Iran)

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a board committee review and report outlining the company’s financial and reputational risks from its operations in Iran, taking into account current disclosure on:

 

    The nature and purpose of the Iranian operations and the amount of business involved (direct and indirect revenues and expenses) that could be affected by political disruption

 

    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws

 

Spaced-Based Weaponization

 

Generally vote FOR reports on a company’s involvement in spaced-based weaponization unless:

 

    The information is already publicly available or

 

    The disclosures sought could compromise proprietary information.

 

61


Workplace Diversity

 

Board Diversity

 

Generally vote FOR reports on the company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The board composition is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business or

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity initiatives.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the representation of women and minorities on the board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of board diversity

 

    Comparison with peer companies

 

    Established process for improving board diversity

 

    Existence of independent nominating committee

 

    Use of outside search firm

 

    History of EEO violations.

 

Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s affirmative action initiatives unless all of the following apply:

 

    The company has well-documented equal opportunity programs

 

    The company already publicly reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity, and

 

    The company has no recent EEO-related violations or litigation.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost and administration burden on the company.

 

Glass Ceiling

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s progress towards the Glass Ceiling Commission’s business recommendations, unless:

 

    The composition of senior management and the board is fairly inclusive

 

    The company has well-documented programs addressing diversity initiatives and leadership development

 

    The company already issues public reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity, and

 

    The company has had no recent, significant EEO-related violations or litigation

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement in order to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the discretion of the company.

 

62


APPENDIX D

 

TRANSAMERICA INVESTORS, INC.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

 

The Portfolio Managers may also be responsible for the day-to-day management of other accounts, as indicated by the following table. None of these has an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

 

Portfolio Manager


 

Registered Investment

Companies


 

Other Pooled Investment

Vehicles


 

Other Accounts


 

Number

of

Accounts


 

Total

Assets

(millions


 

Number

of

Accounts


 

Total Assets

(millions)


 

Number of

Accounts


 

Total Assets

(millions)


Gary U. Rollé

  1   $41.5   6   $315.1   2   $849.0

Edward S. Han

  1   $37.2   7   $1,214.1   —     —  

Kirk J. Kim

                       

Heidi Y. Hu

  2   $102.5   24   $3,355.9   —     —  

Peter O. Lopez

  1   $143.5   1   $347.9   —     —  

 

[need information for Kirk Kim]

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

There are no material conflicts of interest between the investment strategy of the Funds and the investment strategy of other accounts managed by Portfolio Managers. Allocation of investment opportunities among the Funds and other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers are allocated pro rata to every account participating in an order. This ensures all accounts are treated equally from order initiation through full execution.

 

[Need Supplemental Information]

 

Compensation for the Fiscal Year Completed December 31, 2004

 

Regular, full-time portfolio managers with a minimum one year portfolio management track record in the employment of TIM as of the beginning of a Plan Year are eligible to participate in an incentive compensation plan (the “Plan”) for that Plan Year. For purposes of determining the level of incentive compensation potential, track records are based on full years of portfolio management for TIM. Therefore, for example, should an eligible participant hold a one-and-a-half year track record, the eligible incentive compensation would be based on the manager’s one year relative ranking.

 

WEIGHTED COMPONENTS:

 

There are two weighted components taken into consideration for determining maximum incentive compensation amounts. These total 100% and consist of an objective and subjective component as further described below:

 

    80% Objective — portfolio performance based calculation; based upon relative rankings of track record and return formula criteria as further described. A portion of the objective component is necessarily subjective taking such items as co/multi- management responsibilities; portfolio performance upon assignment; length of time managing portfolio, customized client benchmarks, etc. into account in determining the portfolio manager’s relative ranking Senior management, at its discretion, determines the criteria to be used for evaluating how the rankings are determined for each Portfolio Manager under this objective component.

 

63


    20% Subjective — based upon additional contributions to the firm as a whole and consistent with responsibilities identified on position descriptions as updated on an annual basis, for example, general research contribution, behavioral competencies (e.g. team contributions; decision making capabilities; work ethic) quality of investment ideas, managerial duties outside of core responsibility, as determined by senior management.

 

MAXIMUM BONUS POTENTIALS (80% + 20%):

 

Track Record


 

Target Bonus


<3   Up to 75% base comp.
3-4   Up to 100% base comp.
5-9   Up to 150% base comp.
10-14   Up to 200% base comp
15 and beyond   Up to 300% base comp.

 

RETURN FORMULAS AND RELATIVE RANKINGS (80% of target bonus):

 

Rankings (Based on 80% objective track record component only):

 

Top Decile   =    100% of available component
Top Quartile   =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Second Quartile   =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Third Quartile   =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Fourth Quartile   =    0% of available component

Example: Should the ranking equal 24% (top quartile), then the formula would be i00%-24% = 76% of available component

 

Return Formulas:

 

The following return formulas represent the calculations used to determine the amount available for the objective component of the bonus a portfolio manager is eligible to earn based upon his/her track record. Some track records are weighted more heavily than others as noted below:


** The 20% subjective component must be subtracted from the total amount eligible below given the maximum potential opportunity stated includes the 20% subjective component:

 

    1 year rank will be calculated on the one year total returns as follows:

 

3/3 (100%) of 75% opportunity = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark

 

(e.g. composites).

 

    2 year rank will be calculated on the one year and two year total returns as follows:

 

1/3 (33.33%) of 75% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark

 

(e.g. composites).

 

2/3 (66.67%) of 75% = the two year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

    3 year rank will be calculated based on the one and three year total returns as follows:

 

1/3 (33.33%) of 100% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

 

2/3 (66.67%) of 100% = the three year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

64


As set forth in the schedule of maximum bonus potential above, once an employee has a full five year track record. then his/her bonus opportunity will increase at each full five-year increment as follows:

 

    Five year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 5-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 150% of base

 

    Ten year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 10- year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 200% of base

 

    Fifteen year = additional 100% of base added to target pool and directly related to 15-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 300% of base

 

Ownership of Securities

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in the Funds.

 

The following table indicates the dollar range of each Fund beneficially owned by the Fund’s portfolio manager as of December 31, 2004.

 

Portfolio
Manager


 

None


 

$1-

$10,000


 

$10,001-

$50,000


 

$50,001-

$100,000


 

$100,001-
$500,000


 

$500,001-
$1,000,000


 

Over

$1,000,000


Gary U. Rollé

                           

Edward S. Han

                           

Kirk J. Kim

                           

Heidi Y. Hu

                           

Peter O. Lopez

                           

 

65


Statement of Additional Information – May 1, 2005

 

Transamerica Premier Funds

 

Class A Shares

 

Equity Funds

 

Transamerica Premier Focus Fund

Transamerica Premier Equity Fund

Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund (formerly Transamerica Premier Core Equity Fund)

 

Combined Equity & Fixed Income Fund

 

Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund

 

About the Statement of Additional Information

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. (the “Company”) is an open-end, management investment company of the series type offering a number of portfolios, known collectively as the Transamerica Premier Funds. This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) pertains to the Class A Shares of the Transamerica Premier Funds (the “Fund” or “Funds”) listed above. Each Fund is managed separately and has its own investment objective, strategies and policies. Each class of each Fund has its own levels of expenses and charges. This SAI is not the Prospectus. It contains information additional to that available in the Prospectus. Please refer to the Prospectus first, then to this document. Please read it carefully. Save it for future reference.

 

About the Prospectus

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in connection with the current Prospectus dated May 1, 2005, as it may be supplemented from time to time. The Prospectus is available without charge from your sales representative. The Prospectus also may be obtained by writing to the Company at 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, or by calling, toll free, 1-800-892-7587.

 

Terms used in the Prospectus are incorporated by reference in this SAI. The Funds’ audited financial statements are incorporated by reference in this SAI, and are delivered to you with the SAI. We have not authorized any person to give you any other information.

 

1


Table of Contents

 

     Page

Investment Goals and Policies

   3

Investment Restrictions

   16

Management of the Company

   18

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

   26

Brokerage Allocation

   27

Determination of Net Asset Value

   29

Performance Information

   30

Taxes

   31

Other Information

   35

Disclosure Regarding S&P Trademark

   36

Financial Statements

   35

Appendix A: Description of Corporate Bond Ratings

   37

Appendix B: Description of Fixed-Income Instruments

   38

Appendix C: Proxy Voting

   41

Appendix D: Portfolio Manager Information

    

 

2


Investment Objectives and Policies

 

The investment objectives stated in the Prospectus for each Fund are fundamental. This means they can be changed only with the approval of a majority of shareholders of such Fund. The strategies and policies described in the Prospectus are not fundamental. There can be no assurance that a Fund will, in fact, achieve its objective. Strategies and policies can be changed by the Board of Directors (“Board”) without your approval. If any investment goals of a Fund change, you should consider whether the Fund still meets your financial needs.

 

Buying and Selling Securities

 

In general, the Funds purchase and hold securities for capital growth, current income, or a combination of the two, depending on the Fund’s investment objective. Portfolio changes can result from liquidity needs, securities reaching a price objective, anticipated changes in interest rates, a change in the creditworthiness of an issuer, or from general financial or market developments. Because portfolio changes usually are not tied to the length of time a security has been held, a significant number of short-term transactions may occur.

 

A Fund may sell one security and simultaneously purchase another of comparable quality. A Fund may simultaneously purchase and sell the same security to take advantage of short-term differentials and bond yields. In addition, a Fund may purchase individual securities in anticipation of relatively short-term price gains.

 

Portfolio turnover has not been and will not be a consideration in the investment process. The Investment Adviser buys and sells securities for each Fund whenever it believes it is appropriate to do so. Increased turnover results in higher costs. These costs result from brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. Increased turnover may also result in additional short-term gains. Short-term gains are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, except for tax-qualified accounts (such as IRAs and employer sponsored pension plans).

 

Certain Funds may invest in unrated debt securities. Unrated debt, while not necessarily of lower quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market. Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds. The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.

 

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of a fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect the owning Fund’s net asset value.

 

Periods of economic or political uncertainty and change can create volatility in the price of junk bonds. Since the last major economic recession, there has been a substantial increase in the use of high-yield debt securities to fund highly leveraged corporate acquisitions and restructurings. Past experience with high-yield securities in a prolonged economic downturn may not provide an accurate indication of future performance during such periods. Lower rated securities may also be harder to sell than higher rated securities because of negative publicity and investor perceptions of this market, as well as new or proposed laws dealing with high yield securities. For many junk bonds, there is no established retail secondary market. As a result, it may be difficult for the Investment Adviser to accurately value the bonds because they cannot rely on available objective data.

 

A Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. However, the Investment Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objectives.

 

At times, a substantial portion of a Fund’s assets may be invested in securities of which the Fund, by itself or together with other Funds and accounts managed by the Investment Adviser, holds all or a major portion. Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the

 

3


Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if they were more widely held. Under these circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value.

 

In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default of these securities, a Fund may be required to participate in various legal proceedings or take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer’s obligations on the securities. This could increase the Fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value.

 

Certain securities held by a Fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by the Fund during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

 

The Funds may invest in zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds. zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount and may pay interest either only at maturity, or subsequent to the issue date prior to maturity, rather than at regular intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest in cash currently. Both zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, a Fund nonetheless is required to accrue interest income on these investments and to distribute the interest income at least annually to shareholders. Thus, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

 

Certain investment grade securities in which a Fund may invest share some of the risk factors discussed above with respect to lower-rated securities.

 

Please see Appendix B for more information about fixed-income securities.

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may purchase certain restricted securities of U.S. issuers (securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) but can be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under that Act) and limited amounts of illiquid investments, including illiquid restricted securities.

 

Up to 15% of a Fund’s net assets may be invested in securities that are illiquid. Securities are considered illiquid, when there is no readily available market or when they have legal or contractual restrictions on transferability.

 

Illiquid investments include restricted securities, repurchase agreements, fixed time deposits, and interests in syndicated bank loans that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately current value. These investments may be difficult to sell quickly for their fair market value.

 

Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days, however, can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term of seven days. The Investment Adviser will consider such repurchase agreements as liquid. Likewise, restricted securities (including commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act) and interests in syndicated bank loans that the Board or the Investment Adviser have determined to be liquid will be treated as such.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff has taken the position that fixed time deposits maturing in more than seven days, that cannot be traded on a secondary market, and participation interests in loans are not readily marketable and are therefore illiquid. A considerable amount of time may elapse between a Fund’s decision to dispose of restricted or illiquid securities and the time which such Fund is able to dispose of them, during which time the value of such securities (and therefore the value of the Fund’s shares) could decline.

 

4


Certain restricted securities that are not registered for sale to the general public but that can be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A may not be considered illiquid if a dealer or institutional trading market exists. The institutional trading market is relatively new. However, liquidity of a Fund’s investments could be impaired if trading for these securities does not further develop or declines. The Investment Adviser determines the liquidity of Rule 144A securities under guidelines approved by the Board.

 

Derivatives

 

Each Fund may use options, futures, forward contracts, and swap transactions (derivatives). The Funds may purchase, or write, call or put options on securities or on indexes (options) and may enter into interest rate or index futures contracts for the purchase or sale of instruments based on financial indexes (futures contracts), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and interest rate swaps and swap-related products.

 

By investing in derivatives, the Investment Adviser may seek to protect a Fund against potentially unfavorable movements in interest rates or securities prices, or attempt to adjust a Fund’s exposure to changing securities prices, interest rates, or other factors that affect securities values. This is done in an attempt to reduce a Fund’s overall investment risk. Although it will not generally be a significant part of a Fund’s strategies, the Investment Adviser may also use derivatives to enhance returns. Opportunities to enhance returns arise when the derivative does not reflect the fair value of the underlying securities. None of the Funds will use derivatives for leverage.

 

Risks in the use of derivatives include: (1) the risk that interest rates and securities prices do not move in the directions being hedged against, in which case the Fund has incurred the cost of the derivative (either its purchase price or, by writing an option, losing the opportunity to profit from increases in the value of the securities covered) with no tangible benefit; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of derivatives and the movements of the securities’ prices or interest rates being hedged; (3) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular derivative at any time (some derivatives are not actively traded but are custom designed to meet the investment needs of a narrow group of institutional investors and can become illiquid if the needs of that group of investors change); (4) the potential loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised; and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

The Transamerica Premier Balanced Fund may invest in derivatives with respect to no more than 20% of each Fund’s assets. The Board will closely monitor the Investment Adviser’s use of derivatives in each of the Funds to assure they are used in accordance with the investment objectives of each Fund.

 

Options on Securities and Securities Indexes

 

The Funds may write (i.e., sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which they may invest. A call option written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A Fund would normally write a call option in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that the Fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding. A Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on securities transactions alone. However, by writing the call option a Fund might forgo the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

 

A put option written by a Fund would obligate the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund would have deposited with its custodian cash or liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Fund. However, in return for the option premium, a Fund accepts the risk that it might be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

 

In addition, a Fund may cover a written call option or put option by maintaining liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian or by purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position.

 

5


A Fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index composed of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 

A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in the Fund. A Fund may cover call and put options on a securities index by maintaining cash or liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian.

 

A Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as closing purchase transactions.

 

A Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or options on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest. A Fund would also be able to enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

 

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the call option.

 

A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of its securities (protective puts) or in securities in which it may invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise such a Fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the put option.

 

A Fund would purchase put and call options on securities indexes for the same purposes as it would purchase options on individual securities.

 

Risks Associated with Options Transactions

 

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular exchange-traded option at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

 

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of

 

6


options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

The Funds may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S., United Kingdom, and other exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) changes its position, a Fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the formula.

 

Transactions by a Fund in options on securities and securities indices will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert. Thus, the number of options which a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser of the Funds. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

 

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary securities transactions. The successful use of protective puts for hedging purposes depends in part on an ability to anticipate future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

 

The Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write options on futures contracts. A Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities), securities indexes, and other financial instruments and indexes. A Fund will engage in futures or related options transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined below or to increase total returns to the extent permitted by regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). All futures contracts entered into by a Fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC.

 

Futures Contracts

 

A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy or sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

 

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current securities through the sale of futures contracts. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.

 

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While a Fund’s futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, it may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

 

Hedging Strategies

 

Hedging by use of futures contracts seeks to establish more certainty than would otherwise be possible in the effective price or rate of return on securities that a Fund owns or proposes to acquire. A Fund may, for example, take a short position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in order to hedge against an anticipated rise in

 

7


interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s securities.

 

If, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of a Fund’s securities may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this difference in volatility based on historical patterns and to compensate for it by having a Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Fund’s securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of the Fund’s securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the Fund’s securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

 

On other occasions, a Fund may take a long position by purchasing such futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or interest rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

 

Options on Futures Contracts

 

The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a Fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the option premium and transaction costs.

 

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of a Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, a Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated to purchase a futures contract, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. A Fund will increase transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

 

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

 

8


Other Considerations

 

Where permitted, a Fund will engage in futures transactions and in related options transactions only for bona fide hedging, yield enhancement and risk management purposes to the extent permitted by CFTC regulations. A Fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or which it expects to purchase. Except as stated below, each Fund’s futures transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes, i.e., futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. As evidence of this hedging intent, a Fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), that Fund will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for a Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

 

As an alternative to literal compliance with the bona fide hedging definition, a CFTC regulation permits a Fund to elect to comply with a different test under which the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in futures contracts and options on futures, for the purpose of increasing total return, will not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which such options were “in the money” at the time of purchase. As permitted, each Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and in related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

 

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating a Fund to purchase securities or currencies, require the Fund to segregate with its custodian liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

 

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the position which the Fund intends to protect, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

 

Perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and current positions may be difficult to achieve because no futures contracts based on individual equity securities are currently available. The only futures contracts available to these Funds for hedging purposes are various futures on U.S. government securities and securities indexes.

 

Swap Transactions

 

The Funds may, to the extent permitted by the SEC, enter into privately negotiated swap transactions with other financial institutions in order to take advantage of investment opportunities generally not available in public markets. In general, these transactions involve swapping a return based on certain securities, instruments, or financial indexes with another party, such as a commercial bank, in exchange for a return based on different securities, instruments, or financial indexes.

 

By entering into swap transactions, a Fund may be able to protect the value of a portion of its securities against declines in market value. A Fund may also enter into swap transactions to facilitate implementation of allocation strategies between different market segments or to take advantage of market opportunities which may arise from time to time.

 

A Fund may be able to enhance its overall performance if the return offered by the other party to the swap transaction exceeds the return swapped by the Fund. However, there can be no assurance that the return a Fund receives from the counterparty to the swap transaction will exceed the return it swaps to that party.

 

9


While a Fund will only enter into swap transactions with counterparties it considers creditworthy, a risk inherent in swap transactions is that the other party to the transaction may default on its obligations under the swap agreement. Each Fund will monitor the creditworthiness of parties with which it has swap transactions. If the other party to the swap transaction defaults on its obligations, a Fund would be limited to contractual remedies under the swap agreement. There can be no assurance that a Fund will succeed when pursuing its contractual remedies. To minimize a Fund’s exposure in the event of default, the Funds will usually enter into swap transactions on a net basis (i.e., the parties to the transaction will net the payments payable to each other before such payments are made). When a Fund enters into swap transactions on a net basis, the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each such swap agreement will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Fund’s custodian. To the extent a Fund enters into swap transactions other than on a net basis, the amount segregated will be the full amount of the Fund’s obligations, if any, with respect to each such swap agreement, accrued on a daily basis. See “Segregated Accounts.”

 

Swap agreements are considered to be illiquid by the SEC staff and will be subject to the limitations on illiquid investments. See “Restricted and Illiquid Securities.”

 

To the extent that there is an imperfect correlation between the return a Fund is obligated to swap and the securities or instruments representing such return, the value of the swap transaction may be adversely affected. Therefore, a Fund will not enter into a swap transaction unless it owns or has the right to acquire the securities or instruments representative of the return it is obligated to swap with the counterparty to the swap transaction. It is not the intention of the Funds to engage in swap transactions in a speculative manner, but rather primarily to hedge or manage the risks associated with assets held in a Fund, or to facilitate the implementation of strategies of purchasing and selling assets for a Fund.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

The Funds may enter into interest rate swaps for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes. Since swaps are entered into for good faith hedging purposes or are offset by a segregated account as described below, the Investment Adviser believes that swaps do not constitute senior securities as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or other liquid securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to such accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. A Fund will not enter into any interest rate swap unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party to the swap is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market.

 

Foreign Securities

 

The Funds may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities, other than ADRs, will be held in custody by an approved selected sub-custodian, who will handle transactions with Euro-clear, the securities clearance and depository facilities operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in Brussels, Belgium.

 

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks and considerations include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign securities transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investment in foreign countries and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital and currencies. Foreign issuers may also be subject to less government regulation than U.S. companies. Moreover, the dividends and interest payable on foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders. Further, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price volatility.

 

10


Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect, favorably or unfavorably, the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or perceived changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.

 

11


Short Sales

 

The Funds may sell securities which they do not own or own but do not intend to deliver to the buyer (sell short) if, at the time of the short sale, the Fund making the short sale owns or has the right to acquire an equal amount of the security being sold short at no additional cost. These transactions allow the Funds to hedge against price fluctuations by locking in a sale price for securities they do not wish to sell immediately.

 

A Fund may make a short sale when it decides to sell a security it owns at a currently attractive price. This allows the Fund to postpone a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes and to satisfy certain tests applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The Funds will only make short sales if the total amount of all short sales does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Fund. This limitation can be changed at any time.

 

The known Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities and Transamerica Premier Focus Funds may also sell securities short if no more than 2% of a Fund’s total assets is invested in a single short sale position and no more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in short sale positions.

 

Purchase of When-Issued Securities

 

The Funds may enter into firm commitment agreements for the purchase of securities on a specified future date. Thus, the Funds may purchase, for example, new issues of fixed-income instruments on a when-issued basis, whereby the payment obligation, or yield to maturity, or coupon rate on the instruments may not be fixed at the time of the transaction. A Fund will not purchase securities on a when-issued basis if, as a result, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets would be so invested. In addition, the Funds may invest in asset-backed securities on a delayed-delivery basis. This reduces the Funds’ risk of early repayment of principal, but exposes the Funds to some additional risk that the transaction will not be consummated.

 

When a Fund enters into a firm commitment agreement, liability for the purchase price and the rights and risks of ownership of the security accrue to the Fund at the time it becomes obligated to purchase such security, although delivery and payment occur at a later date. Accordingly, if the market price of the security should decline, the effect of such an agreement would be to obligate the Fund to purchase the security at a price above the current market price on the date of delivery and payment. During the time a Fund is obligated to purchase such security it will be required to segregate assets. See “Segregated Accounts.”

 

Segregation of Assets

 

In connection with when-issued securities, firm commitment agreements, futures, the writing of options, and certain other transactions in which a Fund incurs an obligation to make payments in the future, such Fund may be required to segregate assets with its custodian in amounts sufficient to settle the transaction. To the extent required, such segregated assets will consist of liquid securities.

 

Lending of Securities

 

As a means to earn additional income a Fund may lend its securities to brokers and dealers that are not affiliated with the Investment Adviser, are registered with the Commission and are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”), and also to certain other financial institutions, subject to certain investment restrictions (see the “Investment Restrictions” section of this SAI). All loans will be fully collateralized. In connection with the lending of its securities, a Fund will receive as collateral cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government (i.e., Treasury securities), or other collateral permitted by applicable law, which at all times while the loan is outstanding will be maintained in amounts equal to at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, or such lesser percentage as may be permitted by applicable law, as reviewed daily. A Fund lending its securities will receive amounts equal to the interest or dividends paid on the securities loaned and in addition will expect to receive a portion of the income generated by the short-term investment of cash received as collateral or, alternatively, where securities or a letter of credit are used as collateral, a lending fee paid directly to the Fund by the borrower of the securities. Such loans will be terminable by the Fund at any time and will not be made to affiliates of the Investment Adviser. A Fund may terminate a loan of securities in order to regain record ownership of, and to exercise beneficial rights related to, the loaned securities, including but not necessarily limited to voting or subscription rights, and may, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, terminate a loan in the event that a vote of holders of those securities is required on a material matter. The Fund must have the right to call the loan and obtain the

 

12


securities loaned at any time on three days notice. This includes the right to call the loan to enable the Fund to execute shareholder voting rights. Such loans cannot exceed one-third of the Fund’s net assets taken at market value. Interest on loaned securities cannot exceed 10% of the annual gross income of the Fund (without offset for realized capital gains). A Fund may pay reasonable fees to persons unaffiliated with the Fund for services or for arranging such loans. Loans of securities will be made only to firms deemed creditworthy.

 

A Fund lending securities will incur credit risks as with any extension of credit. The Fund risks delay in recovering the loaned securities should the borrower of securities default, become the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, or otherwise be unable to fulfill its obligations or fail financially. Lending securities to broker-dealers and institutions could result in a loss or a delay in recovering the Fund’s securities.

 

The lending policy described in this paragraph is a fundamental policy that can only be changed by a vote of a majority of shareholders.

 

Indebtedness

 

From time to time, the Funds may purchase the direct indebtedness of various companies (Indebtedness) or participation in such Indebtedness. The Transamerica Premier Diversified Equity Fund is more likely to invest in such securities than the other Funds. Indebtedness represents a specific commercial loan or portion of a loan which has been given to a company by a financial institution such as a bank or insurance company (Bank Claims). The company is typically obligated to repay such commercial loan over a specified time period. By purchasing the Bank Claims, a Fund steps into the shoes of the financial institution which made the loan to the company prior to its restructuring or refinancing. Such Bank Claims purchased by a Fund may be in the form of loans, notes or bonds.

 

The Funds normally invest in the Indebtedness which has the highest priority of repayment by the company. However, on occasion, lower priority Indebtedness also may be acquired.

 

Indebtedness of companies may also include Trade Claims. Trade Claims generally represent money due to a supplier of goods or services to the companies issuing indebtedness. Company Indebtedness, including Bank Claims and Trade Claims, may be illiquid (as defined below).

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

The Funds may invest in variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities. These are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. They are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

Short-term corporate obligations may also include variable amount master demand notes. Variable amount master notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts by a Fund at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The Fund has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may repay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. The borrower is typically a large industrial or finance company which also issues commercial paper. Typically these notes provide that the interest rate is set daily by the borrower. The rate is usually the same or similar to the interest rate on commercial paper being issued by the borrower. Because variable amount master notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded, and there may not be a secondary market for these notes, although they generally are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at the face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. Accordingly, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. In connection with master demand note arrangements, the Fund considers earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the issuer. The Funds will only invest in master demand notes of U.S. issuers. While master demand notes, as such, are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, if not so rated the Funds may invest in them only if at the time of an investment the issuer meets the criteria set forth in the Prospectus for all other commercial paper issuers. A Fund will not invest more than 25% of its assets in master demand notes.

 

13


Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements have the characteristics of loans by a Fund, and will be fully collateralized (either with physical securities or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian bank) at all times. During the term of a repurchase agreement the Fund retains the security subject to the repurchase agreement as collateral securing the seller’s repurchase obligation, continually monitors the market value of the security subject to the agreement, and requires the seller to deposit with the Fund additional collateral equal to any amount by which the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement. The Funds will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, and with primary dealers in United States government securities or their wholly owned subsidiaries whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the Investment Adviser and which have, therefore, been determined to present minimal credit risk.

 

Securities underlying repurchase agreements will be limited to certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies or instrumentalities, in which the Fund may otherwise invest. A Fund will not invest in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days if that would result in more than 10% of the Fund’s net assets being so invested when taking into account the remaining days to maturity of its existing repurchase agreements.

 

If a seller of a repurchase agreement defaults and does not repurchase the security subject to the agreement, the Fund would look to the collateral security underlying the seller’s repurchase agreement, including the securities subject to the repurchase agreement, for satisfaction of the seller’s obligation to the Fund. In such event, the Fund might incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral and might suffer a loss if the value of the collateral declines. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against a seller of a repurchase agreement, realization upon the collateral may be delayed or limited. If the seller is unable to make a timely repurchase, the expected proceeds could be delayed, or the Fund could suffer a loss in principal or current interest, or incur costs in liquidating the collateral. The Funds have established procedures to evaluate the creditworthiness of parties making repurchase agreements.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Leverage

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with Federal Reserve member banks and U.S. securities dealers from time to time. In a reverse repurchase transaction the Fund sells securities and simultaneously agrees to repurchase them at a price which reflects an agreed-upon rate of interest. The Fund will use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to make other investments which either mature or are under an agreement to resell at a date simultaneous with, or prior to, the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. The Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements only if the interest income to be earned from the investment proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the reverse repurchase transaction.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of leverage which increases the opportunity for gain and the risk of loss for a given change in market value. In addition, the gains or losses will cause the net asset value of a Fund’s shares to rise or fall faster than would otherwise be the case. There may also be a risk of delay in the recovery of the underlying securities if the opposite party has financial difficulties. A Fund’s obligations under all borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, will not exceed one-third of the Fund’s net assets.

 

The use of reverse repurchase agreements is included in the Fund’s borrowing policy and is subject to the limits of Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act. During the time a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, each Fund that has entered into such an agreement segregates cash or other liquid securities having a value at least equal to the repurchase price under the reverse repurchase agreement.

 

14


Municipal Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in municipal obligations. The equity Funds may invest in such obligations as part of their cash management techniques. In addition to the usual risks associated with investing for income, the value of municipal obligations can be affected by changes in the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuers. The credit quality of a municipal obligation can be affected by, among other factors: a) the financial condition of the issuer or guarantor; b) the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue; c) the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose; d) political or economic developments in the region or jurisdiction where the security is issued; and e) the liquidity of the security. Because municipal obligations are generally traded over the counter, the liquidity of a particular issue often depends on the willingness of dealers to make a market in the security. The liquidity of some municipal issues can be enhanced by demand features which enable the Fund to demand payment from the issuer or a financial intermediary on short notice.

 

Small Capitalization Stocks

 

Except for the Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund, the Funds may invest in small capitalization stocks. The securities of small companies are usually less actively followed by analysts and may be undervalued by the market, which can provide significant opportunities for capital appreciation; however, the securities of such small companies may also involve greater risks and may be subject to more volatile market movements than securities of larger, more established companies. The securities of small companies are often traded in the over-the counter market, and might not be traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of small companies are likely to be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies.

 

Over-The-Counter-Market

 

The Funds may invest in over-the-counter stocks. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock. Low trading volumes may make it difficult to find a buyer or seller for the securities of some companies. This will have an affect on the purchase or selling price of a stock.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are generally securities evidencing ownership or interest in pools of many individual mortgages or other loans. Part of the cash flow of these securities is from the early payoff of some of the underlying loans. The specific amount and timing of such prepayments is difficult to predict, creating prepayment risk. For example, prepayments on Government National Mortgage Association certificates (“GNMA”s) are more likely to increase during periods of declining long-term interest rates because borrowers tend to refinance when interest rates drop. In the event of very high prepayments, the Funds may be required to invest these proceeds at a lower interest rate, causing them to earn less than if the prepayments had not occurred. Prepayments are more likely to decrease during periods of rising interest rates, causing the expected average life of the underlying mortgages to become longer. This variability of prepayments will tend to limit price gains when interest rates drop and to exaggerate price declines when interest rates rise.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds and strips. Zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments. Instead, they are sold at a discount from face value. A single lump sum, which represents both principal and interest, is paid at maturity. Strips are debt securities whose interest coupons are taken out and traded separately after the securities are issued but otherwise are comparable to zero coupon bonds. The market value of zero coupon bonds and strips generally is more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality.

 

Investments in Other Investment Companies

 

Up to 10% of each Fund’s total assets may be invested in the shares of other investment companies, but only up to 5% of its assets may be invested in any one other investment company. In addition, no Fund may purchase more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one investment company.

 

15


Special Situations

 

The Funds may invest in “special situations” from time to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, the securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due to a specific development with respect to that issuer. Developments creating a special situation might include, among others, a merger proposal or buyout, a leveraged recapitalization, a new product or process, a technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate event, or differences in market supply of and demand for the security. Investment in special situations may carry an additional risk of loss in the event that the anticipated development does not occur or does not attract the expected attention. It is not the policy of any of the Funds to select investments based primarily on the possibility of one or more of these investment techniques and opportunities being presented.

 

Investment Restrictions

 

Investment restrictions, numbered 1 through 10 below, have been adopted as fundamental policies of the Funds. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed with respect to a Fund without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. Each Fund will operate as a diversified company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, except the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, which will operate as a non-diversified fund. The non-diversified Fund reserves the right to become a diversified fund as defined in the 1940 Act by limiting its investments in which more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets are invested. Investment restrictions 11 through 14 may be changed by a vote of the Board of Directors of the Company at any time.

 

1. Borrowing

 

Each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests and cash payments of dividends and distributions that might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) valued at market less liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made. Whenever outstanding borrowings, not including reverse repurchase agreements, represent 5% or more of a Fund’s total assets, the Fund will not make any additional investments.

 

2. Lending

 

No Fund may lend its assets or money to other persons, except through (a) purchasing debt obligations; (b) lending securities in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the Fund’s assets taken at market value; (c) entering into repurchase agreements; (d) trading in financial futures contracts, index futures contracts, securities indexes and options on financial futures contracts, options on index futures contracts, options on securities and options on securities indexes; and (e) entering into variable rate demand notes.

 

3. 5% Fund Rule

 

Except for the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, no Fund may purchase securities (other than U.S. government securities) of any issuer if, as a result of the purchase, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of the issuer, except that up to 25% of the value of the total assets of each Fund may be invested without regard to this limitation. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction. With respect to the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, no more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer (other than cash items and government securities); and, with respect to 50% of the Fund’s total assets, no more than 5% may be invested in the securities of a single issuer (other than cash items and government securities).

 

4. 10% Issuer Rule

 

No Fund may purchase more than 10% of the voting securities of any one issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding securities of any class of issuer, except that (a) this limitation is not applicable to a Fund’s investments in government securities and (b) up to 25% of the value of the assets of a Fund may be invested without regard to these 10% limitations. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction. These limitations are subject to any further limitations under the 1940 Act.

 

16


5. 25% Industry Rule

 

No Fund may invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in securities issued by companies engaged in any one industry, including non-domestic banks or any foreign government. This limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

6. Underwriting

 

No Fund may underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the sale of securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and limitations may be deemed to be an underwriting, and except that the Fund may acquire securities under circumstances in which, if the securities were sold, the Fund might be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

 

7. Real Estate

 

No Fund may purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnership interests, or invest in oil, gas or mineral leases, or mineral exploration or development programs, except that a Fund may (a) invest in securities secured by real estate, mortgages or interests in real estate or mortgages; (b) purchase securities issued by companies that invest or deal in real estate, mortgages or interests in real estate or mortgages; (c) engage in the purchase and sale of real estate as necessary to provide it with an office for the transaction of business; or (d) acquire real estate or interests in real estate securing an issuer’s obligations, in the event of a default by that issuer.

 

8. Short Sales

 

No Fund, except the Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, may make short sales of securities or maintain a short position unless, at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short. The Transamerica Premier Growth Opportunities Fund and the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position unless (a) at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short; or (b) no more than 2% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in a single short sale position and not more than 10% of the fund’s total assets is invested in short sale positions.

 

9. Margin Purchases

 

No Fund may purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may obtain any short-term credits necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, financial futures contracts or related options, and options on securities, and options on securities indexes will not be deemed to be a purchase of securities on margin by a Fund.

 

10. Commodities

 

No Fund may invest in commodities, except that each Fund may invest in futures contracts (including financial futures contracts or securities index futures contracts) and related options and other similar contracts as described in this Statement of Additional Information and in the Prospectus.

 

11. Securities of Other Investment Companies

 

No Fund may purchase securities of other investment companies, other than a security acquired in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization or offer of exchange and except as permitted under the 1940 Act, if as a result of the purchase: (a) more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of investment companies; (b) more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one investment company; or (c) the Fund would own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any investment company.

 

12. Invest for Control

 

No Fund may invest in companies for the purposes of exercising control or management.

 

17


13. Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

No Fund will invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments, which includes most repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, currency and interest rate swaps, time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain over-the-counter option contracts, participation interests in loans, securities that are not readily marketable, and restricted securities, unless the Investment Adviser determines, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets and available reliable price information for the specific security, that such restricted securities are eligible to be deemed liquid under Rule 144A. For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of by a Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities. In no event will any Fund’s investment in illiquid securities, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of its assets. If through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, any Fund were in a position where more than 15% of its assets were invested in illiquid securities, it would take appropriate steps to protect liquidity.

 

The Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Investment Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of restricted securities. The Board, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. When no market, dealer, or matrix quotations are available for a security, illiquid investments are priced at fair value as determined in good faith by a committee appointed by the Board. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance exactly how the market for restricted securities sold and offered under Rule 144A will develop, the Board will carefully monitor each Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity, and availability of information. To the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities, this investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of liquidity in a Fund.

 

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of restricted securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities would trade if they were not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market prices is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the restricted securities, and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

 

Management of the Company

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 22, 1995. The Company is registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company of the series type. Each Fund constitutes a separate series. All series, except the Transamerica Premier Focus Fund, are diversified investment companies. Each series except Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Diversified Equity Fund, Transamerica Premier Institutional Bond Fund, and Transamerica Premier Cash Reserve Fund has two classes of shares, Investor Class and Class A Shares (the Transamerica Premier High Yield Bond Fund has two classes of shares, Investor Class and Institutional Class). This SAI describes the Class A Shares only. For more information about the Investor Shares, the Institutional Shares or the other series of the Company, call 1-800-892-7587. The Company reserves the right to issue additional classes of shares in the future without the consent of shareholders, and can allocate any remaining unclassified shares or reallocate any unissued classified shares. The fiscal year-end of the Company is December 31.

 

Except for the differences noted, each share of a Fund has equal dividend, redemption and liquidation rights with other shares of the Fund and when issued, is fully paid and nonassessable. Each share of each class of a Fund represents an identical legal interest in the investments of the Fund. Each class has certain expenses related solely to that class. Each class will have exclusive voting rights under any 12(b)-1 distribution plan related to that class. In the event that a special meeting of shareholders is called, separate votes are taken by each class only if a matter affects, or requires the vote of, that class. Although the legal rights of holders of each class of shares are identical, it is likely that the difference in expenses will result in different net asset values and dividends. The classes may have different exchange privileges.

 

18


As a Maryland corporation, the Company is not required to hold regular annual meetings of shareholders. Ordinarily there will be no shareholder meetings, unless requested by shareholders holding 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company, or unless required by the 1940 Act or Maryland law. You are entitled to cast one vote for each share you own of each Fund. At a special shareholders meeting, if one is called, issues that affect all the Funds in substantially the same way will be voted on by all shareholders, without regard to the Funds. Issues that do not affect a Fund will not be voted on by the shareholders of that Fund. Issues that affect all Funds, but in which their interests are not substantially the same, will be voted on separately by each Fund.

 

Directors and Officers

 

Responsibility for the management and supervision of the Company and its Funds rests with the Board. The Investment Adviser is subject to the direction of the Board.

 

The names of the directors and executive officers of the Company, their business addresses and their principal occupations during the past five years are listed below. Each of the officers listed below is an employee of an entity that provides services to the Funds. An asterisk (*) appears after the name of each director who is an interested person of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Independent Directors:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held

with Transamerica

Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served


  

Number of

Portfolios

Overseen

in the

Complex


  

Principal Occupations

During the Past 5 years


  

Other Directorships


Charles C. Reed

Aon Risk Services

707 Wilshire Blvd.,

Suite 6000

Los Angeles, CA 90017

DOB 8/28/33

  

Director and

Chairman of the

Board

  

Indefinite**

1995 – present;

Chairman since

2004

   11    Vice Chairman of Aon Risk Services Inc. of Southern California    N/A

Sidney E. Harris

Georgia State University

35 Broad Street, Suite 718

Atlanta, Georgia 30303

DOB 7/21/49

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Dean of Robinson College of Business, Georgia State University (1997 – present)   

The ServiceMaster

Company

(1994 – present);

Total System Services,

Inc. (1999 – present).

Carl R. Terzian

Carl Terzian Associates

12400 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 200

Los Angeles, CA 90025

DOB 10/22/35

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Chairman of Carl Terzian Associates (public relations) (1969 – present)   

National Mercantile

Bancorp (holding

company) and Mercantile

National Bank

(1998 – present);

Electronic Clearing

House, Inc.

(2002 – present).

Sandra N. Bane

303 Palmetto Drive

Pasadena, CA 91105

DOB 6/13/52

   Director   

Indefinite**

2003 – present

   11    Retired KPMG (1999 – present)   

Big 5 Sporting Goods

(2002 – present)

Interested Director

                        

Gary U. Rollé*

Transamerica Center

1150 S. Olive St.

Los Angeles, CA 90015

DOB 7/24/41

  

Director and

President

  

Indefinite**

1999 – present

   11    Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (TIM) (1999 – present); Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (TISI) (1967 – present); Director, Transamerica Life Canada; AEGON Capital Management Inc.; AEGON Fund Management Inc.; Gemini Investments, Inc.; Transamerica CBO I, Inc.    N/A

 

19


Officers:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held

with Transamerica

Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office

and Length

of Time Served


  

Principal Occupations During

the Past 5 years


Brian C. Scott*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 9/29/43

  

Chief Executive

Officer

   2003 – present***   

Trustee, President and CEO,

AEGON/Transamerica Series Trust (ATST) & Transamerica IDEX Mutual Funds (TA IDEX) (2002 – present); Director, President & CEO, Transamerica Fund Advisors, Inc. (TFAI) & Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (TFS) (2001 – present); Director, Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (TISI) (2003 – present)

John K. Carter*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 4/24/61

  

Vice President,

Secretary & Chief

Compliance Officer

   2003 – present***   

Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer, ATST, TA IDEX (1999 – present) & TIS (2002 – present); Director (2002 – present), Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, & Secretary, TFAI & TFS

(2000 – present); Chief Compliance Officer, TFAI (2004 – present); Vice President, AFSG Securities Corporation (AFSG) (2001 – present); Vice President, TISI (2003 –present); Vice President, TISI (2003 – present)

Kim D. Day*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 8/2/55

  

Vice President and

Treasurer

   2003 – present***   

Sr. Vice President, Treasurer &

Chief Financial Officer, ATST, TA IDEX & TIS (2003 – present); Sr. Vice President & Treasurer, TFAI & TFS (2002 – present); Director & Vice President, AFSG (2004 – present); Vice President, TISI (2003 – present)


* Appears after the name of each director or officer who is an Interested Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company.
** Directors serve an indefinite term until his/her successor is elected.
*** Elected and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of Transamerica Investors, Inc. No officer of Transamerica Investors, Inc. except for the Chief Compliance Officer receives any compensation from Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Additional information about the fund directors can be found in the Statement of Additional Information, available without charge by calling: 1-800-892-7587.

 

The directors are responsible for major decisions relating to the Funds’ objectives, policies and operations. Day-to-day decisions by the officers of the Funds are reviewed by the directors on a quarterly basis. During the interim between quarterly Board meetings, the Executive Committee is empowered to act when necessary for the Board of Directors. The sole member of the Executive Committee is Gary U. Rollé.

 

No officer, director or employee of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, or any of its affiliates receives any compensation from the Company for acting as a director or officer of the Company. Each director of the Company who is not an interested person of the Company receives an annual fee of $10,000, and $1,000 for each meeting of the Company’s Board attended, and $500 for each Board committee meeting attended, and is reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with such attendance.

 

20


Compensation Table

 

The following table provides compensation amounts paid to Disinterested Directors of the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Name of Person, Position


   Aggregate Compensation
from Transamerica
Premier Funds


   Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part
of Fund Expenses


   Total Compensation Paid to
Directors from Transamerica
Premier Funds


Sidney E. Harris

   $ 31,000    0    $ 31,000

Charles C. Reed

   $ 34,000    0    $ 34,000

Carl R. Terzian

   $ 31,000    0    $ 31,000

Sandra N. Bane

   $ 34,000    0    $ 34,000

Gary U. Rollé

   $ N/A         $ N/A

 

Director Ownership of Equity Securities

 

The table below gives the dollar range of shares of Transamerica Premier Funds as well as the aggregate dollar range of shares of all Funds advised and sponsored by Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, owned by each Director as of December 31, 2004.

 

Name of Director


   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Funds


   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in
All Registered Investment Companies Overseen
by Directors in Family of Investment  Companies


Sidney E. Harris

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Charles C. Reed

   —      —  

Carl R. Terzian

   —      —  

Sandra N. Bane

   —      —  

Gary U. Rollé

   —      —  

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Directors are responsible for major decisions relating to each Fund’s objective, policies and techniques. They review investment decisions, although they do not actively participate on a regular basis in making such decisions. The Board of Directors has three standing committees that each perform specialized functions: an Audit Committee, Nominating Committee and Executive Committee.

 

Committee


  

Functions


  

Members


   Number of
Meetings Held
During Last
Fiscal Year


Audit Committee

   Review the financial reporting process, the system of internal control, the audit process and the Transamerica Premier process for monitoring compliance and applicable laws and the Transamerica Premier Code of Ethics.    Independent Directors    4

Nominating Committee

  

Nominates and evaluates independent Director candidates.

The Fund does not accept nominations from shareholders.

   Independent Directors    0

 

21


Committee


  

Functions


  

Members


   Number of
Meetings Held
During Last
Fiscal Year


Executive Committee

   Performs all functions as those performed by the Board of Directors, except as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of Transamerica Investors, Inc.    Independent Directors plus Gary Rollé    0

 

The officers and directors of Transamerica Investors, Inc. together owned less than 1% of the shares of each of the equity Funds. As of April 12, 2005, the following shareholders owned 25% or more of the Class A Shares of the indicated Funds:

 

Shareholder


  

Transamerica

Premier Funds


   Percent
Owned


 

Class A

           

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Focus Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Balanced Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Bond Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Equity Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Growth Opportunities Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Diversified Equity Fund    100.00 %

 

In addition, as of April 12, 2005, the following shareholders owned 5% or more of the Class A Shares of the indicated equity Funds:

 

Shareholder


  

Transamerica

Premier Funds


   Percent
Owned


 

Class A

           

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Focus Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Balanced Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Bond Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Equity Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Growth Opportunities Fund    100.00 %

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO AS TTEE CUST

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

MANHATTANVILLE RD, PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Diversified Equity    100.00 %

 

22


Investment Adviser

 

The Funds’ Investment Adviser is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, (the “Adviser” or “TIM”), at 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015. TIM is controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TIS”), at the same address. TIS was adviser until January 1, 2000. Prior to May 1, 2003, TIS served as sub-adviser to the Funds, providing certain investment research and other services under an agreement with the Fund and the Adviser. Effective April 30, 2003, TIS resigned its position as sub-adviser.

 

The Adviser will: (1) supervise and manage the investments of each Fund and direct the purchase and sale of its investment securities; and (2) see that investments follow the investment objectives and comply with government regulations. The Investment Adviser is also responsible for the selection of brokers and dealers to execute transactions for each Fund. Some of these brokers or dealers may be affiliated persons of the Company, the Investment Adviser, Administrator, or the Distributor. Although it is the Company’s policy to seek the best price and execution for each transaction, the Investment Adviser may give consideration to brokers and dealers who provide the Funds with statistical information and other services in addition to transaction services. See “Brokerage Allocation” below.

 

Following are the amounts of advisory fees earned1, amounts waived and net amounts received for each Fund over the last three fiscal years. Certain fees were waived by the Investment Adviser.

 

Transamerica Premier Fund Fiscal Year


  

Advisory Fee

Earned1


  

Advisory Fee

Waived2


  

Advisory Fee

Net Received


Premier Focus Fund

    2002

    2003

    2004

   $
$
$
722,081
719,704
804,777
   $
$
$
0
0
20,113
   $
$
$
722,081
719,704
784,664

Premier Equity Fund

    2002

    2003

    2004

   $
$
$
1,061,642
1,263,585
1,450,803
   $
$
 
0
0
—  
   $
$
$
1,061,642
1,263,585
1,450,803

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

    2002

    2003

    2004

   $
$
$
916,872
783,655
1,037,472
   $
$
$
0
0
22,198
   $
$
$
916,872
783,655
1,015,274

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

    2002

    2003

    2004

   $
$
$
916,872
122,863
386,889
   $
$
$
0
17,306
169,226
   $
$
$
916,872
105,557
217,663

Premier Balanced Fund

    2002

    2003

    2004

   $
$
$
1,052,335
1,210,152
1,643,394
   $
$
$
0
0
7,108
   $
$
$
1,052,335
1,210,152
1,636,286

1 Presentation is on a Fund level, not a class level. Class level breakdown is not required by N1-A rules.
2 Assumes order of reimbursement/waiver is for class-specific expenses first, then waiver of advisory fees.
3 Amount of reimbursement pursuant to expense limitations.

 

23


The Investment Adviser TIM is owned by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is owned by AEGON N.V., one of the world’s largest financial services and insurance groups.

 

Administrator

 

The Funds’ Administrator is Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. The Administrator will: (1) provide the Funds with administrative and clerical services, including the maintenance of the Funds’ books and records; (2) arrange periodic updating of the Funds’ prospectus and any supplements; (3) provide proxy materials and reports to Fund shareholders and the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (4) provide the Funds with adequate office space and all necessary office equipment and services. The Administrator also provides services for the registration of Fund shares with those states and other jurisdictions where its shares are offered or sold. The Administrator has contracted with Investors Bank & Trust Company to perform certain administrative functions.

 

Each Fund pays all of its expenses not assumed by the Investment Adviser/ Administrator. This includes transfer agent and custodian fees and expenses, legal and auditing fees, printing costs of reports to shareholders, registration fees and expenses, 12(b)-1 fees, and fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with Transamerica Corporation.

 

The Investment Adviser/Administrator may from time to time reimburse the Funds for some or all of their operating expenses. Such reimbursements will increase a Fund’s return. This is intended to make the Funds more competitive. This practice may be terminated at any time.

 

Prior to September 29, 2003, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM”) was the Funds’ Administrator

 

The Funds paid the following administrative expenses for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

TFS

   N/A    N/A    N/A

TIM

   N/A    N/A    N/A

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

Investors Bank & Trust Company (“IBT”), 200 Clarendon Street, 16th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, serves as custodian to the Funds. Under its custodian contract with the Company, IBT is authorized to appoint one or more banking institutions as subcustodians of assets owned by each Fund. For its custody services, IBT receives monthly fees charged to the Funds based upon the month-end, aggregate net asset value of the Funds, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The assets of the Company are held under bank custodianship in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 

Under a Transfer Agency Agreement, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, serves as the Funds’ transfer agent. The transfer agent is responsible for: a) opening and maintaining your account; b) reporting information to you about your account; c) paying you dividends and capital gains; and d) handling your requests for exchanges, transfers and redemptions. For these services, TFS is paid $25 per year per open account; $1.00 per year per closed account; and applicable out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Distributor

 

AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”), 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52494, serves as the principal underwriter of shares of the Funds, which are continuously distributed. AFSG is a wholly owned subsidiary of Commonwealth General Corporation of Kentucky, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AEGON U.S. Corporation. AFSG is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. AFSG may also enter into arrangements whereby Fund shares may be sold by other broker-dealers, which may or may not be affiliated with AFSG.

 

24


Underwriting Commission

 

Compensation: The following commissions and other compensation were received by each principal underwriter from the Fund during the last fiscal year.

 

(1)    (2)    (3)    (4)    (5)

Name of Principal Underwriter


   Net Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions


   Compensation on
Redemptions and
Repurchases


   Brokers
Commissions


   Other
Compensation


AFSG Securities

Corporation

(effective: 12/05/03)

                   

 

Distribution of Shares of the Funds

 

The 12b-1 plan of distribution and related distribution contracts require the Class A shares of each Fund to pay distribution and service fees to AFSG as compensation for its activities, not as reimbursement for specific expenses. If AFSG’s expenses are more than its fees for any Fund, the Fund will not have to pay more than those fees. If AFSG’s expenses are less than the fees, it will keep the excess. The Company will pay the distribution and service fees to AFSG until the distribution contracts are terminated or not renewed. In that event, AFSG’s expenses over and above any fees through the termination date will be AFSG’s sole responsibility and not the obligation of the Company. The Board will review the distribution plan, contracts and AFSG’s expenses.

 

The 12b-1 fee covers such activities as preparation, printing and mailing of the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information for prospective customers, as well as sales literature and other media advertising, and related expenses. It can also be used to compensate sales personnel involved with selling the Funds. AFSG makes periodic payments of all or a portion of the 12(b)-1 fee to qualifying broker-dealers, certain financial institutions, or certain financial intermediaries to compensate them for services provided in connection with sales of Shares. The payments are based on the average net asset value of Shares of the Fund which are attributable to shareholders, including qualified retirement plans, for whom the broker-dealers are designated as the broker-dealer of record.

 

In the case a Fund or a class of shares is closed to new investors or investments, AFSG also may use the fees payable under the 12b-1 plan to make payments to broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries for past sales and distribution efforts.

 

During 2004, AFSG received $257,812 in 12b-1 fees, of which approximately $             was spent on telemarketing and prospectus distribution, approximately $             was spent on advertising and sales promotion, and approximately $             was paid as compensation to broker-dealers for distribution and services.

 

From time to time, and for one or more Funds within each class of Shares, the Distributor may waive any or all of these fees at its discretion.

 

Portfolio Manager Information

 

Information regarding other accounts managed by each fund’s portfolio manager(s), the methods by which each fund’s portfolio manager(s) are compensated, the methods by which each the range of securities owned by each portfolio manager and a description of the conflicts of interest policy applicable to each fund portfolio manager are provided in Appendix D of this SAI.

 

Proxy Voting

 

The Board of Directors has adopted proxy voting procedures pursuant to which the Company delegates to the Investment Adviser the authority and responsibility for voting proxies with respect to each Fund’s underlying securities holdings. A summary of the Investment Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures is provided in Appendix C of this SAI.

 

The Funds are required to file Form N-PX with their complete proxy voting records for the 12 months ended June 30th, no later than August 31st of each year. The Form is available without charge: (1) from the Funds, upon request by calling 1-800-892-7587; and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

25


Purchase and Redemption of Shares

 

IRA Accounts

 

You can establish an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), either Regular or Roth IRA, or a Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) with your employer, or a Coverdell ESA for a child. Contributions to an IRA may be deductible from your taxable income or earnings may be tax-free, depending on your personal tax situation and the type of IRA. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for your IRA application kit, or for additional information. The kit has information on who qualifies for which type of IRA.

 

If you are receiving a distribution from your pension plan, or you would like to transfer your IRA account from another financial institution, you can continue to get tax-deferred growth by transferring these proceeds to a Transamerica Premier Fund IRA. If you want to rollover distributions from your pension plan to an IRA in one or more of the Funds, the money must be paid directly by your pension plan administrator to Transamerica Premier Funds to avoid a 20% federal withholding tax.

 

Retirement accounts are subject to a custodial fee of $15 per fund account/annually, with a maximum fee of $30 per Social Security Number. The fee is generally waived if the total of the retirement account’s(s’) value, by Social Security Number, is more than $50,000.

 

Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

A Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act (“UGMA/UTMA”) account allows an adult to put assets in the name of a minor child. The adult maintains control over these assets until the child reaches the age of majority, which is generally 18 or 21. State laws dictate which type of account can be used and the age of majority. An adult must be appointed as custodian for the account and will be legally responsible for administering the account, but the child’s Social Security number must be used. Generally, the person selected as custodian is one of the parents or grandparents, but may be some other adult relative or friend. By shifting assets to a custodial account, you may benefit if the child’s tax rate is lower.

 

Investor Share Redemptions in Excess of $250,000

 

If you request a redemption of up to $250,000, the amount will be paid in cash. If you redeem more than $250,000 from any one account in any one Fund in a 90-day period, we reserve the right to pay you in securities in lieu of cash.

 

The securities delivered will be selected at the sole discretion of the Fund. They will be readily marketable with an active and substantial secondary market given the type of companies involved and the characteristics of the markets in which they trade, but will not necessarily be representative of the entire Fund. They may be securities that the Fund regards as least desirable. You may incur brokerage costs in converting the securities to cash.

 

The method of valuing securities used to make the redemptions will be the same as the method of valuing securities described under “Determination of Net Asset Value” later in this document. Such valuation will be made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

 

This right is designed to give the Funds the option to lessen the adverse effect of large redemptions on the Fund and its non-redeeming shareholders. For example, assume that a shareholder redeems $1 million on a given day and that the Fund pays him $250,000 in cash and is required to sell securities for $750,000 to raise the remainder of the cash to pay him. The securities valued at $750,000 on the day of the redemption may bring a lower price when sold thereafter, so that more securities may be sold to realize $750,000. In that case, the redeeming shareholder’s proceeds would be fixed at $750,000 and the market risk would be imposed on the Fund and its remaining shareholders, who would suffer the loss. By delivering securities instead of cash, the market risk is imposed on the redeeming shareholder. The redeeming shareholder (not the Fund) bears the brokerage cost of selling the securities.

 

Exchange Privilege

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the prospectus or in this section, by calling Transamerica Premier Funds, investors may exchange shares between accounts with identical registrations. During periods of unusual market changes and shareholder activity, shareholders may experience delays in contacting Transamerica Premier Funds by telephone to exercise exchanges.

 

26


Transamerica Premier Funds makes exchanges promptly after receiving instructions in good order. If the shareholder is a corporation, partnership, agent, or surviving joint owner, additional documentation of a customary nature will be required. Because an exchange of shares involves the redemption of fund shares and reinvestment of the proceeds in shares of another Fund, completion of an exchange may be delayed under unusual circumstances if the Fund were to suspend redemptions or postpone payment for the Fund shares being exchanged, in accordance with federal securities laws. Prospectuses of the other Funds are available from Transamerica Premier Funds or investment dealers having sales contracts with AFSG. The prospectus of each Fund describes its investment objective(s) and policies, and shareholders should obtain a prospectus and consider these objectives and policies carefully before requesting an exchange. The Funds reserve the right to change or suspend the exchange privilege at any time. Shareholders would be notified of any change or suspension. Additional information is available from Transamerica Premier Funds.

 

General

 

For information about how to purchase Class A Shares of a Fund at net asset value through an employer’s defined contribution plan, please consult your employer. See “Distribution of Shares” in the Prospectus.

 

The Funds continuously offer their shares. The Funds receive the entire net asset value of shares sold. The Funds will accept unconditional orders for shares to be executed at the public offering price based on the net asset value per share next determined after the order is placed. There are no sales charges assessed on Class A Shares. In the case of orders for purchase of shares placed through dealers, the public offering price will be based on the net asset value determined on the day the order is placed, but only if the dealer receives the order before the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). If the dealer receives the order after the close of the NYSE, the price will be based on the net asset value next determined. If funds for the purchase of shares are sent directly to Transamerica Premier Funds, they will be invested at the public offering price based on the net asset value next determined after receipt. Payment for shares of the Funds must be in U.S. dollars; if made by check, the check must be drawn on a U.S. bank.

 

Initial and subsequent purchases must satisfy the minimums stated in the Prospectus, except that individual investments under certain employee benefit plans or tax qualified retirement plans may be lower.

 

The right of redemption of shares of a Fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (1) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (2) when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency, as defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), exists, making disposal of a Fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value not reasonably practicable, or (3) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders. A shareholder who pays for Fund shares by personal check will receive the proceeds of a redemption of those shares when the purchase check has been collected, which may take up to 15 calendar days. Shareholders who anticipate the need for more immediate access to their investment should purchase shares with federal funds or bank wire or by a certified or cashier’s check.

 

Brokerage Allocation

 

Subject to the direction of the Board, the Investment Adviser has responsibility for making a Fund’s investment decisions, for effecting the execution of trades for a Fund and for negotiating any brokerage commissions thereon. It is the Investment Adviser’s policy to obtain the best price and execution available, giving attention to net price (including commissions where applicable), execution capability (including the adequacy of a firm’s capital position), and other services related to execution; the relative priority given to these factors will depend on all of the circumstances regarding a specific trade.

 

27


The Investment Adviser receives a variety of brokerage and research services from brokerage firms in return for the execution by such brokerage firms of trades on behalf of the Funds. These brokerage and research services include, but are not limited to, quantitative and qualitative research information and purchase and sale recommendations regarding securities and industries, analyses and reports covering a broad range of economic factors and trends, statistical data relating to the strategy and performance of the Funds and other investment companies, services related to the execution of trades in a Fund’s securities and advice as to the valuation of securities. The research services provided by brokers through which the Funds effect securities transactions can be used by the Investment Adviser in servicing all of its accounts and not all of these services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Investment Adviser considers the quantity and quality of such brokerage and research services provided by a brokerage firm along with the nature and difficulty of the specific transaction in negotiating commissions for trades in a Fund’s securities and may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services received generally or in connection with a particular transaction.

 

Consistent with federal legislation, the Investment Adviser may obtain such brokerage and research services regardless of whether they are paid for (1) by means of commissions, or (2) by means of separate, non-commission payments. The Investment Adviser’s judgment as to whether and how it will obtain the specific brokerage and research services will be based upon its analysis of the quality of such services and the cost (depending upon the various methods of payment which may be offered by brokerage firms) and will reflect the Investment Adviser’s opinion as to which services and which means of payment are in the long-term best interests of the Funds. The Investment Adviser will not effect any brokerage transactions in the Funds’ securities with any affiliate of the Company or the Investment Adviser, except in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

 

Subject to the foregoing, in certain circumstances, in selecting brokerage firms to effect the execution of trades for a Fund, the Investment Adviser may also consider the ability for a broker/dealer to provide client referrals and to provide rebates of commissions by a broker to a Fund, or other account managed by the Investment Adviser, or to a third party service provider of a Fund, or other account managed by the Investment Adviser or to pay a Fund or other account expense. In recognition of the value of the foregoing factors, and in the possible research or other services provided, the Investment Adviser may place Fund transactions with a broker or dealer with whom it has negotiated commission that is in excess of commission another broker/dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Investment Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research and/or other service provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the overall responsibilities of the Investment Adviser.

 

Certain executive officers of the Investment Adviser also have supervisory responsibility with respect to the securities of the Investment Adviser’s own accounts. In placing orders for the purchase and sale of debt securities for a Fund, the Investment Adviser will normally use its own facilities. A Fund and another fund or another advisory client of the Investment Adviser, or the Investment Adviser itself, may desire to buy or sell the same publicly traded security at or about the same time. In such a case, the purchases or sales will normally be allocated as nearly as practicable on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amounts to be purchased or sold by each. In determining the amounts to be purchased and sold, the main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives of a Fund and the other funds, the relative size of holdings of the same or comparable securities, availability of cash for investment by a Fund and the other funds, and the size of their respective investment commitments.

 

Over the last three fiscal years all classes of the Funds have paid the following brokerage commissions:

 

Transamerica Premier Funds


   2004

   2003

   2002

Premier Focus Fund

   $ 231,538    $ 253,169    $ 172,276

Premier Equity Fund

   $ 118,549    $ 194,915    $ 164,701

Premier Growth Opportunities Fund

   $ 192,971    $ 139,715    $ 218,133

Premier Diversified Equity Fund

   $ 84,302    $ 26,112    $ 30,946

Premier Balanced Fund

   $ 120,194    $ 92,994    $ 105,002
       —                
       —                

Total

   $ 747,554    $ 706,905    $ 707,474

 

28


On December 31, 2004, the Premier Diversified Equity Fund held stock in J.P. Morgan Chase with a value of $1,248,320. The Premier Bond Fund held stock in Merrill Lynch with a value of $$519,733. The Premier Balanced Fund held stock in J.P. Morgan Chase with a value of $$3,901,000 and Lehman Brothers with a value of $1,175,103. The Premier Cash Reserve held stock in Goldman Sachs with a value of $1,499,727, Merrill Lynch with a value of $1,810,239 and Bank of America with a value of $249,994. In 2004, J.P. Morgan Chase, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers, Bank of America and Goldman Sachs were among these Funds’ regular brokers or dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Board is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities of each Fund, and each class of each Fund. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the net asset value per share is calculated by determining the net worth of each Fund (assets, including securities at market value, minus liabilities) divided by the number of that Fund’s outstanding shares. All securities are valued as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). Each Fund will compute its net asset value once daily at the close of such trading on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business (as described in the Prospectus).

 

In the event that the New York Stock Exchange, the Federal Reserve, or the national securities exchange on which stock options are traded adopt different trading hours on either a permanent or temporary basis, the Board will reconsider the time at which net asset value is computed. In addition, the Funds may compute their net asset value as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

 

Assets of the Funds are valued as follows:

 

a) Equity securities and other similar investments (“Equities”) listed on any U.S. or foreign stock exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange. The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). If no sale occurs, equities traded on a U.S. exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the mean between the closing bid and closing asked prices. Equities traded on a foreign exchange will be valued at the official bid price.

 

b) Over-the-counter securities not quoted on NASDAQ are valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

c) Debt securities purchased with a remaining maturity of 61 days or more are valued on the basis of dealer-supplied quotations or by a pricing service selected by the Investment Adviser and approved by the Board.

 

d) Options and futures contracts are valued at the last sale price on the market where any such option or futures contract is principally traded.

 

e) Over-the-counter options are valued based upon prices provided by market makers in such securities or dealers in such currencies.

 

f) Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued based upon quotations supplied by dealers in such contracts.

 

g) All other securities and other assets, including those for which a pricing service supplies no quotations or quotations are not deemed by the Investment Adviser to be representative of market values, but excluding debt securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures established by the Board.

 

h) Debt securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less will be valued at their amortized cost, which approximates market value.

 

Equities traded on more than one U.S. national securities exchange or foreign securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on each business day at the close of the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at the noon (Eastern time) Reuters spot rate. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by or under procedures established by the Board.

 

29


Performance Information

 

The performance information which may be published for the Funds is historical. It is not intended to represent or guarantee future results. The investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than original cost.

 

The Transamerica Premier Equity and Transamerica Premier Balanced Funds have the same investment adviser and the investment goals and policies, and their strategies are substantially similar in all material respects as the separate accounts which preceded such Funds and were operated in the same manner as such Funds. The separate accounts were not registered with the SEC, nor were they subject to Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). Therefore, they were not subject to the investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions that apply to the Funds. If the separate accounts had been subject to Subchapter M of the Code or regulated as investment companies under the securities laws, their performance may have been adversely affected at times. The separate account performance figures are not the Funds’ own performance and should not be considered a substitute for the Funds’ own performance. Separate account performance should not be considered indicative of any past or future performance of the Funds.

 

Average Annual Total Return for Non-Money Market Funds

 

The Company may publish total return performance information about the Funds. Fund performance usually will be shown either as cumulative total return or average periodic total return compared with other mutual funds by public ranking services, such as Lipper, Inc. Cumulative total return is the actual performance over a stated period of time. Average annual total return is the hypothetical return, compounded annually, that would have produced the same cumulative return if the Fund’s performance had been constant over the entire period. Each Fund’s total return shows its overall dollar or percentage change in value. This includes changes in the share price and reinvestment of dividends and capital gains.

 

A Fund can also separate its cumulative and average annual total returns into income results and capital gains or losses. Each Fund can quote its total returns on a before-tax or after-tax basis.

 

Quotations of average annual total return for any Fund will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a Fund over a period of one, five and ten years (or, if less, up to the life of the Fund), calculated pursuant to the formula:

 

P(1 + T)n = ERV

 

Where:          

P

   =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

T

   =    an average annual total return

N

   =    the number years

ERV

   =    the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5, or 10 year period at the end of the 1, 5, 10 year period (or fractional portion thereof)

 

Cumulative Total Returns

 

From time to time, the Portfolio may disclose cumulative total returns in conjunction with the standard format described above. The cumulative total returns will be calculated using the following formula:

 

CTR = (ERV/P) - 1

 

Where:          

CTR

   =    The cumulative total return net of Portfolio recurring charges for the period.

ERV

   =    The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical investment at the end of the period.

P

   =    A hypothetical single payment of $1,000.

 

30


30-Day Yield for Non-Money Market Funds

 

Although 30-day yields are not used in advertising, they are available upon request. Quotations will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period, less expenses accrued during the period (net investment income), and will be computed by dividing net investment income by the value of a share on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

 

Yield = 2[({[a-b]/cd} + 1)6 - 1]

Where:

 

a = dividends and interest earned during the period

b = the expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period

d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period

 

Taxes

 

Each fund has qualified, and expects to continue to qualify, for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In order to qualify for that treatment, a fund must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (“Distribution Requirement”) and must meet several additional requirements. With respect to each fund, these requirements include the following: (1) the fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or those currencies (“Income Requirement”); (2) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, with respect to any one issuer, do not exceed 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and that do not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and (3) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. If each fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, then each fund should have little or no income taxable to it under the Code. Shareholders of a regulated investment company generally are required to include these distributions as ordinary income, to the extent the distributions are attributable as the RICs investment income, net short-term capital gain, and certain net realized foreign exchange gains, or as capital gains, to the extent of the RICs net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). If a fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, the fund will be subject to federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains, and distributions to its shareholders will constitute ordinary dividend income to the extent of the fund’s available earnings and profits.

 

A fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year substantially all of its ordinary income for that year and capital gains net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts. Each fund intends to distribute annually a sufficient amount of any taxable income and capital gains so as to avoid liability for this excise tax.

 

Recently enacted tax legislation generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term capital gains from sales on or after May 6, 2003 and from certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The following are guidelines for how certain distributions by the funds are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

31


  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends interest income, other types of ordinary income and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer.

 

  Distributions of long-term gains from sales by the Funds before May 6, 2003 will be taxed at the maximum rate of 20%

 

Upon the sale or other disposition of Fund shares, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete liquidation of a Fund, a shareholder usually will realize a capital gain or loss. This loss may be long-term or short-term, generally depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. For tax purposes, a loss will be disallowed on the sale or exchange of shares if the disposed of shares are replaced (including shares acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan) within a period of 61 days. The 61 day time window begins 30 days before and ends 30 days after the date of the sale or exchange of such shares. Should a disposition fall within this 61 day window, the basis of the acquired shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by the shareholder on its disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less, will be treated as a long term capital loss, to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains deemed received by the shareholder, with respect to such shares.

 

Dividends and interest received by a Fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield on its securities. However, tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes. In addition, many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors and most U.S. Tax conventions preclude the imposition of such taxes.

 

Each Fund may invest in the stock of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFIC”s). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, a Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain on disposition of that stock (collectively, “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. If such a tax is imposed on a Fund, the balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to the Fund to the extent that the income is distributed to its shareholders. If a Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing Fund,” then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing Fund’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). This income inclusion is required even if the PFIC does not distribute such income and gains to the Fund, and the amounts so included would be subject to the Distribution Requirement described above. In many instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements thereof. Distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on “qualifying dividends.”

 

In addition, another election may be available that would involve marking to market a Fund’s PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates prescribed in the Code), with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized as of such date although any such gains will be ordinary income rather than capital gain. If this election were made, tax at the Fund level under the excess distribution rules would be eliminated, but a Fund could incur nondeductible interest charges. A Fund’s intention to qualify annually as a regulated investment company may limit a Fund’s ability to make an election with respect to PFIC stock.

 

Options, Futures and Forward Contracts and Swap Agreements. — Certain options, futures contracts, and forward contracts in which a Fund may invest may be “Section 1256 contracts.” Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses; however, foreign currency gains or losses arising from certain Section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, Section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and at certain other times as prescribed pursuant to the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.

 

32


Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by a Fund may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by a Fund. In addition, losses realized by a Fund on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which such losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences of transactions in options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts to a Fund are not entirely clear. The transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.

 

A Fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If a Fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.

 

Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased as compared to a Fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.

 

Because only a few regulations regarding the treatment of swap agreements, and related caps, floors and collars, have been implemented, the tax consequences of such transactions are not entirely clear. The Funds intend to account for such transactions in a manner deemed by them to be appropriate, but the Internal Revenue Service might not necessarily accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be affected.

 

The requirements applicable to a Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts.

 

Under the recently enacted tax law, certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to a “qualifying dividend,” to instead be taxed as the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.

 

Market Discount — If a Fund purchases a debt security at a price lower than the stated redemption price of such debt security, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase amount is “market discount.” If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by the Fund in each taxable year in which the Fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, the Fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to a portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been includable in income. In general, the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account) or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by a Fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt security’s maturity or, at the election of the Fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest. Gain realized on the disposition of a market discount obligation must be recognized as ordinary interest income (not capital gain) to the extent of the “accrued market discount.”

 

Original Issue Discount. — Certain debt securities acquired by the Funds may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Very generally, original issue discount is defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income on account of such discount is actually received by a Fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

 

33


Some debt securities may be purchased by the Funds at a discount that exceeds the original issue discount on such debt securities, if any. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes (see above).

 

Constructive Sales. — These rules may affect timing and character of gain if a Fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If the Fund enters into certain transactions in property while holding substantially identical property, the Fund would be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and would be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale would depend upon the Fund’s holding period in the property. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the property was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on the Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.

 

Foreign Taxation. — Income received by a Fund from sources within a foreign country may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by that country. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

 

The payment of such taxes will reduce the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Fund’s shareholders. So long as a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, certain distribution requirements are satisfied, and more than 50% of such Fund’s assets at the close of the taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect, subject to limitation, to pass through its foreign tax credits to its shareholders.

 

Furthermore, the amount of the foreign tax credit that is available may be limited to the extent that dividends from a foreign corporation qualify for the lower tax rate on “qualifying dividends.”

 

Foreign Currency Transactions. — Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a Fund accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time that a Fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities, generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as “Section 988” gains or losses, may increase or decrease the amount of a Fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

 

The treatment of income dividends and capital gains distributions by a Fund to shareholders under the various state income tax laws may not parallel that under the federal law. Qualification as a regulated investment company does not involve supervision of a Fund’s management or of its investment policies and practices by any governmental authority.

 

Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state and local tax liabilities. Note that the 15% rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders.

 

A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 28% of all amounts deemed to be distributed The 28% rate applies to shareholders receiving payments who:

 

a. fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number,

 

b. fail to make required certifications or,

 

c. have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld will be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders are exempt from such backup withholding

 

34


Other Information

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Ernst & Young LLP, 725 South Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, California 90017 serves as independent registered public accountant for the Funds, and in that capacity examines the annual financial statements of the Company.

 

Financial Statements

 

The audited financial statements of the Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and the report of the Company’s independent registered public accountants, which are included in the Annual Report of the Company, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Bond Ratings

 

Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ investment analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate.

 

Although securities ratings are considered when making investment decisions, the Investment Adviser performs its own investment analysis and does not rely principally on the ratings assigned by the rating services. This analysis may include consideration of the issuer’s experience and managerial strength, changing financial condition, borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, and its responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Relative values based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects are also considered.

 

For more detailed information on bond ratings, including gradations within each category of quality, see Appendix A.

 

35


Disclosure Regarding S&P® Trademark

 

S&P® makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Fund particularly or the ability of the S&P 500® Index to track general stock market performance. S&P®’s only relationship to the Licensee Adviser the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of the S&P® and of the S&P 500® Index which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P® without regard to the Licensee or the Fund. S&P® has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owner of the Fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500® Index. S&P® is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of the Fund or the timing of the issuance or sale of the Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Fund is to be converted into cash. S&P® has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Fund.

 

S&P® DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE S&P 500® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND S&P SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. S&P® MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL S&P® HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

36


Appendix A

 

Description of Corporate Bond Ratings

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor’s Corporation are two prominent independent rating agencies that rate the quality of bonds. Following are expanded explanations of the ratings shown in the Prospectus.

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Aaa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.

 

Aa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude.

 

A: Bonds with this rating possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa: Bonds with this rating are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e.; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba: Bonds with this rating are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B: Bonds with this rating generally lack characteristics of desirable investments. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa: Bonds with this rating are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca: Bonds with this rating represent obligations which are speculative to a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C: Bonds with this rating are the lowest rated class of bonds. Issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s.

 

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

 

AAA: This rating is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s and is indicative of a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA: This rating indicates a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the higher rated issues only by a small degree.

 

37


A: This rating indicates a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

 

BBB: This rating indicates an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

 

BB, B, CCC, CC: These ratings indicate, on balance, a predominantly speculative capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

 

C: This rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

D: This rating indicates debt in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal are in arrears.

 

The ratings from AA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories, for example A or B+.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s.

 

38


Appendix B

 

Description of Fixed-Income Instruments

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills have a maturity of one year or less; Treasury Notes have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds can be issued with any maturity period but generally have a maturity of greater than ten years. Agencies of the United States government which issue or guarantee obligations include, among others, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority. Obligations of instrumentalities of the United States government include securities issued or guaranteed by, among others, banks of the Farm Credit System, the Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Student Loan Marketing Association, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, and the U.S. Postal Service. Some of these securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks, savings and loan associations or savings banks against funds deposited in the issuing institution.

 

Time Deposits

 

Time deposits are deposits in a bank or other financial institution for a specified period of time at a fixed interest rate for which a negotiable certificate is not received. Certain time deposits may be considered illiquid.

 

Bankers’ Acceptance

 

A bankers’ acceptance is a draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower is liable for payment as well as the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding 270 days.

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

Variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. These are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Corporate debt securities are debt issued by a corporation that pays interest and principal to the holders at specified times.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities are securities which represent an undivided fractional interest in a trust whose assets generally consist of mortgages, motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, or other consumer-based loans.

 

39


Participation Interests in Loans

 

A participation interest in a loan entitles the purchaser to receive a portion of principal and interest payments due on a commercial loan extended by a bank to a specified company. The purchaser of such an interest has no recourse against the bank if payments of principal and interest are not made by the borrower and generally relies on the bank to administer and enforce the loan’s terms.

 

International Organization Obligations

 

International organization obligations include obligations of those organizations designated or supported by U.S. or foreign government agencies to promote economic reconstruction and development, international banking, and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank, and the InterAmerican Development Bank.

 

Custody Receipts

 

A Fund may acquire custody receipts in connection with securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Such custody receipts evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. These custody receipts are known by various names, including Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (CATS). For certain securities law purposes, custody receipts are not considered U.S. government securities.

 

Pass-Through Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage pass-through securities such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and other mortgage-backed obligations, or modified pass-through securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations issued by various financial institutions. In connection with these investments, early repayment of investment principal arising from prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage loans due to the sale of the underlying property, the refinancing of the loan, or foreclosure may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of the principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool of pass-through securities. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Therefore, the actual maturity and realized yield on pass-through or modified pass-through mortgage-related securities will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of mortgages. For purposes of calculating the average life of the assets of the relevant Fund, the maturity of each of these securities will be the average life of such securities based on the most recent or estimated annual prepayment rate.

 

40


Appendix C

 

Proxy Voting Procedures

 

The following is a condensed version of all proxy voting recommendations contained in The ISS Proxy Voting Manual as adopted by the Fund.

 

1. Operational Items

 

Adjourn Meeting

 

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to provide management with the authority to adjourn an annual or special meeting absent compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

Amend Quorum Requirements

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to reduce quorum requirements for shareholder meetings below a majority of the shares outstanding unless there are compelling reasons to support the proposal.

 

Amend Minor Bylaws

 

Vote FOR bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (updates or corrections).

 

Change Company Name

 

Vote FOR proposals to change the corporate name.

 

Change Date, Time, or Location of Annual Meeting

 

Vote FOR management proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the proposed change is unreasonable.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to change the date/time/location of the annual meeting unless the current scheduling or location is unreasonable.

 

Ratifying Auditors

 

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

    An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent

 

    Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or

 

    There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account the tenure of the audit firm, the length of rotation specified in the proposal, any significant audit-related issues at the company, and whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.

 

Transact Other Business

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to approve other business when it appears as a voting item.

 

2. Board of Directors

 

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

 

Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining the following factors: composition of the board and key board committees, attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover activity, long-term company performance relative to a market index, directors’ investment in the company, whether the chairman is also serving as CEO, and whether a retired CEO sits on the board.

 

However, there are some actions by directors that should result in votes being WITHHELD. These instances include directors who:

 

    Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse

 

    Implement or renew a dead-hand or modified dead-hand poison pill

 

    Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the shares outstanding

 

    Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years

 

    Failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares

 

    Are inside directors or affiliated outsiders and sit on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees

 

41


    Are inside directors or affiliated outsiders and the full board serves as the audit, compensation, or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees

 

    Are audit committee members and the non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive.

 

    Are inside directors or affiliated outside directors and the full board is less than majority independent

 

    Sit on more than six boards

 

    Are members of a compensation committee that has allowed a pay-for-performance disconnect as described in Section 8 (Executive and Director Compensation).

 

In addition, directors who enacted egregious corporate governance policies or failed to replace management as appropriate would be subject to recommendations to WITHHOLD votes.

 

Age Limits

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages.

 

Board Size

 

Vote FOR proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.

 

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

 

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

 

Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection

 

Proposals on director and officer indemnification and liability protection should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using Delaware law as the standard.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

 

Vote AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to actions, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness.

 

Vote FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

 

    The director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and

 

    Only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.

 

Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.

 

Filling Vacancies/Removal of Directors

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.

 

Vote FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.

 

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chairman be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the following:

 

    Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties

 

    Two-thirds independent board

 

    All-independent key committees

 

    Established governance guidelines

 

42


Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’s definition of independence.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

 

Open Access

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for open access taking into account the ownership threshold specified in the proposal and the proponent’s rationale for targeting the company in terms of board and director conduct.

 

Stock Ownership Requirements

 

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While ISS favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE shareholder proposals asking that the company adopt a holding or retention period for its executives (for holding stock after the vesting or exercise of equity awards), taking into account any stock ownership requirements or holding period/retention ratio already in place and the actual ownership level of executives.

 

Term Limits

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder or management proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors either through term limits or mandatory retirement ages.

 

3. Proxy Contests

 

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

    Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry

 

    Management’s track record

 

    Background to the proxy contest

 

    Qualifications of director nominees (both slates)

 

    Evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership positions.

 

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

Voting to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses should be analyzed on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. In cases where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, we also recommend voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

 

Confidential Voting

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows:

 

In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

 

4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues

 

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations

 

Votes on advance notice proposals are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving support to those proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as reasonably possible and within the broadest window possible.

 

Amend Bylaws without Shareholder Consent

 

Vote AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws.

 

Vote FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

 

Poison Pills

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that any future pill be put to a shareholder vote.

 

43


Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

 

5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

 

Appraisal Rights

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.

 

Asset Purchases

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on asset purchase proposals, considering the following factors:

 

    Purchase price

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    Financial and strategic benefits

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Conflicts of interest

 

    Other alternatives for the business

 

    Noncompletion risk.

 

Asset Sales

 

Votes on asset sales should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:

 

    Impact on the balance sheet/working capital

 

    Potential elimination of diseconomies

 

    Anticipated financial and operating benefits

 

    Anticipated use of funds

 

    Value received for the asset

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

Bundled Proposals

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals.

 

In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.

 

Conversion of Securities

 

Votes on proposals regarding conversion of securities are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review the dilution to existing shareholders, the conversion price relative to market value, financial issues, control issues, termination penalties, and conflicts of interest.

 

Vote FOR the conversion if it is expected that the company will be subject to onerous penalties or will be forced to file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Corporate Reorganization/Debt Restructuring/Prepackaged Bankruptcy Plans/Reverse Leveraged Buyouts/Wrap Plans

 

Votes on proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

 

    Dilution to existing shareholders’ position

 

    Terms of the offer

 

    Financial issues

 

    Management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives

 

    Control issues

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

44


Vote FOR the debt restructuring if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Formation of Holding Company

 

Votes on proposals regarding the formation of a holding company should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into consideration the following:

 

    The reasons for the change

 

    Any financial or tax benefits

 

    Regulatory benefits

 

    Increases in capital structure

 

    Changes to the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the company.

 

Absent compelling financial reasons to recommend the transaction, vote AGAINST the formation of a holding company if the transaction would include either of the following:

 

    Increases in common or preferred stock in excess of the allowable maximum as calculated by the ISS Capital Structure model

 

    Adverse changes in shareholder rights

 

Going Private Transactions (LBOs and Minority Squeezeouts)

 

Vote going private transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the following: offer price/premium, fairness opinion, how the deal was negotiated, conflicts of interest, other alternatives/offers considered, and noncompletion risk.

 

Joint Ventures

 

Votes CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to form joint ventures, taking into account the following: percentage of assets/business contributed, percentage ownership, financial and strategic benefits, governance structure, conflicts of interest, other alternatives, and noncompletion risk.

 

Liquidations

 

Votes on liquidations should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

Vote FOR the liquidation if the company will file for bankruptcy if the proposal is not approved.

 

Mergers and Acquisitions/ Issuance of Shares to Facilitate Merger or Acquisition

 

Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, determining whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to the following:

 

    Prospects of the combined company, anticipated financial and operating benefits

 

    Offer price

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    How the deal was negotiated

 

    Changes in corporate governance

 

    Change in the capital structure

 

    Conflicts of interest.

 

Private Placements/Warrants/Convertible Debentures

 

Votes on proposals regarding private placements should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. When evaluating these proposals the investor should review: dilution to existing shareholders’ position, terms of the offer, financial issues, management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, control issues, and conflicts of interest.

 

Vote FOR the private placement if it is expected that the company will file for bankruptcy if the transaction is not approved.

 

Spinoffs

 

Votes on spinoffs should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis depending on:

 

    Tax and regulatory advantages

 

    Planned use of the sale proceeds

 

    Valuation of spinoff

 

    Fairness opinion

 

    Benefits to the parent company

 

    Conflicts of interest

 

    Managerial incentives

 

    Corporate governance changes

 

    Changes in the capital structure.

 

 

45


Value Maximization Proposals

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals seeking to maximize shareholder value by hiring a financial advisor to explore strategic alternatives, selling the company or liquidating the company and distributing the proceeds to shareholders. These proposals should be evaluated based on the following factors: prolonged poor performance with no turnaround in sight, signs of entrenched board and management, strategic plan in place for improving value, likelihood of receiving reasonable value in a sale or dissolution, and whether company is actively exploring its strategic options, including retaining a financial advisor.

 

6. State of Incorporation

 

Control Share Acquisition Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes unless doing so would enable the completion of a takeover that would be detrimental to shareholders.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to amend the charter to include control share acquisition provisions.

 

Vote FOR proposals to restore voting rights to the control shares.

 

Control Share Cashout Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share cashout statutes.

 

Disgorgement Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state disgorgement provisions.

 

Fair Price Provisions

 

Vote proposals to adopt fair price provisions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, evaluating factors such as the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition, the vote required to repeal the fair price provision, and the mechanism for determining the fair price.

 

Generally, vote AGAINST fair price provisions with shareholder vote requirements greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

 

Freezeout Provisions

 

Vote FOR proposals to opt out of state freezeout provisions.

 

Greenmail

 

Vote FOR proposals to adopt antigreenmail charter of bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis antigreenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.

 

Reincorporation Proposals

 

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws.

 

Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

 

Stakeholder Provisions

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that ask the board to consider nonshareholder constituencies or other nonfinancial effects when evaluating a merger or business combination.

 

State Antitakeover Statutes

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).

 

7. Capital Structure

 

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock

 

Vote FOR management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.

 

Common Stock Authorization

 

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

 

46


Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

 

Dual-class Stock

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

 

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

    It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

    It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan

 

Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

 

Preemptive Rights

 

Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals that seek preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, consider the size of a company, the characteristics of its shareholder base, and the liquidity of the stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).

 

Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

 

Recapitalization

 

Votes CASE-BY-CASE on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following: more simplified capital structure, enhanced liquidity, fairness of conversion terms, impact on voting power and dividends, reasons for the reclassification, conflicts of interest, and other alternatives considered.

 

Reverse Stock Splits

 

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.

 

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid delisting.

 

Votes on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

 

Share Repurchase Programs

 

Vote FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

 

Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends

 

Vote FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance as determined using a model developed by ISS.

 

Tracking Stock

 

Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as: adverse governance changes, excessive increases in authorized capital stock, unfair method of distribution, diminution of voting rights, adverse conversion features, negative impact on stock option plans, and other alternatives such as spinoff.

 

8. Executive and Director Compensation

 

Votes with respect to equity-based compensation plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. Our methodology for reviewing compensation plans primarily focuses on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders instead of simply focusing on voting power dilution). Using the expanded compensation data disclosed under the SEC’s rules, ISS will value every award type. ISS will include in its analyses an estimated dollar cost for the proposed plan and all continuing plans. This cost, dilution to shareholders’ equity,

 

47


will also be expressed as a percentage figure for the transfer of shareholder wealth, and will be considered along with dilution to voting power. Once ISS determines the estimated cost of the plan, we compare it to a company-specific dilution cap.

 

Our model determines a company-specific allowable pool of shareholder wealth that may be transferred from the company to plan participants, adjusted for:

 

    Long-term corporate performance (on an absolute basis and relative to a standard industry peer group and an appropriate market index),

 

    Cash compensation, and

 

    Categorization of the company as emerging, growth, or mature.

 

These adjustments are pegged to market capitalization.

 

Vote AGAINST plans that expressly permit the repricing of underwater stock options without shareholder approval.

 

Generally vote AGAINST plans in which the CEO participates if there is a disconnect between the CEO’s pay and company performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance) and the main source of the pay increase (over half) is equity-based. A decrease in performance is based on negative one- and three-year total shareholder returns. An increase in pay is based on the CEO’s total direct compensation (salary, cash bonus, present value of stock options, face value of restricted stock, face value of long-term incentive plan payouts, and all other compensation) increasing over the previous year. Also WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members.

 

Director Compensation

 

Votes on compensation plans for directors are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash

 

Votes for plans which provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote FOR plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange.

 

Votes for plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Director Retirement Plans

 

Vote AGAINST retirement plans for nonemployee directors.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for nonemployee directors.

 

Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

 

Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

 

    Historic trading patterns

 

    Rationale for the repricing

 

    Value-for-value exchange

 

    Option vesting

 

    Term of the option

 

    Exercise price

 

    Participation.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less, and

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares

 

Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is less than 85 percent of fair market value, or

 

    Offering period is greater than 27 months, or

 

    The number of shares allocated to the plan is more than ten percent of the outstanding shares

 

Incentive Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals (OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals)

 

Vote FOR proposals that simply amend shareholder-approved compensation plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m).

 

48


Vote FOR proposals to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) unless they are clearly inappropriate.

 

Votes to amend existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by ISS.

 

Generally vote FOR cash or cash and stock bonus plans that are submitted to shareholders for the purpose of exempting compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) if no increase in shares is requested.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)

 

Vote FOR proposals to implement an ESOP or increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, unless the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is excessive (more than five percent of outstanding shares.)

 

401(k) Employee Benefit Plans

 

Vote FOR proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.

 

Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive and Director Pay

 

Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation.

 

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees be paid in stock only.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

Option Expensing

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals asking the company to expense stock options, unless the company has already publicly committed to expensing options by a specific date.

 

Performance-Based Stock Options

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals advocating the use of performance-based stock options (indexed, premium-priced, and performance-vested options), unless:

 

    The proposal is overly restrictive (e.g., it mandates that awards to all employees must be performance-based or all awards to top executives must be a particular type, such as indexed options)

 

    The company demonstrates that it is using a substantial portion of performance-based awards for its top executives

 

Golden Parachutes and Executive Severance Agreements

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include the following:

 

    The parachute should be less attractive than an ongoing employment opportunity with the firm

 

    The triggering mechanism should be beyond the control of management

 

    The amount should not exceed three times base salary plus guaranteed benefits

 

Pension Plan Income Accounting

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to exclude pension plan income in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)

 

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in SERP agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

 

9. Social and Environmental Issues

 

Consumer Issues and Public Safety

 

49


Animal Rights

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the product and the degree that animal testing is necessary or federally mandated (such as medical products),

 

    The availability and feasibility of alternatives to animal testing to ensure product safety, and

 

    The degree that competitors are using animal-free testing.

 

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company’s animal welfare standards unless:

 

    The company has already published a set of animal welfare standards and monitors compliance

 

    The company’s standards are comparable to or better than those of peer firms, and

 

    There are no serious controversies surrounding the company’s treatment of animals

 

Drug Pricing

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to implement price restraints on pharmaceutical products, taking into account:

 

    Whether the proposal focuses on a specific drug and region

 

    Whether the economic benefits of providing subsidized drugs (e.g., public goodwill) outweigh the costs in terms of reduced profits, lower R&D spending, and harm to competitiveness

 

    The extent that reduced prices can be offset through the company’s marketing budget without affecting R&D spending

 

    Whether the company already limits price increases of its products

 

    Whether the company already contributes life-saving pharmaceuticals to the needy and Third World countries

 

    The extent that peer companies implement price restraints

 

Genetically Modified Foods

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:

 

    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling and related voluntary initiatives and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure

 

    Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs

 

    Any voluntary labeling initiatives undertaken or considered by the company.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for the preparation of a report on the financial, legal, and environmental impact of continued use of GE ingredients/seeds.

 

    The relevance of the proposal in terms of the company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution

 

    The quality of the company’s disclosure on risks related to GE product use and how this disclosure compares with peer company disclosure

 

    The percentage of revenue derived from international operations, particularly in Europe, where GE products are more regulated and consumer backlash is more pronounced.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the health and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Health studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to federal regulators) that outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.

 

50


Handguns

 

Generally vote AGAINST requests for reports on a company’s policies aimed at curtailing gun violence in the United States unless the report is confined to product safety information. Criminal misuse of firearms is beyond company control and instead falls within the purview of law enforcement agencies.

 

HIV/AIDS

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports outlining the impact of the health pandemic (HIV/AIDS, malaria and tuberculosis) on the company’s Sub-Saharan operations and how the company is responding to it, taking into account:

 

    The nature and size of the company’s operations in Sub-Saharan Africa and the number of local employees

 

    The company’s existing healthcare policies, including benefits and healthcare access for local workers

 

    Company donations to healthcare providers operating in the region

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking companies to establish, implement, and report on a standard of response to the HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria health pandemic in Africa and other developing countries, taking into account:

 

    The company’s actions in developing countries to address HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, including donations of pharmaceuticals and work with public health organizations

 

    The company’s initiatives in this regard compared to those of peer companies

 

Predatory Lending

 

Vote CASE-BY CASE on requests for reports on the company’s procedures for preventing predatory lending, including the establishment of a board committee for oversight, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed mechanisms in place to prevent abusive lending practices

 

    Whether the company has adequately disclosed the financial risks of its subprime business

 

    Whether the company has been subject to violations of lending laws or serious lending controversies

 

    Peer companies’ policies to prevent abusive lending practices.

 

Tobacco

 

Most tobacco-related proposals should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the following factors:

 

Second-hand smoke:

 

    Whether the company complies with all local ordinances and regulations

 

    The degree that voluntary restrictions beyond those mandated by law might hurt the company’s competitiveness

 

    The risk of any health-related liabilities.

 

Advertising to youth:

    Whether the company complies with federal, state, and local laws on the marketing of tobacco or if it has been fined for violations

 

    Whether the company has gone as far as peers in restricting advertising

 

    Whether the company entered into the Master Settlement Agreement, which restricts marketing of tobacco to youth

 

    Whether restrictions on marketing to youth extend to foreign countries

 

Cease production of tobacco-related products or avoid selling products to tobacco companies:

 

    The percentage of the company’s business affected

 

    The economic loss of eliminating the business versus any potential tobacco-related liabilities.

 

Spinoff tobacco-related businesses:

 

    The percentage of the company’s business affected

 

    The feasibility of a spinoff

 

    Potential future liabilities related to the company’s tobacco business.

 

Stronger product warnings:

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking stronger product warnings. Such decisions are better left to public health authorities.

 

Investment in tobacco stocks:

 

Vote AGAINST proposals prohibiting investment in tobacco equities. Such decisions are better left to portfolio managers.

 

51


Environment and Energy

 

Arctic National Wildlife Refuge

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on reports outlining potential environmental damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR), taking into account:

 

    Whether there are publicly available environmental impact reports

 

    Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations or accidental spills

 

    The current status of legislation regarding drilling in ANWR.

 

CERES Principles

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt the CERES Principles, taking into account:

 

    The company’s current environmental disclosure beyond legal requirements, including environmental health and safety (EHS) audits and reports that may duplicate CERES

 

    The company’s environmental performance record, including violations of federal and state regulations, level of toxic emissions, and accidental spills

 

    Environmentally conscious practices of peer companies, including endorsement of CERES

 

    Costs of membership and implementation.

 

Environmental-Economic Risk Report

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting reports assessing economic risks of environmental pollution or climate change, taking into account whether the company has clearly disclosed the following in its public documents:

 

    Approximate costs of complying with current or proposed environmental laws

 

    Steps company is taking to reduce greenhouse gasses or other environmental pollutants

 

    Measurements of the company’s emissions levels

 

    Reduction targets or goals for environmental pollutants including greenhouse gasses

 

Environmental Reports

 

Generally vote FOR requests for reports disclosing the company’s environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental management systems that are available to the public.

 

Global Warming

 

Generally vote FOR reports on the level of greenhouse gas emissions from the company’s operations and products, unless the report is duplicative of the company’s current environmental disclosure and reporting or is not integral to the company’s line of business. However, additional reporting may be warranted if:

 

    The company’s level of disclosure lags that of its competitors, or

 

    The company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations.

 

Recycling

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to adopt a comprehensive recycling strategy, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business and the percentage affected

 

    The extent that peer companies are recycling

 

    The timetable prescribed by the proposal

 

    The costs and methods of implementation

 

    Whether the company has a poor environmental track record, such as violations of federal and state regulations.

 

Renewable Energy

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to invest in renewable energy sources, taking into account:

 

    The nature of the company’s business and the percentage affected

 

    The extent that peer companies are switching from fossil fuels to cleaner sources

 

    The timetable and specific action prescribed by the proposal

 

    The costs of implementation

 

    The company’s initiatives to address climate change

 

Generally vote FOR requests for reports on the feasibility of developing renewable energy sources, unless the report is duplicative of the company’s current environmental disclosure and reporting or is not integral to the company’s line of business.

 

52


Sustainability Report

 

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies and practices related to social, environmental, and economic sustainability, unless the company is already reporting on its sustainability initiatives through existing reports such as:

 

    A combination of an EHS or other environmental report, code of conduct, and/or supplier/vendor standards, and equal opportunity and diversity data and programs, all of which are publicly available, or

 

    A report based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) or similar guidelines.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking companies to provide a sustainability report applying the GRI guidelines unless:

 

    The company already has a comprehensive sustainability report or equivalent addressing the essential elements of the GRI guidelines or

 

    The company has publicly committed to using the GRI format by a specific date

 

General Corporate Issues

 

Link Executive Compensation to Social Performance

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities. Such resolutions should be evaluated in the context of:

 

    The relevance of the issue to be linked to pay

 

    The degree that social performance is already included in the company’s pay structure and disclosed

 

    The degree that social performance is used by peer companies in setting pay

 

    Violations or complaints filed against the company relating to the particular social performance measure

 

    Artificial limits sought by the proposal, such as freezing or capping executive pay

 

    Independence of the compensation committee

 

    Current company pay levels.

 

Charitable/Political Contributions

 

Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:

 

    The company is in compliance with laws governing corporate political activities, and

 

    The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and not coercive.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to report or publish in newspapers the company’s political contributions. Federal and state laws restrict the amount of corporate contributions and include reporting requirements.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals disallowing the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which contributions are in the best interests of the company.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.

 

Labor Standards and Human Rights

 

China Principles

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to implement the China Principles unless:

 

    There are serious controversies surrounding the company’s China operations, and
    The company does not have a code of conduct with standards similar to those promulgated by the International Labor Organization (ILO).

 

53


Country-specific Human Rights Reports

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company’s operations in a particular country and steps to protect human rights, based on:

 

    The nature and amount of company business in that country

 

    The company’s workplace code of conduct

 

    Proprietary and confidential information involved

 

    Company compliance with U.S. regulations on investing in the country

 

    Level of peer company involvement in the country.

 

International Codes of Conduct/Vendor Standards

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring. In evaluating these proposals, the following should be considered:

 

    The company’s current workplace code of conduct or adherence to other global standards and the degree they meet the standards promulgated by the proponent

 

    Agreements with foreign suppliers to meet certain workplace standards

 

    Whether company and vendor facilities are monitored and how

 

    Company participation in fair labor organizations

 

    Type of business

 

    Proportion of business conducted overseas

 

    Countries of operation with known human rights abuses

 

    Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and human rights controversies or violations

 

    Peer company standards and practices

 

    Union presence in company’s international factories

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining vendor standards compliance unless any of the following apply:

 

    The company does not operate in countries with significant human rights violations

 

    The company has no recent human rights controversies or violations, or

 

    The company already publicly discloses information on its vendor standards compliance.

 

MacBride Principles

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to endorse or increase activity on the MacBride Principles, taking into account:

 

    Company compliance with or violations of the Fair Employment Act of 1989

 

    Company antidiscrimination policies that already exceed the legal requirements

 

    The cost and feasibility of adopting all nine principles

 

    The cost of duplicating efforts to follow two sets of standards (Fair Employment and the MacBride Principles)

 

    The potential for charges of reverse discrimination

 

    The potential that any company sales or contracts in the rest of the United Kingdom could be negatively impacted

 

    The level of the company’s investment in Northern Ireland

 

    The number of company employees in Northern Ireland

 

    The degree that industry peers have adopted the MacBride Principles

 

    Applicable state and municipal laws that limit contracts with companies that have not adopted the MacBride Principles.

 

Military Business

 

Foreign Military Sales/Offsets

 

Vote AGAINST reports on foreign military sales or offsets. Such disclosures may involve sensitive and confidential information. Moreover, companies must comply with government controls and reporting on foreign military sales.

 

Landmines and Cluster Bombs

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in antipersonnel landmine production, taking into account:

 

    Whether the company has in the past manufactured landmine components

 

54


    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking a company to renounce future involvement in cluster bomb production, taking into account:

 

    What weapons classifications the proponent views as cluster bombs

 

    Whether the company currently or in the past has manufactured cluster bombs or their components

 

    The percentage of revenue derived from cluster bomb manufacturing

 

    Whether the company’s peers have renounced future production

 

Nuclear Weapons

 

Vote AGAINST proposals asking a company to cease production of nuclear weapons components and delivery systems, including disengaging from current and proposed contracts. Components and delivery systems serve multiple military and non-military uses, and withdrawal from these contracts could have a negative impact on the company’s business.

 

Operations in Nations Sponsoring Terrorism (Iran)

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for a board committee review and report outlining the company’s financial and reputational risks from its operations in Iran, taking into account current disclosure on:

 

    The nature and purpose of the Iranian operations and the amount of business involved (direct and indirect revenues and expenses) that could be affected by political disruption

 

    Compliance with U.S. sanctions and laws

 

Spaced-Based Weaponization

 

Generally vote FOR reports on a company’s involvement in spaced-based weaponization unless:

 

    The information is already publicly available or
    The disclosures sought could compromise proprietary information.

 

Workplace Diversity

 

Board Diversity

 

Generally vote FOR reports on the company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless:

 

    The board composition is reasonably inclusive in relation to companies of similar size and business or

 

    The board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity initiatives.

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking the company to increase the representation of women and minorities on the board, taking into account:

 

    The degree of board diversity

 

    Comparison with peer companies

 

    Established process for improving board diversity

 

    Existence of independent nominating committee

 

    Use of outside search firm

 

    History of EEO violations.

 

Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO)

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s affirmative action initiatives unless all of the following apply:

 

    The company has well-documented equal opportunity programs

 

    The company already publicly reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity, and

 

    The company has no recent EEO-related violations or litigation.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost and administration burden on the company.

 

Glass Ceiling

 

Generally vote FOR reports outlining the company’s progress towards the Glass Ceiling Commission’s business recommendations, unless:

 

    The composition of senior management and the board is fairly inclusive

 

    The company has well-documented programs addressing diversity initiatives and leadership development

 

    The company already issues public reports on its company-wide affirmative initiatives and provides data on its workforce diversity, and

 

    The company has had no recent, significant EEO-related violations or litigation

 

55


Sexual Orientation

 

Vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement in order to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the discretion of the company.

 

56


TRANSAMERICA INVESTORS, INC.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

 

The Portfolio Managers may also be responsible for the day-to-day management of other accounts, as indicated by the following table. None of these has an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

 

Portfolio Manager


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


   Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


   Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


Gary U. Rollé

   1    $ 41.5    6    $ 315.1    2    $ 849.0

Edward S. Han

   1    $ 37.2    7    $ 1,214.1    —        —  

Kirk J. Kim

                                   

Heidi Y. Hu

   2    $ 102.5    24    $ 3,355.9    —        —  

Peter O. Lopez

   1    $ 143.5    1    $ 347.9    —        —  

 

[need information for Kirk Kim]

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

There are no material conflicts of interest between the investment strategy of the Funds and the investment strategy of other accounts managed by Portfolio Managers. Allocation of investment opportunities among the Funds and other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers are allocated pro rata to every account participating in an order. This ensures all accounts are treated equally from order initiation through full execution.

 

[Need Supplemental Information]

 

Compensation for the Fiscal Year Completed December 31, 2004

 

Regular, full-time portfolio managers with a minimum one year portfolio management track record in the employment of TIM as of the beginning of a Plan Year are eligible to participate in an incentive compensation plan (the “Plan”) for that Plan Year. For purposes of determining the level of incentive compensation potential, track records are based on full years of portfolio management for TIM. Therefore, for example, should an eligible participant hold a one-and-a-half year track record, the eligible incentive compensation would be based on the manager’s one year relative ranking.

 

WEIGHTED COMPONENTS:

 

There are two weighted components taken into consideration for determining maximum incentive compensation amounts. These total 100% and consist of an objective and subjective component as further described below:

 

    80% Objective — portfolio performance based calculation; based upon relative rankings of track record and return formula criteria as further described. A portion of the objective component is necessarily subjective taking such items as co/multi- management responsibilities; portfolio performance upon assignment; length of time managing portfolio, customized client benchmarks, etc. into account in determining the portfolio manager’s relative ranking Senior management, at its discretion, determines the criteria to be used for evaluating how the rankings are determined for each Portfolio Manager under this objective component.

 

    20% Subjective — based upon additional contributions to the firm as a whole and consistent with responsibilities identified on position descriptions as updated on an annual basis, for example, general

 

57


research contribution, behavioral competencies (e.g. team contributions; decision making capabilities; work ethic) quality of investment ideas, managerial duties outside of core responsibility, as determined by senior management.

 

MAXIMUM BONUS POTENTIALS (80% + 20%):

 

Track Record


  

Target Bonus


<3

   Up to 75% base comp.

3-4

   Up to 100% base comp.

5-9

   Up to 150% base comp.

10-14

   Up to 200% base comp

15 and beyond

   Up to 300% base comp.

 

RETURN FORMULAS AND RELATIVE RANKINGS (80% of target bonus):

 

Rankings (Based on 80% objective track record component only):

 

Top Decile    =    100% of available component
Top Quartile    =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Second Quartile    =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Third Quartile    =    The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking
Fourth Quartile    =    0% of available component

 

Example: Should the ranking equal 24% (top quartile), then the formula would be 100%-24% = 76% of available component

 

Return Formulas:

 

The following return formulas represent the calculations used to determine the amount available for the objective component of the bonus a portfolio manager is eligible to earn based upon his/her track record. Some track records are weighted more heavily than others as noted below:

 

**The 20% subjective component must be subtracted from the total amount eligible below given the maximum potential opportunity stated includes the 20% subjective component:

 

    1 year rank will be calculated on the one year total returns as follows:

3/3 (100%) of 75% opportunity = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

 

    2 year rank will be calculated on the one year and two year total returns as follows:

1/3 (33.33%) of 75% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

2/3 (66.67%) of 75% = the two year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

    3 year rank will be calculated based on the one and three year total returns as follows:

1/3 (33.33%) of 100% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

2/3 (66.67%) of 100% = the three year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

As set forth in the schedule of maximum bonus potential above, once an employee has a full five year track record. then his/her bonus opportunity will increase at each full five-year increment as follows:

 

    Five year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 5-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 150% of base

 

58


    Ten year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 10- year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 200% of base

 

    Fifteen year = additional 100% of base added to target pool and directly related to 15-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 300% of base

 

Ownership of Securities

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in the Funds.

 

The following table indicates the dollar range of each Fund beneficially owned by the Fund’s portfolio manager as of December 31, 2004.

 

Portfolio Manager


   None

  

$1-

$10,000


   $10,001-
$50,000


   $50,001-
$100,000


   $100,001-
$500,000


   $500,001-
$1,000,000


   Over
$1,000,000


Gary U. Rollé

                                  

Edward S. Han

                                  

Kirk J. Kim

                                  

Heidi Y. Hu

                                  

Peter O. Lopez

                                  

 

59


Statement of Additional Information – May 1, 2005

 

Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund

 

About the Statement of Additional Information

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. (the “Company”) is an open-end, management investment company. The Company operates as a “series” investment company offering a number of portfolios which are either diversified or non-diversified. This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) pertains to the Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund (the “Fund”). This SAI is not a prospectus. It contains information additional to that available in the Prospectus.

 

About the Prospectus

 

This SAI should be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus dated May 1, 2005. The Prospectus is available without charge by calling, 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587).

 

Terms used in the Prospectus are incorporated by reference in this SAI. The Annual Report is also incorporated by reference in this SAI. We have not authorized any person to give you any other information.


Table of Contents

 

     Page

Investment Goals and Policies    3
Investment Restrictions    13
Management of the Fund    15
Brokerage Allocation    20
Determination of Net Asset Value    21
Performance Information    22
Taxes    23
Financial Statements    27
Appendix A: Description of Corporate Bond Ratings    28
Appendix B: Description of Fixed-Income Instruments    30
Appendix C: Proxy Voting Procedures    32
Appendix D: Portfolio Manager Information    36

 

About the Statement of Additional Information

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. (the “Company”) is an open-end, management investment company of the series type offering a number of portfolios, known collectively as the Transamerica Premier Funds. This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) pertains to the Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund (the “Fund”). The Fund is managed separately and has its own investment objective, strategies and policies. Please refer to the Prospectus first, then to this document. Please read it carefully. Save it for future reference.

 

About the Prospectus

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in connection with the current Prospectus dated May 1, 2005, as it may be supplemented from time to time. The Prospectus is available without charge from your sales representative. The Prospectus also may be obtained by writing to the Company at 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, or by calling, toll free, 1-800-892-7587.

 

2


Investment Goals and Policies

 

The investment objective stated in the Prospectus for the Fund is fundamental. This means it can be changed only with the approval of a majority of shareholders of the Fund. The strategies and policies described in the Prospectus are not fundamental. Strategies can be changed by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) without your approval.

 

High Yield (“Junk”) Bonds

 

A fund may purchase high yield bonds (commonly called “junk” bonds). These are lower-rated bonds that involve higher current income but are predominantly speculative because they present a higher degree of credit risk than investment-grade bonds. The Investment Adviser (as that term is defined in the Prospectus) needs to carefully analyze the financial condition of companies issuing junk bonds. The prices of junk bonds tend to be more reflective of prevailing economic and industry conditions, the issuers’ unique financial situations, and the bonds’ coupon than to small changes in the level of interest rates. But during an economic downturn or a period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged companies can have trouble making principal and interest payments, meeting projected business goals, and obtaining additional financing.

 

A fund may also invest in unrated debt securities. Unrated debt, while not necessarily of lower quality than rated securities, may not have as broad a market. Because of the size and perceived demand for the issue, among other factors, certain issuers may decide not to pay the cost of getting a rating for their bonds. The creditworthiness of the issuer, as well as any financial institution or other party responsible for payments on the security, will be analyzed to determine whether to purchase unrated bonds.

 

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of a fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect a fund’s net asset value.

 

Periods of economic or political uncertainty and change can create volatility in the price of junk bonds. Since the last major economic recession, there has been a substantial increase in the use of high-yield debt securities to fund highly leveraged corporate acquisitions and restructurings. Past experience with high-yield securities in a prolonged economic downturn may not provide an accurate indication of future performance during such periods. Lower rated securities may also be harder to sell than higher rated securities because of negative publicity and investor perceptions of this market, as well as new or proposed laws dealing with high yield securities. For many junk bonds, there is no established retail secondary market. As a result, it may be difficult for the Investment Adviser to accurately value the bonds because they cannot rely on available objective data.

 

A fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. However, the Investment Adviser will monitor the investment to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in meeting a fund’s investment objectives.

 

At times, a substantial portion of a fund’s assets may be invested in securities of which a fund, by itself or together with other funds and accounts managed by the Investment Adviser, holds all or a major portion. Under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if they were more widely held. Under these circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing a fund’s net asset value.

 

In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default of these securities, a fund may be required to participate in various legal proceedings or take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer’s obligations on the securities. This could increase a fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect a fund’s net asset value.

 

Certain securities held by a fund may permit the issuer at its option to call, or redeem, its securities. If an issuer were to redeem securities held by a fund during a time of declining interest rates, a fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in securities providing the same investment return as the securities redeemed.

 

A fund may invest in zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds. Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount and may pay interest either only at maturity, or subsequent to the issue date prior to maturity, rather than at regular intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds are subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds that pay interest in cash currently. Both zero-coupon bonds and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds paying interest currently. Even though

 

3


such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, a fund nonetheless is required to accrue interest income on these investments and to distribute the interest income at least annually to shareholders. Thus, a fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

 

Certain investment grade securities in which a fund may invest share some of the risk factors discussed above with respect to lower-rated securities.

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

A fund may purchase certain restricted securities of U.S. issuers (securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) but can be offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under that Act) and limited amounts of illiquid investments, including illiquid restricted securities. These investments may be difficult to sell quickly for their fair market value. Up to 15% of a fund’s net assets may be invested in securities that are illiquid.

 

Certain restricted securities that are not registered for sale to the general public but that can be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A may be considered liquid if a dealer or institutional trading market exists. However, liquidity of a fund’s investments could be impaired if trading for these securities does not further develop or declines. The Investment Adviser determines the liquidity of Rule 144A securities under guidelines approved by the Board.

 

Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days, however, can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term of seven days. The Investment Adviser will consider such repurchase agreements as liquid. Likewise, restricted securities (including commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act) and interests in syndicated bank loans that the Board or the Investment Adviser have determined to be liquid will be treated as such.

 

Derivatives

 

A fund may use options, futures, forward contracts, and swap transactions (derivatives). A fund may purchase, or write, call or put options on securities or on indexes (options) and may enter into interest rate or index futures contracts for the purchase or sale of instruments based on financial indexes (futures contracts), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, and interest rate swaps and swap-related products.

 

By investing in derivatives, the Investment Adviser may seek to protect a fund against potentially unfavorable movements in interest rates or securities prices, or attempt to adjust a fund’s exposure to changing securities prices, interest rates, or other factors that affect securities values. This is done in an attempt to reduce a fund’s overall investment risk. Although it will not generally be a significant part of a fund’s strategies, the Investment Adviser may also use derivatives to enhance returns. Opportunities to enhance returns arise when the derivative does not reflect the fair value of the underlying securities. A fund will not use derivatives for leverage.

 

Risks in the use of derivatives include: (1) the risk that interest rates and securities prices do not move in the directions being hedged against, in which case a fund has incurred the cost of the derivative (either its purchase price or, by writing an option, losing the opportunity to profit from increases in the value of the securities covered) with no tangible benefit; (2) imperfect correlation between the price of derivatives and the movements of the securities’ prices or interest rates being hedged; (3) the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular derivative at any time (some derivatives are not actively traded but are custom designed to meet the investment needs of a narrow group of institutional investors and can become illiquid if the needs of that group of investors change); (4) the potential loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised; and (5) the possible need to defer closing out certain positions to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

Options on Securities and Securities Indexes

 

A fund may write (i.e., sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which they may invest. A call option written by a fund obligates a fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A fund would normally write a call option in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. All call options written by a fund are covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding. A fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on securities transactions alone. However, by writing the call option a fund might forgo the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

 

A put option written by a fund would obligate a fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. All put options written by a fund would be covered, which means that a fund would have deposited with its custodian cash or liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that it might be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

 

4


In addition, a fund may cover a written call option or put option by maintaining liquid securities in a segregated account with its custodian or by purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces a fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index composed of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indexes are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 

A fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in a fund. A fund may cover call and put options on a securities index by maintaining cash or liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated account with its custodian.

 

A fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as closing purchase transactions.

 

A fund may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or options on any securities index based on securities in which it may invest. A fund would also be able to enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

 

A fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise a fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the call option.

 

A fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of its securities (protective puts) or in securities in which it may invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle a fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise a fund would realize a loss on the purchase of the put option.

 

A fund would purchase put and call options on securities indexes for the same purposes as it would purchase options on individual securities.

 

Risks Associated with Options Transactions

 

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular exchange-traded option at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, a fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

 

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

A fund may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S. stock exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their

 

5


obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the formula.

 

Transactions by a fund in options on securities and securities indexes will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert. Thus, the number of options which a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser of a fund. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

 

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary securities transactions. The successful use of protective puts for hedging purposes depends in part on an ability to anticipate future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

 

A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write options on futures contracts. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities), securities indexes, and other financial instruments and indexes. A Fund will engage in futures or related options transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined below or to increase total returns to the extent permitted by regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC). All futures contracts entered into by a fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the CFTC.

 

Futures Contracts A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy or sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

 

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current securities through the sale of futures contracts. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.

 

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While a fund’s futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, it may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous for a fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

 

Hedging Strategies Hedging by use of futures contracts seeks to establish more certainty than would otherwise be possible in the effective price or rate of return on securities that a fund owns or proposes to acquire. A fund may, for example, take a short position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in order to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of a Fund’s securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by a fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of a fund’s securities.

 

If, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a fund’s securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indexes or other indexes, a fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of a fund’s securities may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this difference in volatility based on historical patterns and to compensate for it by having a fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting a fund’s securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of a fund’s securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a fund’s securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

 

On other occasions, a fund may take a long position by purchasing such futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or interest rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

 

6


Options on Futures Contracts The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the option premium and transaction costs.

 

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of a fund’s assets. By writing a call option, a fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a fund becomes obligated to purchase a futures contract, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. A fund will increase transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

 

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

 

Other Considerations Where permitted, a fund will engage in futures transactions and in related options transactions only for bona fide hedging, yield enhancement and risk management purposes or to increase total return to the extent permitted by CFTC regulations. A fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by a fund or which it expects to purchase. Except as stated below, a Fund’s futures transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes, i.e., futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that a fund owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect a fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. As evidence of this hedging intent, a fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), it will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for a Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

 

As an alternative to literal compliance with the bona fide hedging definition, a CFTC regulation permits a fund to elect to comply with a different test under which the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in futures contracts and options on futures, for the purpose of increasing total return, will not exceed 5% of the fund’s net asset value, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which such options were in-the-money at the time of purchase. As permitted, each fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and in related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

 

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating a fund to purchase securities or currencies, require a fund to segregate with its custodian liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

 

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and the position which a fund intends to protect, the desired protection may not be obtained and a fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

 

Perfect correlation between a fund’s futures positions and current positions may be difficult to achieve because no futures contracts based on individual equity securities are currently available. The only futures contracts available to a fund for hedging purposes are various futures on U.S. government securities and securities indexes.

 

7


Swap Transactions

 

A fund may, to the extent permitted by the SEC, enter into privately negotiated swap transactions with other financial institutions in order to take advantage of investment opportunities generally not available in public markets. In general, these transactions involve swapping a return based on certain securities, instruments, or financial indexes with another party, such as a commercial bank, in exchange for a return based on different securities, instruments, or financial indexes.

 

By entering into swap transactions, a fund may be able to protect the value of a portion of its securities against declines in market value. A fund may also enter into swap transactions to facilitate implementation of allocation strategies between different market segments or to take advantage of market opportunities which may arise from time to time.

 

A fund may be able to enhance its overall performance if the return offered by the other party to the swap transaction exceeds the return swapped by a fund. However, there can be no assurance that the return a fund receives from the counterparty to the swap transaction will exceed the return it swaps to that party.

 

While a fund will only enter into swap transactions with counterparties it considers creditworthy, a risk inherent in swap transactions is that the other party to the transaction may default on its obligations under the swap agreement. A fund will monitor the creditworthiness of parties with which it has swap transactions. If the other party to the swap transaction defaults on its obligations, a fund would be limited to contractual remedies under the swap agreement. There can be no assurance that a fund will succeed when pursuing its contractual remedies. To minimize a fund’s exposure in the event of default, a fund will usually enter into swap transactions on a net basis (i.e., the parties to the transaction will net the payments payable to each other before such payments are made). When a fund enters into swap transactions on a net basis, the net amount of the excess, if any, of a fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each such swap agreement will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate market value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by a fund’s custodian. To the extent a fund enters into swap transactions other than on a net basis, the amount segregated will be the full amount of a fund’s obligations, if any, with respect to each such swap agreement, accrued on a daily basis. See “Segregated Accounts.”

 

Swap agreements are considered to be illiquid by the SEC staff and will be subject to the limitations on illiquid investments. See “Restricted and Illiquid Securities.”

 

To the extent that there is an imperfect correlation between the return a fund is obligated to swap and the securities or instruments representing such return, the value of the swap transaction may be adversely affected. Therefore, a fund will not enter into a swap transaction unless it owns or has the right to acquire the securities or instruments representative of the return it is obligated to swap with the counterparty to the swap transaction. It is not the intention of a fund to engage in swap transactions in a speculative manner, but rather primarily to hedge or manage the risks associated with assets held in a fund, or to facilitate the implementation of strategies of purchasing and selling assets for a fund.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

A fund may enter into interest rate swaps for hedging purposes and non-hedging purposes. Since swaps are entered into for good faith hedging purposes or are offset by a segregated account as described below, the Investment Adviser believes that swaps do not constitute senior securities as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a fund’s borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or other liquid securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to such accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by a fund’s custodian. A fund will not enter into any interest rate swap unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party to the swap is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market.

 

Foreign Securities

 

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks and considerations include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign securities transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investment in foreign countries and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital and currencies. Foreign issuers may also be subject to less government regulation than U.S. companies. Moreover, the dividends and interest payable on foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution to a fund’s shareholders. Further, foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and, therefore, may exhibit greater price

 

8


volatility. Because most foreign securities markets close prior to the time as of which the funds determine their net asset values per share, events subsequent to the close of foreign securities markets may make the closing prices reported on such markets unreliable and require that foreign securities be fair valued in good faith. Fair valuation necessarily entails subjective judgments, and may result in a valuation that is different from the price at which a fund could sell the security at that time.

 

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect, favorably or unfavorably, the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Currency exchange rates generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or perceived changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad.

 

Short Sales

 

A fund may sell securities which it does not own or owns but does not intend to deliver to the buyer (sell short) if, at the time of the short sale, a fund owns or has the right to acquire an equal amount of the security being sold short at no additional cost. These transactions allow a fund to hedge against price fluctuations by locking in a sale price for securities they do not wish to sell immediately.

 

A fund may make a short sale when it decides to sell a security it owns at a currently attractive price. This allows a fund to postpone a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes and to satisfy certain tests applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The fund will only make short sales if the total amount of all short sales does not exceed 10% of its total assets. This limitation can be changed at any time.

 

Purchase of When-Issued Securities

 

A fund may enter into firm commitment agreements for the purchase of securities on a specified future date. Thus, a fund may purchase, for example, new issues of fixed-income instruments on a when-issued basis, whereby the payment obligation, or yield to maturity, or coupon rate on the instruments may not be fixed at the time of the transaction. A fund will not purchase securities on a when-issued basis if, as a result, more than 5% of a fund’s net assets would be so invested. In addition, a fund may invest in asset-backed securities on a delayed delivery basis. This reduces a fund’s risk of early repayment of principal, but exposes a fund to some additional risk that the transaction will not be consummated.

 

When a fund enters into a firm commitment agreement, liability for the purchase price and the rights and risks of ownership of the security accrue to a fund at the time it becomes obligated to purchase such security, although delivery and payment occur at a later date. Accordingly, if the market price of the security should decline, the effect of such an agreement would be to obligate a fund to purchase the security at a price above the current market price on the date of delivery and payment. During the time a fund is obligated to purchase such security it will be required to segregate assets. See “Segregation of Asset” below.

 

Segregation of Assets

 

In connection with when-issued securities, firm commitment agreements, futures, the writing of options, and certain other transactions in which a fund incurs an obligation to make payments in the future, a Fund may be required to segregate assets with its custodian in amounts sufficient to settle the transaction. To the extent required, such segregated assets will consist of liquid securities or other liquid assets.

 

Lending of Securities

 

Subject to the fund’s investment restrictions on lending, as previously discussed in this SAI, as a means to earn additional income, a fund may lend its securities to brokers and dealers that are not affiliated with the Investment Adviser, are registered with the Commission and are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”), and also to certain other financial institutions. All loans will be fully collateralized. In connection with the lending of its securities, a fund will receive as collateral cash, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government (i.e., Treasury securities), or other collateral permitted by applicable law, which at all times while the loan is outstanding will be maintained in amounts equal to at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities, or such lesser percentage as may be permitted by applicable law, as reviewed daily. A fund lending its securities will receive amounts equal to the interest or dividends paid on the securities loaned and in addition will expect to receive a portion of the income generated by the short-term investment of cash received as collateral or, alternatively, where securities or a letter of credit are used as collateral, a lending fee paid directly to a fund by the borrower of the securities. Such loans will be terminable by a fund at any time and will not be made to affiliates of the Investment Adviser. A fund may terminate a loan of securities in order to regain record ownership of, and to exercise beneficial rights related to, the loaned securities, including but not necessarily limited to voting or subscription rights, and may, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, terminate a loan in the event that a vote of holders of those securities is required on a material matter. A fund must have the right to call the loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on three days notice. This includes the right to call the loan to enable a fund to execute shareholder voting rights. Such loans cannot exceed one-third of a fund’s net

 

9


assets taken at market value. Interest on loaned securities cannot exceed 10% of the annual gross income of a Fund (without offset for realized capital gains). A fund may pay reasonable fees to persons unaffiliated with a fund for services or for arranging such loans. Loans of securities will be made only to firms deemed creditworthy.

 

A fund lending securities will incur credit risks as with any extension of credit. A fund risks delay in recovering the loaned securities should the borrower of securities default, become the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, or otherwise be unable to fulfill its obligations or fail financially. Lending securities to broker-dealers and institutions could result in a loss or a delay in recovering a fund’s securities.

 

The lending policy described in this paragraph is a fundamental policy that can only be changed by a vote of a majority of shareholders.

 

Indebtedness

 

From time to time, a fund may purchase the direct indebtedness of various companies (“Indebtedness”) or participation in such Indebtedness. Indebtedness represents a specific commercial loan or portion of a loan which has been given to a company by a financial institution such as a bank or insurance company (“Bank Claims”). The company is typically obligated to repay such commercial loan over a specified time period. By purchasing the Bank Claims, a fund steps into the shoes of the financial institution which made the loan to the company prior to its restructuring or refinancing. Such Bank Claims purchased by a fund may be in the form of loans, notes or bonds.

 

A fund normally invests in the Indebtedness which has the highest priority of repayment by the company. However, on occasion, lower priority Indebtedness also may be acquired. Indebtedness of companies may also include Trade Claims. Trade Claims generally represent money due to a supplier of goods or services to the companies issuing indebtedness. Company Indebtedness, including Bank Claims and Trade Claims, may be illiquid (as defined below).

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

A fund may invest in variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities. These are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. They are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

Short-term corporate obligations may also include variable amount master demand notes. Variable amount master notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts by a Fund at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. A fund has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may repay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. The borrower is typically a large industrial or finance company which also issues commercial paper. Typically these notes provide that the interest rate is set daily by the borrower. The rate is usually the same or similar to the interest rate on commercial paper being issued by the borrower. Because variable amount master notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded, and there may not be a secondary market for these notes, although they are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at the face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. Accordingly, a fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. In connection with master demand note arrangements, a fund considers earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the issuer. A fund will only invest in master demand notes of U.S. issuers. While master demand notes, as such, are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, if not so rated a Fund may invest in them only if at the time of an investment the issuer meets the criteria set forth in the Prospectus for all other commercial paper issuers. A fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in master demand notes.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

A fund may enter into repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements have the characteristics of loans by a fund, and will be fully collateralized (either with physical securities or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of the custodian bank) at all times. During the term of a repurchase agreement a fund retains the security subject to the repurchase agreement as collateral securing the seller’s repurchase obligation, continually monitors the market value of the security subject to the agreement, and requires the seller to deposit with a fund additional collateral equal to any amount by which the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement. A fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System, and with primary dealers in United States government securities or their wholly-owned subsidiaries whose creditworthiness has been reviewed and found satisfactory by the Investment Adviser and which have, therefore, been determined to present minimal credit risk.

 

Securities underlying repurchase agreements will be limited to certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies or instrumentalities, in which a fund may

 

10


otherwise invest. A fund will not invest in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days if that would result in more than 5% of a fund’s net assets being so invested when taking into account the remaining days to maturity of its existing repurchase agreements.

 

If a seller of a repurchase agreement defaults and does not repurchase the security subject to the agreement, a Fund would look to the collateral security underlying the seller’s repurchase agreement, including the securities subject to the repurchase agreement, for satisfaction of the seller’s obligation to a fund. In such event, a fund might incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral and might suffer a loss if the value of the collateral declines. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against a seller of a repurchase agreement, realization upon the collateral may be delayed or limited. If the seller is unable to make a timely repurchase, the expected proceeds could be delayed, or a fund could suffer a loss in principal or current interest, or incur costs in liquidating the collateral. A Fund has established procedures to evaluate the creditworthiness of parties making repurchase agreements.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Leverage

 

A fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with Federal Reserve member banks and U.S. securities dealers from time to time. In a reverse repurchase transaction a fund sells securities and simultaneously agrees to repurchase them at a price which reflects an agreed-upon rate of interest. A fund will use the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements to make other investments which either mature or are under an agreement to resell at a date simultaneous with, or prior to, the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. A fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements only if the interest income to be earned from the investment proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the reverse repurchase transaction.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements are a form of leverage which increases the opportunity for gain and the risk of loss for a given change in market value. In addition, the gains or losses will cause the net asset value of a fund’s shares to rise or fall faster than would otherwise be the case. There may also be a risk of delay in the recovery of the underlying securities if the opposite party has financial difficulties. A fund’s obligations under all borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, will not exceed one-third of a fund’s net assets.

 

The use of reverse repurchase agreements is included in a fund’s borrowing policy. During the time a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, a fund that has entered into such an agreement segregates cash or other liquid securities having a value at least equal to the repurchase price under the reverse repurchase agreement.

 

Municipal Obligations

 

A fund may invest in municipal obligations as part of its cash management techniques. In addition to the usual risks associated with investing for income, the value of municipal obligations can be affected by changes in the actual or perceived credit quality of the issuers. The credit quality of a municipal obligation can be affected by, among other factors: a) the financial condition of the issuer or guarantor; b) the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue; c) the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose; d) political or economic developments in the region or jurisdiction where the security is issued; and e) the liquidity of the security. Because municipal obligations are generally traded over the counter, the liquidity of a particular issue often depends on the willingness of dealers to make a market in the security. The liquidity of some municipal issues can be enhanced by demand features which enable a Fund to demand payment from the issuer or a financial intermediary on short notice.

 

Small Capitalization Stocks

 

A fund may invest in small capitalization stocks. The securities of small companies are usually less actively followed by analysts and may be under-valued by the market, which can provide significant opportunities for capital appreciation; however, the securities of such small companies may also involve greater risks and may be subject to more volatile market movements than securities of larger, more established companies. The securities of small companies are often traded in the over-the counter market, and might not be traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of small companies are likely to be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established companies.

 

Over-The-Counter Market

 

A fund may invest in over-the-counter stocks. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter common stock is less than the volume of trading in a listed stock. Low trading volumes may make it difficult to find a buyer or seller for the securities of some companies. This will have an effect on the purchase or selling price of a stock.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills have a maturity of one year or less; Treasury Notes have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds can be issued with any maturity period but generally have a maturity of greater than ten years. Agencies of the United States government which issue or guarantee obligations

 

11


include, among others, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority. Obligations of instrumentalities of the United States government include securities issued or guaranteed by, among others, banks of the Farm Credit System, the Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Student Loan Marketing Association, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, and the U.S. Postal Service. Some of these securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities

 

A fund may invest in mortgage pass-through securities such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and other mortgage-backed obligations, or modified pass-through securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations issued by various financial institutions. In connection with these investments, early repayment of investment principal arising from prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage loans due to the sale of the underlying property, the refinancing of the loan, or foreclosure may expose a fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of the principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool of pass-through securities. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Therefore, the actual maturity and realized yield on pass-through or modified pass-through mortgage-related securities will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of mortgages. For purposes of calculating the average life of the assets of the relevant fund, the maturity of each of these securities will be the average life of such securities based on the most recent or estimated annual prepayment rate.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

A fund may invest in zero coupon bonds and strips. Zero coupon bonds do not make regular interest payments. Instead, they are sold at a discount from face value. A single lump sum, which represents both principal and interest, is paid at maturity. Strips are debt securities whose interest coupons are taken out and traded separately after the securities are issued but otherwise are comparable to zero coupon bonds. The market value of zero coupon bonds and strips generally is more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality.

 

Investments in Other Investment Companies

 

Up to 10% of the fund’s total assets may be invested in the shares of other investment companies, but only up to 5% of its assets may be invested in any one other investment company. In addition, a fund may not purchase more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one investment company. The fund will only invest in investment companies that have investment objectives and investment policies consistent with the fund making the investment.

 

Special Situations

 

A fund may invest in “special situations” from time to time. A special situation arises when, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, the securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due to a specific development with respect to that issuer. Developments creating a special situation might include, among others, a merger proposal or buyout, a leveraged recapitalization, a new product or process, a technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate event, or differences in market supply of and demand for the security. Investment in special situations may carry an additional risk of loss in the event that the anticipated development does not occur or does not attract the expected attention. It is not the policy of a fund to select investments based primarily on the possibility of one or more of these investment techniques and opportunities being presented.

 

The fund may invest in cash or cash equivalents for temporary or defensive purposes. The following may be considered as such cash or cash equivalents:

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks, savings and loan associations or savings banks against funds deposited in the issuing institution.

 

Time Deposits

 

Time deposits are deposits in a bank or other financial institution for a specified period of time at a fixed interest rate for which a negotiable certificate is not received. Certain time deposits may be considered illiquid.

 

12


Bankers’ Acceptance

 

A bankers’ acceptance is a draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower is liable for payment as well as the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding 270 days.

 

Investment Restrictions

 

Investment restrictions numbered 1 through 10 below have been adopted as fundamental policies of the Fund. Under the 1940 Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The Fund will operate as a diversified company within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Investment restrictions 11 through 14 may be changed by a vote of the Board of Directors of the Company at any time.

 

1. Borrowing

 

The Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests and cash payments of dividends and distributions that might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the value of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) valued at market less liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing is made. Whenever outstanding borrowings, not including reverse repurchase agreements, represent 5% or more of the Fund’s total assets, the Fund will not make any additional investments.

 

2. Lending

 

The Fund may not lend its assets or money to other persons, except through (a) purchasing debt obligations, (b) lending securities in an amount not to exceed 33.33% of the Fund’s assets taken at market value, (c) entering into repurchase agreements (d) trading in financial futures contracts, index futures contracts, securities indexes and options on financial futures contracts, options on index futures contracts, options on securities and options on securities indexes and (e) entering into variable rate demand notes.

 

3. 5% Fund Rule

 

The Fund may not purchase securities (other than U.S. government securities) of any issuer if, as a result of the purchase, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of the issuer, except that up to 25% of the value of the total assets of the Fund may be invested without regard to this limitation. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction.

 

4. 10% Issuer Rule

 

The Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the voting securities of any one issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding securities of any class of issuer, except that (a) this limitation is not applicable to the Fund’s investments in government securities and (b) up to 25% of the value of the assets of the Fund may be invested without regard to these 10% limitations. All securities of a foreign government and its agencies will be treated as a single issuer for purposes of this restriction. These limitations are subject to any further limitations under the 1940 Act.

 

5. 25% Industry Rule

 

The Fund may not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in securities issued by companies engaged in any one industry, including non-domestic banks or any foreign government. This limitation does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

6. Underwriting

 

The Fund may not underwrite any issue of securities, except to the extent that the sale of securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and limitations may be deemed to be an underwriting, and except that the Fund may acquire securities under circumstances in which, if the securities were sold, the Fund might be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

 

7. Real Estate

 

The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnership interests, or invest in oil, gas or mineral leases, or mineral exploration or development programs, except that the Fund may (a) invest in securities secured by real estate, mortgages or interests in real estate or mortgages, (b) purchase securities issued by companies that invest or deal in real estate, mortgages

 

13


or interests in real estate or mortgages, (c) engage in the purchase and sale of real estate as necessary to provide it with an office for the transaction of business or (d) acquire real estate or interests in real estate securing an issuer’s obligations, in the event of a default by that issuer.

 

8. Short Sales

 

The Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position unless, at all times when a short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, without payment of any further consideration, securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short.

 

9. Margin Purchases

 

The Fund may not purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain any short-term credits necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, financial futures contracts or related options, and options on securities, and options on securities indexes will not be deemed to be a purchase of securities on margin by the Fund.

 

10. Commodities

 

The Fund may not invest in commodities, except that the Fund may invest in futures contracts (including financial futures contracts or securities index futures contracts) and related options and other similar contracts as described in this Statement of Additional Information and in the Prospectus.

 

11. Securities of Other Investment Companies

 

The Fund may not purchase securities of other investment companies, other than a security acquired in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization or offer of exchange and except as permitted under the 1940 Act, if as a result of the purchase: (a) more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of investment companies; (b) more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one investment company; or (c) the Fund would own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any investment company.

 

12. Invest for Control

 

The Fund may not invest in companies for the purposes of exercising control or management.

 

13. Restricted and Illiquid Securities

 

The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments, which includes most repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, currency and interest rate swaps, time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, certain over-the-counter option contracts, participation interests in loans, securities that are not readily marketable, and restricted securities, unless the Investment Adviser determines, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets and available reliable price information for the specific security, that such restricted securities are eligible to be deemed liquid under Rule 144A. For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of by the Fund within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which the Fund has valued the securities. In no event will the Fund’s investment in illiquid securities, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of its assets. If through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, the Fund were in a position where more than 15% of its assets were invested in illiquid securities, it would take appropriate steps to protect liquidity.

 

The Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Investment Adviser the daily function of determining and monitoring the liquidity of restricted securities. The Board, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. When no market, dealer, or matrix quotations are available for a security, illiquid investments are priced at fair value as determined in good faith by a committee appointed by the Board. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance exactly how the market for restricted securities sold and offered under Rule 144A will develop, the Board will carefully monitor the Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity, and availability of information. To the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities, this investment practice could have the effect of decreasing the level of liquidity in the Fund.

 

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of restricted securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities would trade if they were not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market prices is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the restricted securities, and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

 

14


Management of the Fund

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Transamerica Investors, Inc. (“The Company”) was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 22, 1995. The Company is registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company of the series type. The Fund constitutes a separate series of the Company. The Company reserves the right to issue additional classes of shares in the future without the consent of shareholders, and can allocate any remaining unclassified shares or reallocate any unissued classified shares. The fiscal year-end of the Company is December 31.

 

As a Maryland corporation, the Company is not required to hold regular annual meetings of shareholders. Ordinarily there will be no shareholder meetings, unless requested by shareholders holding 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company, or unless required by the 1940 Act or Maryland law. You are entitled to cast one vote for each share you own of the Fund. At a special shareholders meeting, if one is called, issues that affect the Fund will be voted on by all shareholders

 

Directors and Officers

 

Responsibility for the management and supervision of the Company and its Funds rests with the Board. The Investment Adviser is subject to the direction of the Board.

 

The names of the directors and executive officers of the Company, their business addresses and their principal occupations during the past five years are listed below. Each of the officers listed below is an employee of an entity that provides services to the Fund and is an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM”).

 

15


Independent Directors:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held
with Transamerica
Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served


   Number of
Portfolios
overseen in
the complex


  

Principal Occupations During the
Past 5 years


  

Other Directorships


Charles C. Reed

Aon Risk Services

707 Wilshire Blvd.,

Suite 6000

Los Angeles, CA 90017

DOB 8/28/33

   Director and Chairman of the Board   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

Chairman since 2004

   11    Vice Chairman of Aon Risk Services Inc. of Southern California    N/A

Sidney E. Harris

Georgia State University

35 Broad Street, Suite 718

Atlanta, Georgia 30303

DOB 7/21/49

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Dean of Robinson College of Business, Georgia State University (1997 – present)   

The ServiceMaster Company (1994 – present);

Total System Services, Inc. (1999 – present).

Carl R. Terzian

Carl Terzian Associates

12400 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 200

Los Angeles, CA 90025

DOB 10/22/35

   Director   

Indefinite**

1995 – present

   11    Chairman of Carl Terzian Associates (public relations), 1969 – present   

National Mercantile Bancorp (holding company) and Mercantile National Bank (1998 – present);

Electronic Clearing House, Inc. (2002 – present).

Sandra N. Bane

303 Palmetto Drive

Pasadena, CA 91105

DOB 6/13/52

   Director    Indefinite** 2003 – present    11    Retired KPMG (1999 – present)    Big 5 Sporting Goods (2002 – present)
Interested Director:                         

Gary U. Rollé*

Transamerica Center

1150 S. Olive St.

Los Angeles, CA 90015

DOB 7/24/41

   Director and President   

Indefinite**

1999 – present

   11    Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (TIM) (1999 – present); Director, President & Chief Investment Officer, Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (TISI) (1967 – present); Director, Transamerica Life Canada; AEGON Capital Management Inc.; AEGON Fund Management Inc.; Gemini Investments, Inc.; Transamerica CBO I, Inc.    N/A

 

16


Officers:

 

Name, Address & Age


  

Position(s) Held

with Transamerica

Investors, Inc.


  

Term of Office

and Length

of Time Served


  

Principal Occupations During

the Past 5 years


Brian C. Scott*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 9/29/43

  

Chief Executive

Officer

   2003 – present***   

Trustee, President and CEO,

AEGON/Transamerica Series Trust

(ATST)& Transamerica IDEX Mutual Funds

(TA IDEX) (2002 – present);

; Director,

President & CEO, Transamerica Fund Advisors,

Inc. (TFAI); & Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (TFS) (2001 –present)

John K. Carter*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 4/24/61

  

Vice President,

Secretary & Chief

Compliance Officer

   2003 – present***   

Sr. Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary

& Chief Compliance Officer, ATST, TA IDEX

(1999 – present) & TIS (2002 – present); Director (2002 – present), Sr. Vice President,

General Counsel, & Secretary, TFAI & TFS

(2000 – present); Chief Compliance Officer,

TFAI (2004 – present); Vice President, AFSG Securities Corporation (AFSG) (2001 – present);

& Vice President, TISI (2003 – present)

Kim D. Day*

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

DOB 8/2/55

  

Vice President and

Treasurer

   2003 – present***   

Sr. Vice President, Treasurer &

Chief Financial Officer, ATST, TA IDEX & TIS (2003 – present); Sr. Vice President & Treasurer, TFAI & TFS (2002 – present); Director & Vice President, AFSG (2004 – present); Vice President


* Appears after the name of each director or officer who is an Interested Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company.
** Directors serve an indefinite term until his/her successor is elected.
*** Elected and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of Transamerica Investors, Inc. No officer of Transamerica Investors, Inc. except for the Chief Compliance Officer receives any compensation from Transamerica Investors, Inc.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Directors are responsible for major decisions relating to the portfolio’s objective, policies and operations. Day-to-day decisions by the officers of the Fund are reviewed by the Directors on a quarterly basis. The Board of Directors currently has three standing committees: an Audit Committee and Nominating Committee.

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the financial reporting process, the system of internal control, and the audit process. Members of the Audit Committee are: Sandra N. Bane, Chairperson, Sydney E. Harris, Charles C. Reed, and Carl Terzian. The Audit Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The Nominating Committee is responsible for nominating and evaluating independent Director candidates. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees for independent directors as recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee in care of the Fund’s Secretary. Members of the Nominating Committee are Sydney E. Harris, Charles C. Reed, and Carl R. Terzian. The Nominating Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

The Executive Committee performs all functions as those performed by the Board of Directors as at forth in the Articles of Incorporation of Transamerica Investors, Inc. the committee consist of a portion of independent directors and managing partners.

 

Compensation of the Board of Directors

 

No officer, Director or employee of Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, or any of its affiliates, receives any compensation from the Company for acting as a Director or officer of the Company. Each Director of the Company who is not an Interested Person of the Company receives an annual retainer of $10,000 and a $1,500 stipend for each meeting attended. Members of the Audit Committee will receive $1,000 for each meeting attended. The Lead Independent Director will receive an additional annual stipend of $3,000 and the Chairman of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual stipend of $3,000. The Directors are also reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with such attendance

 

Compensation Table

 

Following is a table of the compensation paid by the Company to each Director for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

17


Name of Person, Position


   Aggregate Compensation From
the Company*


   Pension Or Retirement
Benefits Accrued As Part of Fund
Expenses


   Total Compensation Paid to
Directors from Fund Complex


Charles C. Reed

   $ 34,000    0    $ 34,000

Sidney E. Harris

   $ 31,000    0    $ 31,000

Carl R. Terzian

   $ 31,000    0    $ 31,000

Sandra N. Bane

   $ 34,000    0    $ 34,000

Gary U. Rollé

     N/A           N/A

 

Director Ownership of Equity Securities

 

The table below gives the dollar range of shares of Transamerica Premier Funds as well as the aggregate dollar range of shares of all Funds for which the Investment Adviser serves as primary investment adviser, owned by each Director as of December 31, 2004.

 

Name of Director


   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in
the Funds


   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment Companies Overseen by
Directors in Family of Investment Companies


Charles C. Reed

   —      —  

Sidney E. Harris

   Over $100,000    Over $100,000

Carl R. Terzian

   —      —  

Sandra N. Bane

   —      —  

Gary U. Rollé

   —      —  

 

The officers and directors of the Company together owned less than 1% of the shares of each of the funds of Transamerica Premier Funds. As of April 12, 2005, the following shareholders owned 5% or more of the Premier Institutional Equity Fund:

 

Shareholder


   Percent Owned

 

RELIANCE TRUST COMPANY TTEE FBO LIFESTYLES R/R

PO BOX 48529, ATLANTA GA 30362-1529

   16.66 %

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT

101 MONTGOMERY ST, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   13.26 %

CARNEGIE FOUNDATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF TEACHING

51 VISTA LN, STANFORD CA 94305-8703

   12.54 %

STRATEGIC INDUSTRIES MASTER TRUST

RARITAN PLAZA 1, RARITAN CENTER 2ND FL

EDISON NJ 08818

   9.16 %

HOLLOWAVE & CO

PO BOX 5496 BOSTON MA 02206-5496

   5.05 %

 

Approval of Investment Advisory Agreement. The Board, including a majority of the Directors who are not parties to such agreements or interested persons of any such party (as defined in the 1940 Act) (the “Independent Directors”), considered whether to approve the Funds’ investment advisory agreement, with the assistance of independent counsel to the Independent Directors. The Board considered the advisory fee structure of each of the portfolios in light of a variety of factors, including (a) the nature and quality of services provided to the Fund, its portfolios, and their respective shareholders; (b) the investment adviser’s costs in providing those services; (c) the economies of scale, if any, realized by the investment adviser; (d) the advisory fees compared to other similar mutual funds; and (e) other benefits derived in connection with the investment adviser’s (or sub-adviser’s) relationship with the Fund.

 

Investment Adviser

 

The Fund’s investment adviser is Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, 1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California 90015. and is owned and controlled by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. (“TISI”), at the same address. TISI is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is owned by AEGON N.V., one of the world’s largest financial services and insurance groups. The Investment Adviser will: (1) supervise and manage the investments of the Fund and direct the purchase and sale of its investment securities; and (2) see that investments follow the investment objectives and comply with government regulations. The Investment Adviser is also responsible for the selection of brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the Fund. Some of these brokers or dealers may be affiliated persons of the Company, the Investment Adviser, Administrator, or the Distributor. Although it is the Company’s policy to seek the best price and execution for each transaction, the Investment Adviser may give consideration to brokers and dealers who provide the Fund with statistical information and other services in addition to transaction services. See “Brokerage Allocation” below.

 

18


The Investment Adviser has contractually agreed to waive part of its fee and/or to reimburse any other operating expenses to ensure that the annualized expenses for the Funds will not exceed certain limits. Please see the Prospectus for additional information regarding this expense limitation arrangement. Reimbursements will increase the Funds’ return.

 

The Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2004.; Following are the amounts of advisory fees earned, amounts waived, and net amounts received for the year ended December 31, 2004. Certain fees were waived by the Adviser.

 

Transamerica Premier Institutional

Equity Fund

Fiscal Year


  

Advisory Fee

Earned


  

Advisory Fee

Waived2


  

Advisory Fee

Net Received


Premier Institutional Equity Fund 2004

   $ 109,034    $ 21,156    $ 87,879

 

Administrator

 

The Fund’s Administrator is Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS” or “Administrator”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. The Administrator has entered into an agreement with the Company wherein TFS will among other things: (1) provide the Fund with administrative and clerical services, including the maintenance of the Fund’s books and records; (2) arrange periodic updating of the Fund’s prospectus and any supplements; (3) provide proxy materials and reports to Fund shareholders and the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (4) provide the Fund with adequate office space and all necessary office equipment and services. The Administrator also provides services for the registration of Fund shares with those states and other jurisdictions where its shares are offered or sold. The Administrator may contract with other service providers to render services to the Company and the Administrator has contracted with Investors Bank & Trust Company (“IBT”) to perform certain administrative functions.

 

A Fund pays all of its expenses not assumed by the Investment Adviser and the Administrator. This includes transfer agent and custodian fees and expenses, legal and auditing fees, printing costs of reports to shareholders, registration fees and expenses, 12b-1 fees, and fees and expenses of directors unaffiliated with Transamerica Corporation.

 

As compensation for its services, the Administrator receives a fee of .02% of the average daily net assets of the Funds covered by this SAI.

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

 

Investors Bank and Trust Company (“IBT”), 200 Clarendon Street, 16th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, serves as custodian to the Fund. Under its custodian contract with the Fund, IBT is authorized to appoint one or more banking institutions as sub-custodians of assets owned by the Fund. For its custody services, IBT receives monthly fees charged to a Fund based upon the month-end, aggregate net asset value of a Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The assets of the Fund are held under bank custodianship in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 

Under a Transfer Agency Agreement, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. (“TFS”), 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent. The transfer agent is responsible for: a) opening and maintaining your account; b) reporting information to you about your account; c) paying you dividends and capital gains; and d) handling your requests for exchanges, transfers and redemptions. TFS is an affiliate of TIM and the Fund’s principal underwriter. For its services, TFS receives the following compensation: $25 per year per open account (billed on a monthly basis), $1 per year per closed account (billed on a monthly basis) plus out of pocket expenses for shareholder services and associated postage.

 

Distributor

 

AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”), 4333 Edgewood Road NE, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52494, serves as the principal underwriter of shares of the Fund, which are continuously distributed. AFSG is a wholly owned subsidiary of Commonwealth General Corporation of Kentucky, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AEGON U.S. Corporation. AFSG is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. AFSG may also enter into arrangements whereby Fund shares may be sold by other broker-dealers, which may or may not be affiliated with AFSG.

 

Portfolio Manager Information

 

Information regarding other accounts managed by each fund’s portfolio manager(s), the methods by which each fund’s portfolio manager(s) are compensated, the methods by which each the range of securities owned by each portfolio manager and a description of the conflicts of interest policy applicable to each fund portfolio manager are provided in Appendix D of this SAI.

 

19


Shareholder Accounts

 

Detailed information about general procedures for shareholder accounts and specific types of accounts is set forth in the Prospectus.

 

Purchase and Redemption of Shares

 

Detailed information on how to purchase and redeem shares of a Fund is included in the Prospectus.

 

Dividends and Other Distributions

 

An investor may choose among several options with respect to dividends and capital gains distributions payable to the investor. Dividends or other distributions will be paid in full and fractional shares at the net asset value determined as of the ex-dividend date unless the shareholder has elected another distribution option as described in the prospectus. Transaction confirmations and checks for payments designated to be made in cash generally will be mailed on the payable date.

 

IRA Accounts

 

You can establish an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), either Traditional or Roth IRA, or a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) or SIMPLE IRA with your employer, or an Education IRA for a child. Contributions to an IRA may be deductible from your taxable income or earnings may be tax-free, depending on your personal tax situation and the type of IRA. Please call 1-800-89-ASK-US (1-800-892-7587) for your IRA application kit, or for additional information. The kit has information on who qualifies for which type of IRA.

 

If you are receiving a distribution from your pension plan, or you would like to transfer your IRA account from another financial institution, you can continue to get tax-deferred growth by transferring these proceeds to the Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund’s IRA. If you want to roll over distributions from your pension plan to an IRA in the Fund, the money must be paid directly by your pension plan administrator to Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity Fund to avoid a 20% federal withholding tax.

 

Retirement accounts are subject to an annual custodial fee of $15 per fund account, with a maximum fee of $30 per Social Security Number. The fee is waived if the total of the retirement account’s value, by Social Security Number, is more than $50,000.

 

Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

A Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act (“UGMA/UTMA”) account allows an adult to put assets in the name of a minor child. The adult maintains control over these assets until the child reaches the age of majority, which is generally 18 or 21. State laws dictate which type of account can be used and the age of majority. An adult must be appointed as custodian for the account and will be legally responsible for administering the account, but the child’s Social Security number must be used. Generally, the person selected as custodian is one of the parents or grandparents, but may be some other adult, relative or friend.

 

Redemptions in Excess of $250,000

 

Shares will normally be redeemed for cash, although each fund retains the right to redeem its shares in kind under unusual circumstances in order to protect the interests of the remaining shareholders by the delivery of securities selected from its assets at its discretion. The Fund has, however, elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which a mutual fund is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of a fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. Should redemptions by any shareholder exceed such limitation, the fund will have the option of redeeming the excess in cash or in kind. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets to cash. The method of valuing securities used to make redemptions in kind will be the same as the method of valuing portfolio securities described under “Net Asset Value Determination,” and such valuation will be made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

 

Brokerage Allocation

 

Subject to the direction of the Board, the Investment Adviser has responsibility for making the Fund’s investment decisions, for effecting the execution of trades for a Fund and for negotiating any brokerage commissions thereon. It is the Investment Adviser’s policy to seek the best execution of the Fund’s brokerage transactions, giving attention to net price (including commissions where applicable), execution capability (including the adequacy of a firm’s capital position), and other services related to execution; the relative priority given to these factors will depend on all of the circumstances regarding a specific trade.

 

20


The Investment Adviser receives a variety of brokerage and research services from brokerage firms in return for the execution by such brokerage firms of trades on behalf of a fund. These brokerage and research services include, but are not limited to, quantitative and qualitative research information and purchase and sale recommendations regarding securities and industries, analyses and reports covering a broad range of economic factors and trends, statistical data relating to the strategy and performance of a fund and other investment companies, services related to the execution of trades in the Fund’s securities and advice as to the valuation of securities. The research services provided by brokers through which a fund effects securities transactions can be used by the Investment Adviser in servicing all of its accounts and not all of these services may be used by the Investment Adviser in connection with a fund. The Investment Adviser considers the quantity and quality of such brokerage and research services provided by a brokerage firm along with the nature and difficulty of the specific transaction in negotiating commissions for trades in the Funds securities and may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services received generally or in connection with a particular transaction.

 

Consistent with federal legislation, the Investment Adviser may obtain such brokerage and research services regardless of whether they are paid for (1) by means of commissions, or (2) by means of separate, non-commission payments. The Investment Adviser’s judgment as to whether and how it will obtain the specific brokerage and research services will be based upon its analysis of the quality of such services and the cost (depending upon the various methods of payment which may be offered by brokerage firms) and will reflect the Investment Adviser’s opinion as to which services and which means of payment are in the long-term best interests of a fund. The Investment Adviser will not effect any brokerage transactions in the Fund’s securities with any affiliate of the Company, the Investment Adviser, or the Administrator except in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

 

In recognition of the value of the foregoing factors, the Investment Adviser may place Fund transactions with a broker or dealer with whom it has negotiated commission that is in excess of commission another broker/dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Investment Adviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or of the overall responsibilities of the Investment Adviser.

 

Certain executive officers of the Investment Adviser also have supervisory responsibility with respect to the securities of the Investment Adviser’s own accounts. In placing orders for the purchase and sale of debt securities for a fund, the Investment Adviser will normally use its own facilities. A fund and another fund or another advisory client of the Investment Adviser, or the Investment Adviser itself, may desire to buy or sell the same publicly traded security at or about the same time. In such a case, the purchases or sales will normally be allocated as nearly as practicable on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amounts to be purchased or sold by each. In determining the amounts to be purchased and sold, the main factors to be considered are the investment objectives of a fund and the other funds, the relative size of holdings of the same or comparable securities, availability of cash for investment by a fund and the other funds, and the size of their respective investment commitments.

 

The Fund commenced operations on June 1, 2004; and paid $55,362 in brokerage commissions for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Board is responsible for determining in good faith the fair value of securities and other investments of a Fund. In accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, the net asset value per share is calculated by determining the net worth of a Fund (assets, including investments at market value, minus liabilities) divided by the number of the Funds’ outstanding shares. All are valued as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“Exchange”) (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). A Fund will compute its net asset value once daily at the close of such trading on each day that the Exchange is open for business (as described in the Prospectus).

 

In the event that the Exchange, the Federal Reserve, or the national securities exchange on which stock options are traded adopt different trading hours on either a permanent or temporary basis, the Board will reconsider the time at which net asset value is computed. In addition, a Fund may compute its net asset value as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

 

In general, securities and other investment are valued at market value when market quotations are readily available. Market quotations for securities and investment prices may be obtained from automated pricing services. Assets of a Fund for which a market quotation is deemed available generally are valued as follows:

 

a) Equity securities and other similar investments (Equities) listed on any U.S. or foreign stock exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange. The National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ). If

 

21


     no sale occurs, equities traded on a U.S. exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the mean between the closing bid and closing asked prices. Equities traded on a foreign exchange will be valued at the official bid price.

 

b) Over-the-counter securities not quoted on NASDAQ are valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

c) Investments in securities maturing in 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost.

 

d) Debt securities purchased with a remaining maturity of 61 days or more are valued on the basis of dealer-supplied quotations or by a pricing service selected by the Investment Adviser and approved by the Board.

 

e) Options and futures contracts are valued at the last sale price on the market where any such option or futures contract is principally traded.

 

f) Over-the-counter options are valued based upon prices provided by market makers in such securities or dealers in such currencies.

 

g) Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are valued based upon quotations supplied by dealers in such contracts.

 

When a market quotation for a security is not readily available (which may include closing prices deemed to be unreliable because of the occurrence of a subsequent event), a valuation committee appointed by the Funds’ Board of Directors may, in good faith, establish a fair value for the security in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors. The types of securities for which such fair value pricing may be required include, but are not limited to: foreign securities, where a significant event occurs after the close of the foreign market on which such security principally trades, but before the close of the Exchange, that is likely to have changed the value of such security, or the closing value is otherwise deemed unreliable; securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; securities whose trading has been halted or suspended; fixed-income securities that have gone into default and for which there is no current market value quotation; and securities that are restricted as to transfer or resale.

 

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than securities that have readily available market quotations. The valuation committee makes such determinations in good faith in accordance with the Funds’ valuation procedures. Fair value determinations can also involve reliance on quantitative models employed by a fair value pricing service. There can be no assurance that a Fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the Fund determines its net asset value per share.

 

Performance Information

 

The performance information which may be published for a Fund is historical. It is not intended to represent or guarantee future results. The investment return and principal value of an investment will fluctuate so that an investor’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than original cost.

 

Average Annual Total Returns

 

The Company may publish total return performance information about a fund. Fund performance usually will be shown either as cumulative total return or average periodic total return compared with other mutual funds by public ranking services, such as Lipper, Inc. Cumulative total return is the actual performance over a stated period of time. Average annual total return is the hypothetical return, compounded annually, that would have produced the same cumulative return if the Funds’ performance had been constant over the entire period. The Fund’s total return shows its overall dollar or percentage change in value. This includes changes in the share price and reinvestment of dividends and capital gains.

 

A fund can also separate its cumulative and average annual total returns into income results and capital gains or losses. A fund can quote its total returns on a before-tax or after-tax basis.

 

Quotations of average annual total return for a fund will be expressed in terms of the average annual compounded rate of return of a hypothetical investment in a fund over a period of one, five and ten years (or, if less, up to the life of a fund), calculated pursuant to the formula:

 

P(1 + T)n = ERV

 

Where:

 

P    =    A hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
T    =    An average annual total return
N    =    The number years
ERV    =    The ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5, or 10 year period at the end of the 1, 5, 10 year period (or fractional portion thereof)

 

22


Because the Fund commenced operations on February 1, 2004, no historical performance information is presented here. Performance information will be presented for each Fund after it has been in operation for one complete calendar year

 

From time to time, a fund may disclose cumulative total returns in conjunction with the standard format described above. The cumulative total returns will be calculated using the following formula:

 

CTR = (ERV/P) - 1

 

Where:

 

CTR    =    The cumulative total return net of Portfolio recurring charges for the period.
ERV    =    The ending redeemable value of the hypothetical investment at the end of the period.
P    =    A hypothetical single payment of $1,000.

 

30-Day Yield for Non-Money Market Funds

 

Although 30-day yields are not used in advertising, they are available upon request. Quotations will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period, less expenses accrued during the period (net investment income), and will be computed by dividing net investment income by the value of a share on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

 

Yield = 2[({[a-b]/cd} + 1)6 - 1]

 

Where:

 

a = dividends and interest earned during the period

b = the expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period

d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period

 

Taxes

 

The Fund has qualified, and expects to continue to qualify, for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In order to qualify for that treatment, a fund must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (“Distribution Requirement”) and must meet several additional requirements. With respect to the Fund, these requirements include the following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or those currencies (“Income Requirement”); (2) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities that, with respect to any one issuer, do not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund’s total assets and that do not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and (3) at the close of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer. If a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, then it should have little or no income taxable to it under the Code. Shareholders of a regulated investment company generally are required to include these distributions as ordinary income, to the extent the distributions are attributable as the RICs investment income, net short-term capital gain, and certain net realized foreign exchange gains, or as capital gains, to the extent of the RICs net capital gain (i.e., net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). If a fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company, a fund will be subject to federal, and possibly state, corporate taxes on its taxable income and gains, and distributions to its shareholders will constitute ordinary dividend income to the extent of a fund’s available earnings and profits.

 

A fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year substantially all of its ordinary income for that year and capital gains net income for the one-year period ending on December 31 of that year, plus certain other amounts. A fund intends to distribute annually a sufficient amount of any taxable income and capital gains so as to avoid liability for this excise tax.

 

Current tax law generally provides for a maximum tax rate for individual taxpayers of 15% on long-term capital gains and on certain qualifying dividends on corporate stock. These rate reductions do not apply to corporate taxpayers. The following are guidelines for how certain distributions by a Fund are generally taxed to individual taxpayers:

 

  Distributions of earnings from qualifying dividends and qualifying long-term capital gains will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

 

23


  Note that distributions of earnings from dividends paid by certain “qualified foreign corporations” can also qualify for the lower tax rates on qualifying dividends.

 

  A shareholder will also have to satisfy a more than 60-day holding period with respect to any distributions of qualifying dividends in order to obtain the benefit of the lower tax rate.

 

  Distributions of earnings from non-qualifying dividends interest income, other types of ordinary income and short-term capital gains will be taxed at the ordinary income tax rate applicable to the taxpayer.

 

Upon the sale or other disposition of fund shares, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete liquidation of a fund, a shareholder usually will realize a capital gain or loss. This loss may be long-term or short-term, generally depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. For tax purposes, a loss will be disallowed on the sale or exchange of shares if the disposed of shares are replaced (including shares acquired pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan) within a period of 61 days. The 61 day time window begins 30 days before and ends 30 days after the date of the sale or exchange of such shares. Should a disposition fall within this 61 day window, the basis of the acquired shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by the shareholder on its disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less, will be treated as a long term capital loss, to the extent of any distributions of net capital gains deemed received by the shareholder, with respect to such shares.

 

Dividends and interest received by a fund may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions that would reduce the yield on its securities. However, tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes. In addition, many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by foreign investors and most U.S. Tax conventions preclude the imposition of such taxes.

 

A fund may invest in the stock of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, a Fund will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain on disposition of that stock (collectively, “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if a Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. If such a tax is imposed on a fund, the balance of the PFIC income will be included in a fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to a fund to the extent that the income is distributed to its shareholders. If a fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund,” then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). This income inclusion is required even if the PFIC does not distribute such income and gains to a fund, and the amounts so included would be subject to the Distribution Requirement described above. In many instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements thereof. Distributions from a PFIC are not eligible for the reduced rate of tax on “qualifying dividends.”

 

In addition, another election may be available that would involve marking to market a fund’s PFIC stock at the end of each taxable year (and on certain other dates prescribed in the Code), with the result that unrealized gains are treated as though they were realized as of such date although any such gains will be ordinary income rather than capital gain. If this election were made, tax at a fund level under the excess distribution rules would be eliminated, but a fund could incur nondeductible interest charges. A fund’s intention to qualify annually as a regulated investment company may limit a fund’s ability to make an election with respect to PFIC stock.

 

Options, Futures and Forward Contracts and Swap Agreements. — Certain options, futures contracts, and forward contracts in which a Fund may invest may be “Section 1256 contracts.” Gains or losses on Section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses; however, foreign currency gains or losses arising from certain Section 1256 contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, Section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of each taxable year (and at certain other times as prescribed pursuant to the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.

 

Generally, the hedging transactions undertaken by a fund may result in “straddles” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by a fund. In addition, losses realized by a fund on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which such losses are realized. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences of transactions in options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts to a fund are not entirely clear. The transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a fund which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders.

 

24


A Fund may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If a Fund makes any of the elections, the amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may operate to accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions.

 

Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased as compared to a fund that did not engage in such hedging transactions.

 

Because only a few regulations regarding the treatment of swap agreements, and related caps, floors and collars, have been implemented, the tax consequences of such transactions are not entirely clear. A fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner deemed by them to be appropriate, but the Internal Revenue Service might not necessarily accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a fund as a regulated investment company might be affected.

 

The requirements applicable to a fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a fund will be able to engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swap agreements and other financial contracts.

 

Certain hedging activities may cause a dividend that would otherwise be subject to the lower tax rate applicable to a “qualifying dividend,” to instead be taxed as the rate of tax applicable to ordinary income.

 

Market Discount — If a fund purchases a debt security at a price lower than the stated redemption price of such debt security, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase amount is “market discount.” If the amount of market discount is more than a de minimis amount, a portion of such market discount must be included as ordinary income (not capital gain) by a fund in each taxable year in which a fund owns an interest in such debt security and receives a principal payment on it. In particular, a fund will be required to allocate that principal payment first to a portion of the market discount on the debt security that has accrued but has not previously been includable in income. In general, the amount of market discount that must be included for each period is equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of market discount accruing during such period (plus any accrued market discount for prior periods not previously taken into account) or (ii) the amount of the principal payment with respect to such period. Generally, market discount accrues on a daily basis for each day the debt security is held by a fund at a constant rate over the time remaining to the debt security’s maturity or, at the election of a fund, at a constant yield to maturity which takes into account the semi-annual compounding of interest. Gain realized on the disposition of a market discount obligation must be recognized as ordinary interest income (not capital gain) to the extent of the “accrued market discount.”

 

Original Issue Discount. — Certain debt securities acquired by a fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Very generally, original issue discount is defined as the difference between the price at which a security was issued and its stated redemption price at maturity. Although no cash income on account of such discount is actually received by a fund, original issue discount that accrues on a debt security in a given year generally is treated for federal income tax purposes as interest and, therefore, such income would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

 

Some debt securities may be purchased by a fund at a discount that exceeds the original issue discount on such debt securities, if any. This additional discount represents market discount for federal income tax purposes (see above).

 

Constructive Sales. — These rules may affect timing and character of gain if a fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If a fund enters into certain transactions in property while holding substantially identical property, a Fund would be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and would be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale would depend upon a fund’s holding period in the property. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the property was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on a fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.

 

Foreign Taxation. — Income received by a fund from sources within a foreign country may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by that country. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

 

The payment of such taxes will reduce the amount of dividends and distributions paid to a fund’s shareholders. So long as a fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, certain distribution requirements are satisfied, and more than 50% of such fund’s assets at the close of the taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, a fund may elect, subject to limitation, to pass through its foreign tax credits to its shareholders.

 

25


Furthermore, the amount of the foreign tax credit that is available may be limited to the extent that dividends from a foreign corporation qualify for the lower tax rate on “qualifying dividends.”

 

Foreign Currency Transactions. — Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a fund accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time that a fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities, generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts and options, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as “Section 988” gains or losses, may increase or decrease the amount of a Fund’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income.

 

The treatment of income dividends and capital gains distributions by a fund to shareholders under the various state income tax laws may not parallel that under the federal law. Qualification as a regulated investment company does not involve supervision of a Fund’s management or of its investment policies and practices by any governmental authority.

 

Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific reference to their own tax situations, including their state and local tax liabilities. Note that the 15% rate of tax applicable to certain dividends (discussed above) does not apply to dividends paid to foreign shareholders.

 

A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the current rate of 28% of all amounts deemed to be distributed The 28% rate applies to shareholders receiving payments who:

 

a. fail to provide a fund with their correct taxpayer identification number,

 

b. fail to make required certifications or,

 

c. have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld will be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders are exempt from such backup withholding

 

Other Information

 

Bond Ratings

 

Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ investment analysis at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate.

 

Although securities ratings are considered when making investment decisions, the Investment Adviser performs its own investment analysis and does not rely principally on the ratings assigned by the rating services. This analysis may include consideration of the issuer’s experience and managerial strength, changing financial condition, borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules, and its responsiveness to changes in business conditions and interest rates. Relative values based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects are also considered.

 

For more detailed information on bond ratings, including gradations within each category of quality, see Appendix A.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Company, TIM and AFSG each have adopted a code of ethics, as required by applicable law, which is designed to prevent affiliated persons of the Company, TIM and AFSG from engaging in deceptive, manipulative, or fraudulent activities in connection with securities held or to be acquired by the Fund (which may also be held by persons subject to a code). There can be no assurance that the codes will be effective in preventing such activities

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

As detailed in Appendix B, the Company uses the proxy voting policies and procedures of TIM to determine how to vote proxies relating to securities held by the Transamerica Premier Institutional Funds.

 

The Company will be required to file its complete proxy voting records for the 12 months ended June 30th, no later than August 31st of each year on Form N-PX. The Form is available without charge: (1) from the Company upon request by calling 1-800-892-7587; and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

26


Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

It is the policy of the Fund to protect the confidentiality of their holdings and prevent the selective disclosure of non-public information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings. The Fund’s service providers are required to comply with this policy. No information concerning the portfolio holdings of the Fund may be disclosed to any unaffiliated third party, except as provided below. The Board has adopted formal procedures governing compliance with the Fund’s policies.

 

The Fund, or its duly authorized service providers, may publicly disclose holdings of the Fund in accordance with regulatory requirements, such as periodic portfolio disclosure in filings with the SEC. A summary or list of a fund’s completed purchases and sales may only be made available after the public disclosure of a fund’s portfolio holdings.

 

The Fund publishes all portfolio holdings on a quarterly basis on the website at www.transamericafunds.com 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such information remains online for 6 months. The day following such publication, the information is deemed to be publicly disclosed for the purposes of the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund. The Fund may then forward the information to investors and consultants requesting it.

 

There are numerous mutual fund evaluation services such as Standard & Poor’s, Morningstar or Lipper Analytical Services, and due diligence departments of broker-dealers and wirehouses that regularly analyze the portfolio holdings of mutual funds in order to monitor and report on various attributes including style, capitalization, maturity, yield, beta, etc. These services and departments then distribute the results of their analysis to the public, paid subscribers and/or in-house brokers. In order to facilitate the review of the Funds by these services and departments, the Funds may distribute (or authorize their service providers to distribute) portfolio holdings to such services and departments before their public disclosure is required or authorized provided that: (i) the recipient does not distribute the portfolio holdings or results of the analysis to third parties, other departments or persons who are likely to use the information for purposes of purchasing or selling the Funds before the portfolio holdings or results of the analysis become public information; and (ii) the recipient signs a written confidentiality agreement. Persons and entities unwilling to execute an acceptable confidentiality agreement may only receive portfolio holdings information that has otherwise been publicly disclosed. Neither the Funds nor their service providers receive any compensation from such services and departments. Subject to such departures as the Administrator’s compliance department believes reasonable and consistent with reasonably protecting the confidentiality of the portfolio information, each confidentiality agreement should generally provide that, among other things: the portfolio information is the confidential property of the Funds (and its service provider, if applicable) and may not be shared or used directly or indirectly for any purpose except as expressly provided in the confidentiality agreement; the recipient of the portfolio information agrees to limit access to the portfolio information to its employees (and agents) who, on a need to know basis, are (1) authorized to have access to the portfolio information and (2) subject to confidentiality obligations, including duties not to trade on non-public information, no less restrictive than the confidentiality obligations contained in the Confidentiality Agreement; and upon written request, the recipient agrees to promptly return or destroy, as directed, the portfolio information.

 

The Board and an appropriate officer of the Administrator’s compliance department or the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) may, on a case-by-case basis, impose additional restrictions on the dissemination of portfolio information and waive certain requirements. To the extent required by law, the CCO reports to the Board violations of the Fund’s policies and procedures on disclosure of portfolio holdings.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Ernst & Young LLP, 725 South Figuero Street, Los Angeles, California 90017 serves as independent registered public accounting firm, and in the capacity examines the annual financial statements of the company.

 

Financial Statements

 

The audited financial statements for the Fund for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the report of the Company’s independent registered public accountants are included in the 2004 Annual Report, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

27


Appendix A

 

Description of Corporate Bond Ratings

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard and Poor’s Corporation are two prominent independent rating agencies that rate the quality of bonds. Following are expanded explanations of the ratings shown in the Prospectus.

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Aaa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.

 

Aa: Bonds with this rating are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude.

 

A: Bonds with this rating possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa: Bonds with this rating are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e.; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba: Bonds with this rating are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B: Bonds with this rating generally lack characteristics of desirable investments. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa: Bonds with this rating are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca: Bonds with this rating represent obligations which are speculative to a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C: Bonds with this rating are the lowest rated class of bonds. Issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s.

 

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

 

AAA: This rating is the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s and is indicative of a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA: This rating indicates a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the higher rated issues only by a small degree.

 

A: This rating indicates a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.


BBB: This rating indicates an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

 

BB, B, CCC, CC: These ratings indicate, on balance, a predominantly speculative capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

 

C: This rating is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

D: This rating indicates debt in default, and payment of interest and/or repayment of principal are in arrears.

 

The ratings from AA to B may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories, for example A or B+.

 

Generally, investment-grade debt securities are those rated BBB or better by Standard & Poor’s.

 

29


Appendix B

 

Description of Fixed-Income Instruments

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills have a maturity of one year or less; Treasury Notes have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds can be issued with any maturity period but generally have a maturity of greater than ten years. Agencies of the United States government which issue or guarantee obligations include, among others, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration and The Tennessee Valley Authority. Obligations of instrumentalities of the United States government include securities issued or guaranteed by, among others, banks of the Farm Credit System, the Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Student Loan Marketing Association, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, Banks for Cooperatives, and the U.S. Postal Service. Some of these securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

Certificates of deposit are generally short-term, interest-bearing negotiable certificates issued by banks, savings and loan associations or savings banks against funds deposited in the issuing institution.

 

Time Deposits

 

Time deposits are deposits in a bank or other financial institution for a specified period of time at a fixed interest rate for which a negotiable certificate is not received. Certain time deposits may be considered illiquid.

 

Bankers’ Acceptance

 

A bankers’ acceptance is a draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods). The borrower is liable for payment as well as the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Most acceptances have maturities of six months or less and are traded in secondary markets prior to maturity.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding 270 days.

 

Variable Rate, Floating Rate, or Variable Amount Securities

 

Variable rate, floating rate, or variable amount securities are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. These are interest-bearing notes on which the interest rate generally fluctuates on a scheduled basis.

 

Corporate Debt Securities

 

Corporate debt securities are debt issued by a corporation that pays interest and principal to the holders at specified times.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities are securities which represent an undivided fractional interest in a trust whose assets generally consist of mortgages, motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, or other consumer-based loans.

 

Participation Interests in Loans

 

A participation interest in a loan entitles the purchaser to receive a portion of principal and interest payments due on a commercial loan extended by a bank to a specified company. The purchaser of such an interest has no recourse against the bank if payments of principal and interest are not made by the borrower and generally relies on the bank to administer and enforce the loan’s terms.

 

International Organization Obligations

 

International organization obligations include obligations of those organizations designated or supported by U.S. or foreign government agencies to promote economic reconstruction and development, international banking, and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank, and the InterAmerican Development Bank.

 

30


Custody Receipts

 

A Fund may acquire custody receipts in connection with securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Such custody receipts evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain notes or bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. These custody receipts are known by various names, including Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (TIGRs), and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (CATS). For certain securities law purposes, custody receipts are not considered U.S. government securities.

 

Pass-Through Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage pass-through securities such as Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) certificates or Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and other mortgage-backed obligations, or modified pass-through securities such as collateralized mortgage obligations issued by various financial institutions. In connection with these investments, early repayment of investment principal arising from prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage loans due to the sale of the underlying property, the refinancing of the loan, or foreclosure may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of the principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the mortgage-related security. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool of pass-through securities. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Therefore, the actual maturity and realized yield on pass-through or modified pass-through mortgage-related securities will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of mortgages. For purposes of calculating the average life of the assets of the relevant Fund, the maturity of each of these securities will be the average life of such securities based on the most recent or estimated annual prepayment rate.

 

31


Appendix C

 

Proxy Voting Procedures

 

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Normally, clients for which Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (“TIM”) has full discretionary investment authority expect TIM to vote proxies in accordance with TIM’s Proxy Voting Policy (the “Policy”). As such, TIM will vote on behalf of all accounts for which it has discretionary authority unless clients notify TIM in writing that they have retained the authority to vote their own proxies. Clients may also ask TIM to vote their proxies in accordance with specific Client Proxy guidelines.

 

STATEMENT OF POLICY

 

It is the policy of TIM to vote proxies in the best interest of its clients at all times.

 

TIM has proxy voting policy guidelines (the “Guidelines”) regarding certain issues that may come before shareholders from time to time. These Guidelines provide a roadmap for arriving at voting decisions and are not meant to be exhaustive of all issues that may be raised in any or all proxy ballots. The Guidelines are attached to this Policy as Appendix A.

 

PROXY COMMITTEE

 

In order to implement and monitor this Policy, TIM shall establish a Proxy Committee (the “Committee”), which will have responsibility for review of proxies voted by or to be voted by TIM, as well as to resolve issues which may arise in the process of voting proxies.

 

The Committee shall meet at a minimum annually and on an as needed basis. It shall not be required that the Committee members meet in person; in fact, it is contemplated that certain Committee members will take part in meetings via teleconference. The Committee shall consist of at least one Portfolio Manager, a member of the Legal/Compliance department, and other staff members of TIM as may be designated from time to time. Committee members may select designees in the event that they are unable to convene with the Committee.

 

It shall be the Committee’s responsibility to ensure that proxy votes are made in accordance with the Policy. Issues shall be raised to the Committee when needed and as appropriate to effectively carry out TIM’s proxy decisions. When applicable, the Committee shall review written materials pertinent to the vote at hand and shall hear verbal opinions from relevant portfolio managers and/or analysts as needed to fully consider the investment merits of the vote. Committee decisions and a record of Committee meetings shall be recorded and maintained by the Legal/Compliance department.

 

USE OF INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY

 

TIM will maintain the services of a qualified independent third party (the “Independent Third Party”) to provide guidance on proxy voting issues. The Independent Third Party is set forth in Appendix B. TIM will consider the research provided by the Independent Third Party when making voting decisions on proxy issues, however, the final determination on voting rests with TIM.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST BETWEEN TIM AND CLIENTS

 

TIM recognizes the potential for material conflicts that may arise between its own interests and those of the Clients. To address these concerns, TIM will take one of the following steps to avoid any impropriety or the appearance of impropriety: a) Vote in accordance with the recommendation of the Independent Third Party; or b) Obtain the consent(s) of the Client(s) whose accounts are involved in the conflict.

 

32


PROVISION OF TIME PROXY POLICY TO CLIENTS

 

TIM will make available to all Clients a copy of its Policy by maintaining a current version of the Policy on its website (www.timllc.com). Also, a copy of the Policy will be mailed to any Client at any time upon request.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY GUIDELINES

 

The following is a concise summary of TIM’s proxy voting policy guidelines.

 

1. Auditors

 

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

  An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent

 

  Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or

 

  There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

2. Board of Directors

 

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

 

Votes on director nominees should be made on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, examining the following factors: independence of the board and key board committees, attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover activity, long-term company performance, responsiveness to shareholder proposals, any egregious board actions, and any excessive non-audit fees or other potential auditor conflicts.

 

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

 

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals requiring that the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately. Because some companies have governance structures in place that counterbalance a combined position, certain factors should be taken into account in determining whether the proposal warrants support. These factors include the presence of a lead director, board and committee independence, governance guidelines, company performance, and annual review by outside directors of CEO pay.

 

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by TIM’s definition of independence.

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

 

3. Shareholder Rights

 

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

 

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

 

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

 

33


Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

 

Confidential Voting

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

Vote FOR management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

 

4. Proxy Contests

 

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include the long-term financial performance, management’s track record, qualifications of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

 

5. Poison Pills

 

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill and management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

 

6. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

 

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the negotiating process.

 

7. Reincorporation Proposals

 

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

 

8. Capital Structure

 

Common Stock Authorization

 

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-Class Capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

 

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

 

Dual-class Stock

 

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

 

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

 

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

 

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

 

9. Executive and Director Compensation

 

Votes with respect to compensation plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. TIM reviews Executive and Director compensation plans (including broad-based option plans) in the context of the transfer of shareholder wealth. This review encompasses not only a comparison of a plan relative to peer companies, but also on an absolute basis, considering the cost of the plan vs. the operating income and overall profitability of the firm in question.

 

Vote AGAINST equity plans that explicitly permit repricing or where the company has a history of repricing without shareholder approval.

 

34


Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

 

Vote AGAINST proposals by management seeking approval to reprice options.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

 

Vote FOR employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

 

    Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

 

    Offering period is 27 months or less, and

 

    Potential voting power dilution (VPD) is ten percent or less.

 

Vote AGAINST employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite conditions obtain.

 

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

 

Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

10. Social and Environmental Issues

 

These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and human rights, military business, and workplace diversity.

 

In general, vote CASE-BY-CASE. While a wide variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principal guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal will enhance the economic value of the company.

 

Independent Third Party

 

The following provider has been selected by TIM to function as the Independent Third Party as set forth in the Policy.

 

Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”)

 

35


APPENDIX D

 

TRANSAMERICA INVESTORS, INC.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION

 

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

 

The Portfolio Managers may also be responsible for the day-to-day management of other accounts, as indicated by the following table. None of these has an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

 

Portfolio Manager


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


   Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


   Number of
Accounts


  

Total Assets

(millions)


Gary U. Rollé

   1    $ 41.5    6    $ 315.1    2    $ 849.0

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

There are no material conflicts of interest between the investment strategy of the Funds and the investment strategy of other accounts managed by Portfolio Managers. Allocation of investment opportunities among the Funds and other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers are allocated pro rata to every account participating in an order. This ensures all accounts are treated equally from order initiation through full execution.

 

Compensation for the Fiscal Year Completed December 31, 2004

 

Regular, full-time portfolio managers with a minimum one year portfolio management track record in the employment of TIM as of the beginning of a Plan Year are eligible to participate in an incentive compensation plan (the “Plan”) for that Plan Year. For purposes of determining the level of incentive compensation potential, track records are based on full years of portfolio management for TIM. Therefore, for example, should an eligible participant hold a one-and-a-half year track record, the eligible incentive compensation would be based on the manager’s one year relative ranking.

 

WEIGHTED COMPONENTS:

 

There are two weighted components taken into consideration for determining maximum incentive compensation amounts. These total 100% and consist of an objective and subjective component as further described below:

 

    80% Objective — portfolio performance based calculation; based upon relative rankings of track record and return formula criteria as further described. A portion of the objective component is necessarily subjective taking such items as co/multi- management responsibilities; portfolio performance upon assignment; length of time managing portfolio, customized client benchmarks, etc. into account in determining the portfolio manager’s relative ranking Senior management, at its discretion, determines the criteria to be used for evaluating how the rankings are determined for each Portfolio Manager under this objective component.

 

    20% Subjective — based upon additional contributions to the firm as a whole and consistent with responsibilities identified on position descriptions as updated on an annual basis, for example, general research contribution, behavioral competencies (e.g. team contributions; decision making capabilities; work ethic) quality of investment ideas, managerial duties outside of core responsibility, as determined by senior management.

 

MAXIMUM BONUS POTENTIALS (80% + 20%):

 

Track Record


  

Target Bonus


<3    Up to 75% base comp.
3-4    Up to 100% base comp.
5-9    Up to 150% base comp.
10-14    Up to 200% base comp
15 and beyond    Up to 300% base comp.

 

36


RETURN FORMULAS AND RELATIVE RANKINGS (80% of target bonus):

 

Rankings (Based on 80% objective track record component only):

 

Top Decile   =   

100% of available component

Top Quartile   =   

The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking

Second Quartile   =   

The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking

Third Quartile   =   

The difference between 100% and the actual % ranking

Fourth Quartile   =   

0% of available component

 

Example: Should the ranking equal 24% (top quartile), then the formula would be i00%-24% = 76% of available component

 

Return Formulas:

 

The following return formulas represent the calculations used to determine the amount available for the objective component of the bonus a portfolio manager is eligible to earn based upon his/her track record. Some track records are weighted more heavily than others as noted below:

 

** The 20% subjective component must be subtracted from the total amount eligible below given the maximum potential opportunity stated includes the 20% subjective component:

 

    1 year rank will be calculated on the one year total returns as follows:

 

3/3 (100%) of 75% opportunity = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

 

    2 year rank will be calculated on the one year and two year total returns as follows:

 

1/3 (33.33%) of 75% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

 

2/3 (66.67%) of 75% = the two year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

    3 year rank will be calculated based on the one and three year total returns as follows:

 

1/3 (33.33%) of 100% = the one year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark (e.g. composites).

 

2/3 (66.67%) of 100% = the three year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark.

 

As set forth in the schedule of maximum bonus potential above, once an employee has a full five year track record. then his/her bonus opportunity will increase at each full five-year increment as follows:

 

    Five year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 5-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 150% of base

 

    Ten year = additional 50% of base added to target pool and directly related to 10- year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 200% of base

 

    Fifteen year = additional 100% of base added to target pool and directly related to 15-year relative rank versus peer universe and appropriate benchmark. Maximum potential bonus opportunity = 300% of base

 

37


Ownership of Securities

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in the Fund.

 

The following table indicates the dollar range of the Fund beneficially owned by the Fund’s portfolio manager as of December 31, 2004.

 

Portfolio Manager


   None

   $1-$10,000

   $10,001-
$50,000


   $50,001-
$100,000


   $100,001-
$500,000


   $500,001-
$1,000,000


   Over
$1,000,000


Gary U. Rollé

   X                              

 

38


PART C

 

Other Information

 

Item 22. Exhibits

 

(a)   

(1)    Articles of Incorporation (1)

    

(2)    Articles Supplementary of Transamerica Investors, Inc. (7)

(b)    Amended Bylaws of Transamerica Investors, Inc. (7)
(c)    Not Applicable
(d)   

(1)    Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Transamerica Investment Services, Inc. on behalf of Transamerica Premier Funds (4)

    

(2)    Investment Advisory Agreement on behalf of Transamerica Premier Institutional Equity (6)

    

(3)    Amendment to Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement on behalf of Transamerica Premier Equity and Transamerica Premier Balanced (7)

    

(4)    Investment Advisory Agreement for Premier Institutional Bond, Premier Institutional Small/Mid Cap Value and Premier Institutional Diversified Equity Funds (7)

    

(5)    Investment Advisory Agreement, dated May 1, 2005, between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, on behalf of Transamerica Premier Funds: Focus, Equity, Growth Opportunities, Diversified Equity, Balanced, High Yield Bond, Cash Reserve, Institutional Equity, Institutional Bond, Institutional Diversified Equity and Institutional Small/Mid Cap Value filed herewith

(e)   

(1)    Distribution Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and AFSG Securities Corporation (5)

    

(2)    Underwriting Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and AFSG Securities Corporation (5)

(f)    Not Applicable
(g)   

(1)    Custodian Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Investors Bank and Trust Company (5)

    

(2)    Delegation Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Investors Bank and Trust Company (5)

(h)   

(1)    Form of Operating Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Charles Schwab & Co. (2)

    

(2)    Subscription Agreement (1)

    

(3)    Transfer Agency Agreement between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and AEGON/Transamerica Investor Services, Inc. (5)

    

(4)    Amendment to Transfer Agency Agreement (7)

    

(5)    Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 1, 2005, between Transamerica Investors, Inc. and Transamerica Fund Services, Inc. filed herewith

(i)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel filed herewith
(j)    Consent of Independent Auditors filed herewith
(k)    Not Applicable
(l)    Not Applicable
(m)    Form of Plan of Distribution Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 on behalf of:
    

(1)    Form of Investor Shares Plan of Distribution (5)

    

(2)    Form of Class A Shares Plan of Distribution (5)

    

(3)    Revised Class A Shares Plan of Distribution (7)

(n)    Multi-Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 (7)
(o)    Reserved


(p)   

(1)    Code of Ethics – Transamerica Investment Management, LLC (7)

    

(2)    Code of Ethics – Transamerica Investors, Inc. (5)

(q)    Powers of Attorney (5)

(1)    Filed with the Initial Registration Statement on April 3, 1995
(2)    Filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to this registration statement on August 29, 1995
(3)    Filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to this registration statement on April 30, 1998
(4)    Filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to this registration statement on April 28, 2000
(5)    Filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to this registration statement on May 3, 2004
(6)    Filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to this registration statement on June 1, 2004
(7)    Filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to this registration statement on January 31, 2005

 

Item 23. Person Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Registrant

 

The Registrant, Transamerica Investors, Inc. is controlled by Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company (“Transamerica Occidental”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Insurance Corporation of California, which, in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, a subsidiary of AEGON N.V.

 

Item 24. Indemnification

 

Provisions relating to indemnification of the Registrant’s Directors and employees are included in Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling person of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by the director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Item 25. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

 

The Registrant’s Investment Adviser, Transamerica Investment Management, LLC, is owned by Transamerica Investment Services, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111. Transamerica Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation, a subsidiary of AEGON, N.V.

 

Information as to the officers and directors of the Adviser is included in its Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (registration number 801-57089 and CRD# 108488) and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 26. Principal Underwriter

 

(a) AFSG Securities Corporation (“AFSG”) serves as the principal underwriter of shares of the Funds

 

(b) Directors and Officers of Principal Underwriter

 

Name


  

Positions and Offices with Underwriter


  

Positions and Offices with Registrant


Larry N. Norman

   (1)    Director and President    N/A

Lisa Wachendorf

   (1)    Director, Chief Compliance Officer and Vice President    N/A

John K. Carter

   (2)    Vice President    Vice President & Secretary

Linda Gilmer

   (1)    Assistant Treasurer    N/A


Frank A. Camp

 

(1)

   Secretary    N/A

Thomas R. Moriarty

 

(2)

   Vice President    N/A

Kim D. Day

 

(2)

   Director and Vice President    Vice President & Treasurer

Emily Monroe Bates

 

(3)

   Assistant Treasurer    N/A

Teresa L. Stolba

 

(1)

   Assistant Compliance Officer    N/A

Clifton W. Flenniken III

 

(4)

   Assistant Treasurer    N/A

Priscilla I. Hechler

 

(2)

   Assistant Vice President and    N/A
         Assistant Secretary     

Kyle A. Keelan

 

(2)

   Vice President    N/A

Darin D. Smith

 

(1)

   Vice President and Assistant Secretary    N/A

(1) 4333 Edgewood Road, N.E., Cedar Rapids, IA 52499-0001
(2) 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1202
(3) 400 West Market Street, Louisville, KY 40202
(4) 1111 North Charles Street, Baltimore, MD 21201

 

Item 27. Location and Accounts and Records

 

All accounts and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained as follows:

 

  (a) Shareholder records are maintained by the Registrant’s transfer agent, Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., P.O. Box 9015, Clearwater, FL 33758-9015.

 

  (b) All other accounting records of the Registrant are maintained at the offices of the Registrant at 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716 and are in the physical possession of the officers of the Fund, or at the offices of the Custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

 

Item 28. Management Services

 

All management contracts are discussed in Parts A or B.

 

Items 29. Undertakings

 

Not Applicable


SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Fund certifies that it meets all the requirement for effectiveness of this registration statement under rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized in the city of St. Petersburg, and state of Florida, on the 29th day of April, 2005.

 

TRANSAMERICA INVESTORS, INC.
By:  

/s/ John K. Carter


    John K. Carter
    Vice President and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature and Title


  

Date


/s/ Charles C. Reed


Charles E. Reed*

Director and Chairman of the Board

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Gary U. Rollé


Gary U. Rollé*

Director and President

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Brian C. Scott


Brian C. Scott*

Chief Executive Officer

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Kim D. Day


Kim D. Day

Vice President and Treasurer

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Sandra N. Bane


Sandra Bane*

Director

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Sidney E. Harris


Sidney E. Harris*

Director

  

April 29, 2005

/s/ Carl R. Terzian


Carl R. Terzian*

Director

  

April 29, 2005


    

/s/ John K. Carter


* Signed by John K. Carter

   as Attorney-in-Fact

    


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


22(d)(5)

   Investment Advisory Agreement

22(h)(6)

   Administrative Services Agreement

22.(i)

   Opinion and Consent of Counsel

22.(j)

   Consent of Independent Auditor